| : ; / i _™ Le 4 — : ge . ae a _ . ‘ ~ 7 - . Ly e M : J 4 vr, — TT , | f = Fg ra & Le BE . J ; a 21 -—_ | « a , , ae Ss = i _ » *F = thw iw a | | _—_ J ee ae ® | 1 . « i] | NL oe “— 2 ee, —— 7 ee = EEO —_ i p 4 : q q | a ' _ ~ . " a , 4 4 \ | , my i | | , -— - g ' . ae d | »_ q } — _ = _— _ | = i — I 7 | | 7 = 5 4 | = + ] i ‘ ' | 4 - i j | 7 . | | la a 1a ~J , » | | | i | rl ' . 7 ' ae ae ~ - «(| - —_—_— | ‘ . | Po 4 & | wh ) | F fl i q —= ; ni ' i . gz | 4 ; _ . | - ; | q ¥ 4 , ' | | ; —_ é | im ‘ : v ™ 5 : | q had £ | - a \ " _ ‘ ' | \ A i | . | ' | ¥ | ! | ay - «Fl Ne — } Y*, 3 * ( — + ‘ J ~Y i : | . ‘ = j . | J ; : i | —— a r | " : | ' | | | —, q = iam +4 a —_ ‘] = ge > . “a a _-— - a — —* ye ‘ i q | 4 SE = » —_—_—_ SS > = a = = : rl Z ‘ a r a — -s cr a, = -e. > +. ae Or —_ on ‘ | m= | P ' = f Bes A - ——_— a a” ing J 4 ' ry 4 Fr 5 a nn { vf > a Be) ce-7 ~T , ‘i rc wi i vr ™ s | " ' a : a “ae rA AULT I ite *re ; icofrik aT YO@LOTIiMGatit=s ae =— i * ae se + . Sere nail . we | = & “= daa 2 Ss & Fe i A =y - —————— a ie at — or —— =_ — 7 _ - ——— —_— f TTTT TT) a a HII Hil / | ; Ty Hy ent — — —_— —_ ——_ 0 — — = — —— — — — — —- - - _ = — : _ OO ——— = — — ——=— —_ = SS aaa — — — - q » S gg rs - —_ ‘pee’ wr =— =" . — vata a LH | re / ie ay —_* I he J ™ fT, .. - t la ra # — -_— i “ “ 7 — = _ ‘i _ : + : ig “ a. 7 , « Rn p= ' \. Ted ; 1 @ 1 a rt alti =: — = . ges ; — Ps or - ‘ i? q | Se a a yee, % ! - | if | 8 . 2 ee . Sal : Ss e = - ae fe > il yon ™ POS 4 ay < » . (B\ Oe /_ d - {is a - AWS “< ‘4 PS "Ou Arm) i) -~ Ps a. . = , d r* 7. Ts oe bh F _ zt op a A _ - ad \ a a L y e * ; —— ' es hc + im Ww = — Pe oY — | sf. f) Ve _ - : : ,. _—s : 7 * — . —_ | Pe — “a Fi a —. Z i = ° +. - a _" ow 4 —_ -— ~~ ’ = . \onPA SE TrNneanT OF F AVITANnNMent an Fa k q _ . 4 q | y ; | i . : 7 — - } ; ‘ WE LEW We ee EX ybre QGIima fim — — = AUSTROBHILEYA A Journal of Plant Systematics Queensland Herbarium Queensland Department of Environment and Heritage pes Setter ten nme mgt tg Pee eer Ee eile time dan kel ditaged = ze = = we he ETE mb MANE MW NAR tase Editorial Committee E.M. Ross (editor) R.J.F. Henderson (technical advisor) Word Processing Cover design & Graphics Y.C. Smith W.A. Smith Austrobaileya Vol. 1, No. | was published on | December 1977 Vol. 3, No. 3 was published on 27 September 1991 Austrobaileya is published once per year. Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange. Subscriptions: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is (1992) A$25 per issue for individuals, A$40 for institutions, including postage. All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be addressed to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly Qld 4068, Australia. ISSN 0155-4131 ©Queensland Government 1992 Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and is devoted to publication of results of sound research and of informed discussion on plant systematics, with special emphasis on Queensland plants. _ Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or views of the Queensland Herbarium. Austrobaileya 3(4): 569-766 (1992) CONTENTS A Taxonomic Revision of Cerbera L. alae in Australia and Papuasia Paul I. Forster 5! , Ss te, Eee nee A New Species of icine is Rich. c IRS ERaEE from North i eeasar einai B, Gray.. Studies in Australian Grasses: 5* New Species of and New Combinations for Queensland Panicoid Grasses Bryan K. Simon .. ‘a Perotis Aiton (Gramineae) in Australia and Southeast Asia J.F. Veldkamp & H. van Steenbergen ro, Studies in Euphorbiaceae A.L. Juss., sens. lat. 2*. A Revision of Neoroepera Muell. Arg. & F. Muell, (Oldfieldioideae Kohler & Webster, Caletieae Muell. Arg.) Rodney J.F. Henderson Taxonomic Studies on the Genus Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in Papuasia, {-5 Paul I. Forster & David J. Liddle... .. The Genus Leptospermum Forst. et Forst. f. (Myrtaceae) in Northern Australia and Malesia A.R. Bean... .. .... The Circumscription of Adiantum diaphanum Blume (Adiantaceae), The filmy Maidenhair Fern Peter D. Bostock Notes on Lycopodiella Holub in North-eastern Queensland R.J. Chinnock ES win kis itd aay) Yael me eae Studies in Australian Grasses 6*. Alexfloydia, Cliffordiochloa and Dallwatsonia, three New Panicoid Grass Genera from Eastern Australia BYvatt I SIMO . 5. se cud lee tn, de fate ete re Le fw et ala a Review of the Genus Oldenlandia L. anneal) and Related Genera in Australia AVA) PS -ETATOBEE lot cies ete phe nto eels miserseoe ote Lange com oma reine oa A New Paspalum L. (Gramineae) from New Caledonia and Vanuatu Bernard Toutain . en eee Five New Species of Plectranthus L. Herit cL SACRE from Queensland Paul I. Forster oe eek re ee ee ie el eee Notes on Australian aaah cine eisai J.F. Veldkamp ‘7 Acacia pedleyi (Fabaceae, Mimosoideae), A New Species from Central-Eastern Queensland Mary D. Tindale & Phillip G. Kodela Chromosome numbers of Australian species of Ipomoea L. atuiiauante, D.E. Yen, P.M. Gaffey & D.J. Coates J income 'y pes cunts tun sneuaed 569 581 385 609 615 627 643 661 665 669 683 723 7129 741 745 749 (continued) sarang” RRS yr ne ey inh re cry unt te hci Manat SE nage Scan mn Re oc amaaene ect nem rere AA ee ne NOTES Lectotypification of Lepinia solomonensis Hemsley (Apocynaceae) with notes on distribution Paul I. Forster Parsonsia alboflavescens (Dennst.) Mabb., (Apocynaceae), a new record from Northern Territory, Australia Paul I. Forster Notes on the Naturalised Flora of Queensland, 2 Paul I. Forster 2 oa sabe oS outro Pesos Book Review 757 159 76] 765 Austrobaileya 3(4): 569-579 (1992) 569 A TAXONOMIC REVISION OF CERBERA L. (APOCYNACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA AND PAPUASIA Paul I. Forster Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia Summary The genus Cerbera L. (Apocynaceae) is revised for Australia and Papuasia (Irian Jaya, Papua New Guinea and Solomon Islands). Four species are recognised and described with a key for their identification given. C. manghas L. and C. floribunda Schumann are widespread in the region whereas C, inflata S.T. Blake and C. durmnicola sp. nov. are endemic to Australia. Ethnobotanical use of C. floribunda and C. manghas in the region is reviewed. Introduction The genus Cerbera was described by Linnaeus (1753) who recognised three species, namely C. manghas L. C. thevetia L. and C. ahouai L. C. thevetia and C. ahouai are now considered to be Cascabela thevetia (L.) Lippold (syn. Thevetia peruviana (Pers.) Schumann) and Thevetia ahouai (L.) DC. respectively. Cerbera manghas 1s now widely considered the lectotype of Cerbera (Lippold 1980; Boiteau 1981; Smith 1988). Subsequent to Linnaeus, additional species have been added to Cerbera, and until recently eight or nine species were considered to belong in the genus (Lippold 1980, Smith 1988). However, Lippold (1980) in her review did not refer to Markgraf (1972) or Fosberg et al. (1977) wherein several of these species were referred to Kopsia Blume or Neisosperma Raf. The genus Cerbera up to now therefore comprises C. manghas, C. floribunda Schumann, C. odollam Gaertner, C. dilatata Markgraf, C. inflata S.T. Blake, and C. micrantha (Kan- chiru) Pichon. As defined by Lippold (1980), Boiteau (1981) and Smith (1988), Cerbera is most closely allied to genera such as Cerberiopsis Vieillard ex Pancher & Sebert from New Caledonia and Thevetia L. and Cascabela Rafinesque from South America. It differs from Cerberiopsis in the indehiscent, fleshy polycarpous fruit lacking albumen (Boiteau 1981), from Thevetia most noticeably in the lack of a floral disk, the indehiscent, fleshy polycarpous fruit with a fleshy exocarp, reticulate spongy mesocarp and woody endocarp, and from Cascabela in the hypocrateritorm corolla, lack of scales in the corolla throat, lack of a floral disk and the woody endocarp (Lippold 1980). The only previous taxonomic accounts of Cerbera in Australia have been by Bentham (1869) and Bailey (1900) who both recognised only a single species from the area, C. manghas (incorrectly as C. odollam Gaertner). C. floribunda Schumann and C. manghas L. were both recognised for New Guinea by Markegraf (1926, 1927), and the former for Australia by White (1933). Blake (1948) subsequently described a new species from north-east Queensland, firstly under the illegitimate C. dilatata S.T. Blake but later renaming it as C. inflata (Blake 1959). Up to the present there has been three described species recognised for the region although in many Australian herbaria there existed considerable undetermined material which has proved to contain collections of an undescribed species from Queensland. As a precursor to my treatment of the genus in Volume 28 of ‘Flora of Australia’, the present revision 1s presented to enable description of the unnamed species from Australia, describe and provide a key for identification of all recognised species, and to typify the names of taxa where required. In addition, I have appended notes on local common names and ethnobotanical use, primarily of C. floribunda and C. manghas in Papuasia. Materials and Methods This revision is based on herbarium specimens in AD, BO, BRI, BSIP, CANB, CBG, DNA, MEL and QRS (herbarium acronyms as in Holmeren ef a/. 1990), and on plants observed in the field in north Queensland and Solomon Islands. The generic description is largely adapted from Smith (1988) who gave a good overview of the GSES Su IA IESE cet ac une annaeA LA ttt tat date Nc ne dot tcnegNa Net ane ntact am ttt RUE a a meme 570 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 important features. Species descriptions have been drawn up from dried material or material reconstituted by boiling in detergent and water; however, the descriptions of C. manghas and C. floribunda are supplemented by observations of fresh and spirit preserved material. With the distribution maps, those for C. manghas and C. floribunda include supplementary specimen data presented by Markgraf (1927). Taxonomic Treatment Cerbera L., Sp. ‘Pl. 208 (1753). Lectotype: C. manghas L. (fide Pichon, Notul. Syst. (Paris) 13: 221 (1948)). Seem., Fl. Vit. 157 (1866); Pichon, Notul. Syst. (Paris) 13: 221 (1948); Markgraf, FI. Madagasc. fam. 169: 156 (1976): Lippold, Feddes Repert. 91: 51 (1980); Boit., Fl. Nouv.-Caled. et Dépend. 10: 212 (1981); A.C. Smith, Fl. Vit. Nov. 4: 89 (1988). Perennial shrubs or trees, latex white; foliage glabrous, drying black. Leaves spirally arranged on stems, clustered at stem apices, petiolate; lamina coriaceous, entire or sinuate, secondary lateral nerves spaced, connected by a marginal nerve; lacking colleters at lamina base. Inflorescences terminal, pedunculate, laxly cymose, glabrous, bracteate. Flowers pedicellate. Calyx deeply divided, lobes + free, caducous, lacking colleters. Corolla hypocrateriform; tube glabrous externally, internally with or without simple indumentum, swollen about stamens, somewhat constricted above stamens; lobes ovate, obovate, obtuse or emarginate, sinistrorse in bud. Stamens inserted in upper part of tube; filaments short (1-2 mm long), slender, glabrous; anthers obliquely ascending, lanceolate, contiguous to style-head with filiform apical appendages; disk lacking. Ovary bicarpellate, each carpel usually with 4 biseriate ovules; style-head composed of 2 annular swellings surmounted by 2 apical, conical, obtuse, thick, appressed stigmatic appendages. Fruits apocarpous; mericarps drupaceous; exocarp fleshy: mesocarp reticulate-spongy with numerous fibers independent of the endocarp: endocarp lignifed, smooth or rugose- striate externally, with an apical wing; seeds | per locule, compressed, ellipsoid or obloid, not or narrowly winged, hilum large, lacking a coma. Seven species distributed in Madagascar, Indian Ocean islands, Asia, Malesia, Melanesia and Australia. Four species in Papuasia and Australia. Key to species of Cerbera in Australia and Papuasia 1. Leaf lamina with tertiary venation obscure below; flowers numerous in cyme, generally more than 50... Rarer 2 Leaf lamina with tertiary venation reticulate and prominent below: flowers few in cyme, generally less than 30... .... cme ce seas ee ees iy alae 18, GA 3 2. Leaf lamina with 13-20 secondary veins below; corolla tube 8-12 mm long .... 1, C. floribunda Leaf lamina with 33-37 } secondary veins below: corolla 15-18 mm LONE? wou Vy ae . sige nt Voltn nes etn dy ES Inflate 3. Leaf lamina with 25-32 secondary veins below; corolla with red centre, tube 25-35 mm long... . 3..¢. manghas Leaf lamina with 14-18 secondary veins below: corolla lacking red centre, tube 10-11 mm long ....... -...... 4, C, dumicola 1. Cerbera floribunda Schumann in Schumann & ‘Helleai. Fl. Kais. Wilh. Land 111 (1899). Type: Papua New Guinea. WeEsT SEPIK PROVINCE: Augusta fluss, Hollrung 849 (lecto (here designated): K (photo! BRI); isolecto: BO!, L (photo! Ban Papua New Guinea. 1887, A¢4. Hollrung 717 (lectopara: BO!, K. (photo! BRI |Cerbera odollam auct. non Gaertner: S. Moore, J. Bot. 61, suppl. 32 (1923)). Schumann, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 2: 139 (1898): Boerl., Handl. FI. Ned. Ind. 2(2): 394 (1899); Schumann & Lauterb., Fl. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 505 Forster, Cerbera 57] (1901); Markeraf, Nova Guinea 14: 284 (1926); Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 61: 198 (1927); C.T. White, Contr. Arnold Abor. 4: 92 (1933); van Royen et a/., Manual Forest Trees Papua & New Guinea, Part 9. Apocynaceae 22-23 (1964); D. Foreman, Checkl. Vasc. Pl. Bougainville. Bot. Bull. No: 5: 102-103 (1971). Illustrations: van Royen et a/., Manual Forest Trees Papua & New Guinea, Part 9. PPOs CLOT 23 (1964); Foreman, Checkl. Vasc. Pl. Bougainville. Bot. Bull. No. 5: 103 (1971). Tree to 30 m high, latex white; foliage and inflorescence glabrous. Bark brown to black erey; sap wood white, heart wood white. Leaf lamina lanceolate-elliptic, 9-24 cm long, 2-5 cm wide, discolorous, margins entire and not sinuate; upper surface dark glossy green, venation obscure; lower surface pale green, secondary veins 13-20 per side of midrib, tertiary venation obscure; tip acute to short acuminate; base cuneate; petiole 30-40 mm long, 1.8-—2.0 mm wide. Inflorescence a much branched cyme up to 17 cm long; peduncle 4-6 cm long; flowers numerous with generally over 50 present. Flowers 18-20 mm long, c. 5 mm diameter, sweetly scented; pedicels 2-3 cm long. Sepals lanceolate-ovate, 5.0~6.4 mm long, 3-5 mm wide. Corolla primarily white, but sometimes pinkish-white internally towards tips of lobes and yellowish at bottom of lobes; tube 8— 12 mm long, 2.7-3.0 mm diameter, white, constricted above anthers, glabrous internally; lobes lanceolate, 7-10 mm long, 1.8-—2.0 mm wide, light green, glabrous. Stamens inserted in upper 3 mm of tube; anthers 1.2-1.3 mm long, c. 0.7 mm wide. Fruit obloid-globose, 9-11 cm long, 5.0-5.5 cm wide, 4.5—4<8 cm thick, pomted at end away from pedicel, blue when ripe. Fig. 1D. as % Selected specimens: Irian Jaya. Sidei, c. 50 km W of Manokwari, Wwanggin BW5753 (CANB ex L); Japen Island, Soemberbaba, Jul 1961, Koster BWI1159 (BO,BRI-ex L); Bernhard Camp, Idenburg River, May 1939, Brass 14109 (BO,BRI ex A). Papua New Guinea. MANUS PROVINCE: Rambutyo Island, Peninsula Admin. Centre, 2°18’S 147°47’E, Mar 1981, Kerenga & Croft LAE77382 (BRI). EAST Sepik PROVINCE: Kankanaman, 4°05’S, 144°0S’E May 1969, Afillar NGF37518 (BRI). NEW BRiTAIN PROVINCE: Pirtloma Village, 6°06’S, 150°45’E, Mar 1965, Sayers NGF29192 (BRI), NEw IRELAND PRoviNncE: Inland from Lavongai, c. 26 miles [43.3 km] from Kavieng, 2°46’S, 151°02’E, Jan 1967, Coode et al. NGF29603 (BO,BRI). WESTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: 6 miles [10 km] from Lake Kopiago on Paga Hill road, 5°22’S, 142°33’E, Nov 1968, Galore & Vandenburg NGF41029 (CANB). EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Okasa, 10 miles [16 km] SW of Okapa, May 1967, Womersley NGF24924 (BRI). MOROBE PROVINCE: Wagau, 6°50’S, 146°50’E, Jan 1965, Sayers NGF21566 (BRI,CANB). MADANG PROVINCE: Near Usino Village, Ramu Valley, Jul 1955, Hoogland 5016 (BRI,CANB). WESTERN PROVINCE: Dagwa, Oriomo River, Feb-Mar 1934, Brass 5991 (BO,BRI ex A). CENTRAL PROVINCE: Kagi Gap area, Kokoda trail, 9°09’S, 147°43’E, Sep 1973, Croft & Lelean NGF34727 (BRI). GULF PROVINCE: West bank, junction of Vailala & Lohiki Rivers, Jan 1966, Schodde 4311 & Craven (BRI,CANB). NORTHERN PROVINCE: Lower W slopes of Topographers, Aug 1954, Saunders 44 (BRI,CANB). MILNE BAY PROVINCE: Normanby Island, near Miadeba airstrip, 9°50’S, 1S0°55’E, Nov 1976, Croft et al. LAE68858 (BRI). Solomon Islands. Santa Ysabel, Bogotu Peninsula, near Koloajoa Village, Mar 1964, Whitmore BSIP4110 (BSIP). Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Daintree, Jul 1943, Blake 14992 (BRI,CANB); V.C.L. Noah, Oliver Creek, 16°10’S, 145°25’E, Nov 1978, Gray 1095 (QRS); Porn. 62, Alexandra, 16°10’S, 145°25’E, Dec 1972, Hyland 6606 (QRS). 3 3 Distribution and habitat: Widespread in New Guinea and Solomon Islands, but in Australia it is restricted to a small area near Cairns (Map 1). Plants grow along creeks or in marshy areas and are always found near permanent water. Notes: C. floribunda is a distinctive species and the large blue fruits are often a feature of the forest floor where this species may be locally common. In Australia it is only likely to be confused with C. inflata, which is restricted to higher altitudes on the Atherton Tableland region. I have selected Hol/rung 849 as lectotype from the two syntypes, as it is more widely represented in herbaria and has a more precise collection locality than Hollrung 717. Local names and ethnobotanical use: A listing of local names with dialects and region of origin 1s given in Table 1. The wood is used for mouldings and interior finishings in Bougainville (Foreman 1971) and other parts of Papua New Guinea, but is susceptible to blue stain fungal attack (van Royen et al. 1964). In Solomon Islands the wood is used for carving and medicine (Henderson & Santalau 491 (BSIP)). Medicinal application is for aches and sores with the leaves heated in a fire, after which they are rubbed on the sore area or the person lies down on the warm leaf. Conservation status: Not rare or endangered. Conserved in Cape Tribulation National Park north of the Daintree River in north Queensland. Ber ere Ene hh oes a ao ono eR REE ERT 372 Table 1. Local names for Cerbera floribunda. Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Name Dialect & Region Voucher Agar Onijob Hoogland 4603 (CANB) Aimalua Kwara’ae; S.I. Gaful et al. BSIP16430 (BSIP) Aitongatonga Kwara’ae; S.L Whitmore BSIP921 (BSIP) Babal Biak; Irian Jaya Koster BW11159 (BRI) Beembin Wagau™; Morobe Sayers NGF21566 (CANB) Biegbau Haltam; Irian Jaya Moll BW15725 (BO) Brebong Kemtoek; Irian Jaya Jwanggin BW9121 (BO) Djokanabaiu Minufia; Northern Saunders 44 (BRI) Ekwa Onjob; Northern Saunders 44 (BRI) Grey Milkwood Australian; Cook Cause et al. (1989) Iona Akuna; Madang Smith NGFI1088 (BRD) Kartwi Pom; Irian Jaya Schram BW15046 (BO) Milky Pine Atherton*; Cook personal obs. Nibwafrim Amberbaken; Irian Jaya Koster BW6743 (BO) Ocro-Oego Kapaukoe; Irian Jaya Vink & Schram BW8713 (BO) Patega Usino; Madang Hoogland 5016 (BRI) Pea,paa Maiama*™; Morobe Ridsdale NGF31684 (BRI) Rubbertree Australian; Cook Cause et al. (1989) Sebokko Manikiang; Irian Jaya Iwanggin BW5753 (CANB) Sowoek Mooi; Irian Jaya Moll BW11727 (BO) Sungwiau Waskuk; Sepik Hoogland 10064 & Craven (BRI) Supuk Bembi; Madang Hoogland 5016 (BRI) Tarau Subdidi*; New Britain Frodin NGF26589 (BRI) Tero Rawa; Madang Hoogland 5016 (BRI) Totongwala Kwara’ae; S.I. Whitmore BSIP4110 (BSIP) Towl Jal; Madang Hoogland 5016 (BRI) Vao Marovo; S.I. Chapman BSIP428 (BSIP) * indicates locality name only, dialect not indicated. Abbreviation: S.I, = Solomon Islands. 2. Cerbera inflata S.T. Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 70: 33 (1959). Cerbera dilatata S.T. Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 59: 161 (1948), nom. illeg.; non Markgraf (1927). Type: Australia, Queensland. Cook DiIsTRicT: Near Goldsborough, Upper Mulgrave River, 28 July 1943, S.7. Blake 15033 (holo: BRI!; iso: CANB)). _ [Cerbera manghas auct. non L.: C.T. White, Contr. Arnold Arbor. 4: 92 (1933)]. Tree to 30 m high, latex white; foliage and inflorescence glabrous. Bark grey, pustular with long fissures; sap wood white, heart wood white. Leaf lamina lanceolate-elliptic, discolorous, margins entire and not sinuate; upper surface dull green, venation obscure; lower surface pale green, secondary veins 33-37 per side of midrib, tertiary venation obscure; tip short acuminate; base cuneate; petiole 20-37 mm long, c. 2 mm diameter. Inflorescence a much branched cyme, up to 15 cm long; peduncles up to 5 cm long; flowers numerous, with generally more than 50 present. Flowers 18-27 mm long, 10- 13 mm diameter, sweetly scented; pedicels 11-15 mm long. Sepals lanceolate, 4-8 mm long, 1.5-3.0 mm wide. Corolla white to cream-pink; tube 15-18 mm long, 1-2 mm diameter, slightly constricted above anthers, glabrous internally; lobes obovate, c. 6 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, glabrous. Stamens inserted 2.2-2.5 mm from top of tube; anthers 2.5-2.8 mm long, 1.7—1.8 mm wide. Fruit ellipsoid, somewhat pointed at end away from pedicel, 6-7 cm long, 3.0-3.2 cm wide, 2.0-2.5 cm thick, purple when ripe. Fig. 1A. Selected specimens. Australia. Queensland. Cook Disrrict: Kulara, 15 miles [25 km] WNW of Atherton, May 1921, Hamilton [AQ212353] (BRI); Atherton, Jan 1950, Webb 5118 (CANB); Lake Eacham, 17°17’S, 145°37’E, Forster, Cerbera Maps 1-2. Distribution in Australia and Papuasia of Cerbera spp.: 1. C. floribunda. 2. C. manghas. 573 SOYA A bra commana end ala Se wes tal i le) mene ye km 574 Austrobaileya 3(4); 1992 Feb 1956, Dansie C36 (CANB); Juara Creek area, Danbulla, Aug 1948, Smith 3734 (BRD); Danbulla, near Atherton, Nov 1942, Blake {4749 (BRI,DNA); S.F.R. 185, Downfall L.A., 17°10’S, 145°35’E, Jul 1971, Sanderson 28 (QRS); S.F.R. 185, Danbulla, 17°10’S, 145°37E, Apr 1971, Stocker 673 (BRI,CANB,QRS); Gadgarra Reserve, Atherton, Jul 1929, Kajewski 1141 (BRI); S.F.R. 700, Gadgarra, Gillies L.A., 17°13’S, 145°42’E, Dec 1988, Hyland 13786 (QRS); S.F.R. 310, Caribou L.A., Dec 1981, Hyland 11414 (QRS); Yungaburra, Jan 1918, White [AQ212359] (BRI); near Malanda, Sep 1943, Blake 15249 (BRI,CANB); Mt Bartle Frere, north peak, Aug 1943, Blake 15244 (BRI); Mt Toressa, 1904, Bailey [AQ212354] (BRI); S.F.R. 310, Windin L.A., 17°21’S, 145°45’E, Aug 1979, Moriarty 2653 (QRS); S.F.R. 310, Bora L.A., 17°21’S, 145°46’E, Nov 1981, Gray 2267 (QRS); S.F.R. 755, Barong L.A., 17°32’S, 145°52’E, 1980, Gray 1727 (QRS); Jago, near Innisfail, Sep 1943, Blake 15270 (BRI); Babinda, Jul 1943, Blake 15024 (BRI,CANB); Deeral, near Babinda, Jul 1943, Blake 14970 (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Restricted to north-east Queensland (Map 3). Plants grow in rainforest, generally away from permanent water. Notes: As noted by Blake (1948), C. inflata is allied to C. floribunda but differs in the somewhat narrower leaves with more lateral nerves, the smaller flowers and the smaller ellipsoid fruit. Local names: “Milky Pine” - Blake 14749 (BRD; “Joojooga” - Batley [AQ212354] (BRI); “Grey Milkwood” or “Rubbertree” — Cause et a/. (1989). Conservation status: Widespread in north-east Queensland and not considered rare or endangered by the current author, despite the listing in Thomas and McDonald (1989). 20 Map 3. Distribution of Cerbera inflata @ and C. dumicola ©. Forster, Cerbera S75 3. Cerbera manghas L., Sp. Pl. 208 (1753); Tanghinia manghas (L.) G. Don, Gen. hist. 4: 98 (1838). Type: description of Osbeck (Dagbok 6fwer en Ostindisk Res., ca 91 (1757)), cited in L., Sp. Pl. 208 (1753); fide Fosberg in Boiteau (1981). J. Forster, Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 19 (1786); Schumann, Notizbi. Bot. Gart. Berlin- Dahlem 1: 55 (1895); Merr. Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 432 (1917); Markeraf, Nova Guinea 14: 284 (1926); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 522 (1928); Markeraf, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 61: 197 (1927); Guillaumin, J. Arnold Arb. 13: 18 (1932); Boit., Fl. Nouv.-Caléd. et Dépend. 10: 214 (1981); Fosb. & Sach. in D.J. Carr, Sydney Parkinson 186 (1983); A.C. Smith, Fl. Vit. Nov. 4: 89 (1988). Cerbera odollam var. mugfordii Bailey, Queensland Agric. J. 3: 282 (1898) (as ‘mugforar), C. manghas var. mugfordii (Bailey) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 522 (1928). Type: [Mourilyan Harbour, W. Mugford| [?4Q332823] (holo: BRI). [Cerbera odollam auct. non Gaertner: Benth., Fl. Austral. 4: 306 (1869): Bailey, Queensland fl. 3: 981 (1900)). Illustrations: Sims, Bot. Mag. 43: t. 1845 (1816); K.A.W. Williams, Native PI. Queensland 1: 67 (1979), 3: 63 (1987); Fosb. & Sach. in D.J. Carr, Sydney Parkinson pl. 177 (1983); A.C. Smith, Fl. Vit. Nov. 4: 90, fig. 38 (1988). Small tree to 12 m high; latex white; foliage and inflorescence glabrous. Bark light grey, scaly; sap wood white, heart wood white. Leaf lamina elliptic-obovate, 15-25 cm long, 4-7 cm wide, discolorous, margins entire and not sinuate; upper surface dark glossy green, venation + obscure; below pale green, secondary veins 25~32 per side of midrib, tertiary venation reticulate and prominent; tip acute, short acuminate or long acuminate; base cuneate; petiole 15-62 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Inflorescence a little-branched cyme to 20 cm long; peduncles up to 8 cm long; flowers few, with generally less than 30 present. Flowers 30-40 mm long, 20-35 mm diameter, sweetly scented; pedicels 10-20 mm long. Sepals lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, 12-25 mm long, 4-9 mm wide. Corolla white with red ‘eye’ at top of tube; tube 22—35 mm long, 2.0-2.5 mm diameter, constricted above anthers near top, with sparse to dense indumentum internally; lobes ovate to obovate, 18-26 mm long, 6-10 mm wide. Stamens inserted c. 2 mm below top of tube; anthers 1.8-2.0 mm long, 1.0-1.2 mm wide. Fruit ovoid-globose, 6-7 cm long, 3.5-4.0 cm wide; 3.5-4.0 cm thick, red when ripe. Fig. 1B, E-G, J-L. Selected specimens. Irian Jaya. Batanta Island, W of Sorong, Marchesa Bay, Amdoei Village, Apr 1954, var Royen 3545 (BO,BRI ex L); Adi Island, Feb 1961, Afo// BW9827 (BRI, CANB). Papua New Guinea. MANUS PROVINCE: Pelikawa, 2°07’S, 146°44’E, Jun 1971, Stone & Streiinann LAE53788 (BRI). NEw BRITAIN PROVINCE: Torlu River, 6°00’S, {51°02’E, Mar 1965, Sayers NGF24208 (BRI). NEw IRELAND PROVINCE: Kavieng, Oct 1964, Millar NGF23816 (BRI). BOUGAINVILLE PROVINCE: Karngu, Buin, Oct 1930, Kajewski 2239 (BRI ex A). EAST SEPIK PROVINCE: Cape Wom International Park, c. 8 km NW of Wewak town, 3°35’S, 143°35’E, Nov 1976, Wiakabu & Yefle LAE70329 (BRI). MOROBE PROVINCE: Markham River mouth, W of Lae, 6°45’S, 147°00’E, Aug 1964, van Royen NGF20068 (BRI). MADANG PROVINCE: Tukai, 50 miles [83.3 km] N of Madang, Mar 1968, Coode & Katik NGF32749 (BRI). WESTERN PROVINCE: Daru Island, Mar 1936, Brass 6272 (BO,BRI ex A). GULF PROVINCE: Keuru, Mar 1926, Brass 1191 (BRI). MILNE BAY Province: Near Tapio Village, Cape Vogel Peninsula, Jul 1954, Heogland 4332 (BRI,CANB). Solomon Islands. Guadalcanal, Mbokokimbo River, logging road, c. 2 km SE of main road, 9°28’S, 160°22’E, Jun 1991, Forster 8652 & Lidd/e (BISH,BRI,K,L,MEL); Santa Cruz Islands, Tomotu Noi Island, 10°47’S, 166°04’E, Apr 1972, Powell et al. BSIP19891 (BSIP,CANB). Australia. Northern Territory. Wessel Islands, 11°19’S, 136°36’E, Oct 1972, Latz 3500 (BRI,DNA). Queensland. CooKx District: Mutee Head, Cape York, 10°55’S, 142°1S’E, Mar 1990, Forster 6430 (BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MEL,PERTH,QRS); Kennedy Hill Gorge, 12°28’S, 143°16’E, Jun 1989, Forster 5404 & Kenning (BRI,L,MEL,QRS); Claudie River (tidal reaches), 12°50’S, 143°20’E, Jul 1972, Hyland 6207 (BRI,QRS); Ella Bay, near Innisfail, Jul 1943, Blake mane (BRI,CANB). WipE BAY DISTRICT: Freshwater Creek, S of Double Island Point, Aug 1964, Everist 7639 RI). Distribution and habitat: Widespread in Malesia and Melanesia. Common in New Guinea and Solomon Islands; in Australia relatively common in north Queensland with one locality in Northern Territory (Map 2). Plants at the Freshwater Creek locality in south- east Queensland have been collected numerous times since the 1920s and comprise 2 or 3 trees which must have resulted from a chance establishment long ago. This colony does not seem to have expanded over a period of 70 years and is not considered native to south-east Queensland. Plants are generally found in the littoral zone behind the mangroves, often in monsoon vinethicket along the shore or may extend inland in lowland rainforest communities. SET REARS Mee ON te Ua Bet He a eS eA A tt tw ummm ei EA oN Ee ee Wa ML LH EE Ne ed a at tt MEE tt a AE I te i ade La 576 | Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Notes: Smith (1988) discussed the typification of this species’ name and supported Fosberg’s (in Boiteau 1981) lectotypification directly from the Osbeck description based on a Javan specimen, that was cited by Linnaeus. Boiteau (1981) recognised several varieties and forms under C. manghas; however, apart from C. manghas f. manghas, most of these are probably referable to C. odollam Gaertner (Smith 1988). In a red type folder at BRI is a specimen dating from Bailey’s time that is probably the type of C. odollam var. mugfordii. Despite the lack of label data that agrees with the protologue, there are no other specimens at BRI that could be the Mugford collection and it seems reasonable to assume that this is the type. Local names and ethnobotanical use: A listing of local names, the dialects of origin, and the relevant vouchers are given in Table 2. In Solomon Islands, the crushed leaves are used on boils or polio with accompanying prayers, and the wood for carving paddles and bowls (Powell BSIP19891 (BSIP), Henderson & Oimae 175 (BSIP)). In Torres Strait, the fruit is used by children as a ball (Lawrie [AQ004029] (BRI)). Conservation status: Not rare or endangered. Conserved in Cape Wom International Park, East Sepik in Papua New Guinea, but not known with certainty to occur in any Conservation Reserves in Australia. Table 2. Local names for Cerbera manghas. Name Dialect & Region Voucher Aikikira Kwara’ae; S.I. Kere BSIP5S094 (BSIP) Aimalua Kwara’ae; S.1. Boraule et al. BSIP9318 (BSIP) Aitu Laukana; Morobe White NGF11155 (BRI) Babai Biak; Irian Jaya Moll BW9827 (CANB) Bulo Tasia®; S.L. Brass 3284 (BRI) Dalovi Manukiki; S.I. Griffith 4/24 (BRI) Gingum Oomsis*; Morobe White NGF11170 (BRI) Grey Milkwood Australian; Cook Cause et al. (1989) Kaiohto Gabobora; Milne Bay Hoogiand 4332 (BRD La Toto Rapurt; New Britain Floyd NGF6451 (BRI) Ngambako Nanegu; S.I. Powell et al, BSIP19891 (BSIP) Papoea Aniaeri; Irian Jaya Aet & Idjan 614 (BO) Rubbertree. Australian; Cook Cause ef al. (1989) Sas Biak; Inan Jaya van Royen 3545(BRD) Soto Manukiki; S.J. Griffith 4/24 (BRI) To Santa Ana™; S.I. Yen BSIP18113 (BSIP) To’o Are’are; S.I. de Coppet 146 (BSIP) Toto Kulumo; New Britain Barker & Vinas LAE66541 (BRI) Totongwala Kwara’ae; S.I. Gafui ef al. BSIP17448 (BSIP) Totora Karngu*: Bougainville Kajewski 2239 (BRI) Vao New Georgia; S.I. Waterhouse 303 (BRI) Wal Dauan Is; Cook Lawrie [AQ004029] (BRI) * indicates locality name only, dialect not indicated. Abbreviations: S.J. = Solomon Islands. Forster, Cerbera S77 WA - 43 int * ifay = ,ty _i a a 3 1 BA BRU = 4 + . Rica ty fof *: 2 ee = = Fats = a i tell NN fdt att ro AY {En iasers © «ue us 2, = weer v= ik aa y Spe “EE at ate ia eee ¢ ‘ % z ah sss Pat *> Pepa best Steg 5 ao " es fat * : tree < aA aE AS SM gs F fs ee ee a Fig. 1. A-D. lower leaf surfaces showing venation, X 5. A. Cerbera inflata. B. C. manghas. C. C. dumicola. D. C. floribunda. E-G. C. manghas: E. inflorescence X 0.5. F. face view of flower x 1. G. side view of flower X 1. H-l. C. dismicola: H. side view’of flower x 1. I. face view of flower < 1. J-L. C. manghas: J. longitudinal section of flower showing disposition of anthers in tube X |. K. intact fruit xX 0.5. L. half fruit showing interior x 0.5. A, Smith 3734; B,E~G,J-L, Forster 6430; C,H-I, Batianoff 11705b, D, Blake 14992. Del. W. Smith. TaN att tH ER MN UA RR Heh ima Te et , Cn COLCA COLOR CCL CAO COCO Gn ha ork ran Ekta ak $78 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 4. Cerbera dumicola P. Forster sp. nov. ad Cer beram manghas L. affinis, a qua habitu fruticoso, venis lateralibus laminae folii paucioribus (14-18), tubo corollae 10- 11 mm longo, et lobis corollae 8-9 mm longis, differt. Typus: Queensland. PORT CuRTIS Districr: Howard Point, Middle Percy Island, 55 km NE of Arthur Point, Shoalwater Bay, 21°40’S, 150°16’E, 31 October 1989, G.N. Batianoff 11705B, I, Champion, P. Thompson & H.A. Dillewaard (holo: BRI; 1s0: MEL!, QRS!). Shrub or small tree to 4 m high, latex white; foliage and inflorescence glabrous. Bark light grey, fissured longitudinally, somewhat scaly on taller plants; sap wood white, heart wood white. Leaf lamina elliptic-lanceolate to elliptic-oblong, 5-17 cm long, 1.5-—6.0 cm wide, discolorous, margins often variously lobed and sinuate; upper surface glossy light green, venation obscure; lower surface pale green, secondary veins 14-18 per side of midrib, tertiary reticulate venation prominent; tip obtuse, acute or short acuminate; base cuneate; petiole 5-12 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide. Inflorescence a little branched cyme up to 8 cm long; peduncle up to 5 cm long; flowers few, with generally less than 30. Flowers 15-18 mm long, 14-20 mm diameter, sweetly scented; pedicels 31-45 mm long. Sepals lanceolate-ovate, 8-9 mm long, 3.5-5.0 mm wide. Corolla white; tube 10-11 mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm diameter, slightly constricted above anthers, with dense indumentum internally; lobes ovate to obovate, 8-9 mm long, 4.5-5.0 mm wide. Stamens inserted c. 2mm from top of tube; anthers 1.0-1.2 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm wide. Fruit globose- ovoid, c. 5.5 cm long, 4 cm wide, 4 cm thick, colour unknown. Fig. 1C, H, I. Specimens examined. Australia, Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Barrabas Scrub, 20°10’S, 146°45’E, May 1972, Hyland 6097 (QRS). Port Curtis District: West Bay, Middle Percy Island, 55 km NE of Arthur Point, Shoalwater Bay, 21°40’S, 150°16’E, Nov 1989, Batianoff 11627 et al. (BRI. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: [400- 500 miles inland from Rockham pton], 1886, Govt. Surveyor [MEL 1515485] (MEL); range between the Dawson & Mackenzie, [MEL 1515808] (MEL); c. 80 km NE of Emerald, 10 km SSE of “Booroondara”’, 22°54’S, 148°31’E, Oct 1978, Jones 6 (CBG); Blackwater, Jun 1942, Flowers [AQ212427] (BRI); 5 km NW of Wowan, Banana Shire, 23°50'S, 150°10'E, Feb 1990, Gillespie 4837 (BRI); 23°55’S, 148°48’E, Dec 1985, Thompson [AQ399095] (BRI): Portion 130, Gogango Shire, Parish of Fleetwood, Dec 1983. Heppell [A 398635] (BRI); Below Blackdown Tableland, Nov 1975, Williams [AQ113486] (BRD); Duaringa, Oct 1943, Blake 15360 elt ditto, Oct 1943, Murray [AQ212426] (BRI): ditto, Nov 1943, White 12460 (BRI); Baralaba, Feb 1943, Maclean [AQ212430) (BRI); ‘Coolum’, Baralaba on eastern slope of Dawson Range, Nov 1943, Maclean [AQ212429 ] (BRD; near Stanwell, Apr 1876, O’Shanesy 1829 (MEL). MITCHELL DISTRICT: Romulus Tableland, 57 km SE of Blackall on the top of Enniskillen Range, 24°44’S, 145°52’E, Jul 1975, Beeston 1430c (BRI); Ravensbourne-Mount Edinburgh area, Blackall/Tambo Shire, Jul 1990, Roche [AQ472683] (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Central coastal and subcoastal Queensland (Map 3). Plants occur primarily in lancewood (Acacia shirleyi Maiden) thickets away from the coast but may also be found in semi-evergreen vine thickets near the coast. Notes: C. dumicola was discovered in 1876 by R. O’Shanesy who sent material (a sterile leafy stem) to von Mueller in MEL. Although collected sporadically since (collections in MEL), its distinctiveness was only recognised by the late S.T. Blake who made or organised a number of collections of the plant in the 1940s. Despite having fertile material (scrappy flowers only), Blake did not describe the plant and sporadic and nearly always sterile collections were made up until 1990, when good flowering material procured by G. Batianoff and associates allowed for its description. The fruit description is based on a single old sectioned fruit [MEL 1515485] (MEL) and further collections are still required for assessment of variation in the taxon. C. dumicola is a distinctive species by virtue of the shrubby to small tree habit and the foliage often having sinuate margins. It is most closely allied to C. manghas but differs from that species in the shrubby habit, fewer lateral veins in the leaf lamina (14-18 per side of midrib); corolla lacking a red centre, the corolla tube 10-11 mm long and the corolla lobes 8-9 mm long. ony The specific epithet alludes to the common occurrence of this species in thickets. Conservation status: Not known to occur in any conservation reserves. The various populations in central Queensland must be considered under threat from agriculture and mining activities. Urgent survey work is required to determine the status of this taxon. A relevant conservation coding 1s 3RC (cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988). Forster, Cerbera $79 Acknowledgements Assistance with field work in north Queensland and Solomon Islands was given by G. Kenning, D. Liddle and M.C. Tucker. G. Batianoff (BRI) collected fertile material of C. dumicola. The illustrations were prepared by W. Smith (BRI) with funding from the Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS). P.R. Sharpe translated various German texts. A.S. George (ABRS) translated the diagnosis into latin. The herbaria AD, BO, BRI, BSIP, CANB, CBG, DNA, K, L, MEL and QRS allowed access to collections either at their institutions or on loan. Loans staff at these institutions and BRI expedited rapid processing. G. Leach (DNA) while Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, U.K., located and photographed type material. The author was funded for this project by ABRS during 1991-92. This assistance is gratefully acknowledged. References BAILEY, F.M. (1900). Apocynaceae. Queensiand Flora 3: 974-995. Brisbane: Government Printer. BENTHAM, G. (1869). Apocynaceae. Flora Australiensis 4: 301-324. London: L. Reeve. BLAKE, S.T. (1948). Studies in Australian Apocynaceae and Asclepiadaceae, |. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 59: 161-168. BLAKE, S.T. (1959). New or noteworthy plants, chiefly from Queensland, |. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 70: 33-46. BOITEAY, P. (1981). Flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et Dependances, 10. Apocynacées. Paris: Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle. BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian pahone Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service. CAUSE, M.L., RUDDER, EJ. & KYNASTON, W.T. (1989). Queensland Timbers, their nomenclature, density and lyctid susceptibility. Technical Pamphlet No. 2. Brisbane: Queensland Department of Forestry. FOREMAN, D.B. (1971). A Check List of the Vascular Plants of Bougainville, with descriptions of some common forest trees. Botany Bulletin No. 5. Lae: Department of Forests, Division of Botany. FOSBERG, F.R., BOTTEAU, P. & SACHET, M.-H. (1977). Nomenclature of the Ochrosiinae (Apocynaceae): 2. Synonymy of Ocirosia Juss. and Netsosperma Raf. Adansonia, ser. 2, 17; 23-33. HOLMGREN, P.K., HOLMGREN, N.H. & BARNETT, L.C. (eds) (1990). Index Herbariorum. Part I: The Herbaria of the World. New York: New York Botanical Garden. LINNAEUS, C. (1753). Species Plantarum. Stockholm: Laurenti, Salvii. LIPPOLD, H. (1980). Die gattungen Thevetia L., Cerbera L. und Cascabela Rafin. (Apocynaceae). Feddes Repertorium 91: 45-55. MARKGRAF, F. (1926). Apocynaceae. Nova Guinea 14(2): 278-291. MARKGRAF, F. (1927). Die Apocynaceen von Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbticher ftir Systematik, Pllanzenges- chichte und Pflanzengeographie 61: 164-222. MARKGRAF, F. (1972). Florae Malesianae Praecursores LIII. Apocynaceae IH. 6. Urnularia, 7. Willughbeia, 8. Kopsia. Blumea 20: 407-425. SMITH, A.C. (1988). Flora Vitiensis Nova. Vol. 4. Lawai: Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden. THOMAS, M.B. & MCDONALD, W.J.F. (1989). Rare and Threatened Plants of Queensland. 2nd Edition. - Brisbane: Queensland Government. VAN ROYEN, P., WOMERSLEY, J.S., WHITE, K.J., COLWELL, S.J. & PEARCE, D. (1964). Manual of the Forest Trees of Papua and New Guinea. Part 9. Apocynaceae. Port Moresby: Department of Forests. WHITE, C.T. (1933). Ligneous plants collected for the Arnold Arboretum in north Queensland by S.F. Kajewski in 1929. Contributions from the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University 4. 1-113. Accepted for publication 7 February 1992 Austrobaileya 3(4): 581-583 (1992) 581 A NEW SPECIES OF LIPARIS RICH. (ORCHIDACEAE) FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND B. Gray Australian National Herbarium, CSIRO, Division of Plant Industry, PO Box 780 Atherton, Qid 4883, Australia Summary Liparis collinsit B. Gray, a new species of Liparis Rich. section Liparis, is described and illustrated. In addition notes on its taxonomic affinities, habitat, distribution and conservation status are given. Taxonomy Liparis collinsii B. Gray, sp. nov. Differt a L. simmondsio Bailey pseudobulbis brevioribus validioribus et foliis angustioribus lanceolatis epetiolatis basi vaginantibus. Typus: Cult. Atherton ex Queensland, Timber Reserve 14, Parish of Kesteven, 13°46’S, 143°21/E. 740 m, 13 September 1990, B. Gray 5269 (holo: ORS: iso: BRI, CANB, NSW). Erect terrestrial herb, deciduous, glabrous, 25-50 cm tall. Pseudobulb fleshy, + elliptic in cross section, broadest near the base, tapering to the apex, 6-10 cm long, 2-3 cm diameter; bracts 2- 4, ovate, ee strongly ribbed, apex acute; new shoot arising from the base of the old. Leaves (3-4)-6; lamina lanceolate, 10-13 cm long, 4-5 cm wide, somewhat plicate, with 4 or § reddish purple ribs below, margin undulate, apex acute. Petiole broad, sheathing, 5-7 cm long. Inflorescence terminal, erect, a {0-20- flowered raceme, 25-35 cm long; peduncle 4-angled, slightly winged, about as long as the rhachis; bracts 1 or 2, linear-triangular, 6-9 mm long, 2.0-2.5 mm wide; floral bracts linear, 2-6 mm long, c. i mm wide, acute; pedicel with ovary 10-16 mm long. Flowers spreading widely, 2.0-2.5 cm diameter. Dorsal sepal linear to narrowly ovate, 12-14 mm long, 3.0-3.5 mm wide, pale purplish green, margin revolute. Lateral sepals elliptic, somewhat falcate, 9-10 mm long, 3.0-3.5 mm wide, pale purplish cream, revolute. Petals filiform, 11-14 mm long, 1.4-1.5 mm wide, purple, strongly revolute (rolled into a very narrow tube). Labellum obovate, c. 13 mm long, 8-10 mm wide, greenish to greenish cream at the base, suffused with maroon towards the apex, ventral surface with a narrow maroon central line from the base to apex; base cuneate; apex truncate to + emarginate; margin denticulate near the apex; semierect in the basal third, and channelled then decurved through 90° and spreading, with 2 calli on the ventral surface; calli c. 2 mm long, 0.5 mm diameter. Column arcuate, c. 7 mm long, 2 mm diameter, sreenish cream. ries: es cap 1.3-1.4 X 1.3 mm. Pollinia 4, in 2 pairs. Distribution and habitat: This species is at present known only from the Mcllwraith Range on Cape York Peninsula in Queensland. It grows among granite boulders in relatively open areas in rain forest above 700 m altitude. Plants occur in loose colonies and are leafless throughout the dry season. (June to November or December). Flowering period: Time of flowering in nature is not known but probably occurs soon after the onset of the wet season. In cultivation flowering occurred from November to January, while the plants were in full growth. Individual flowers last 7-10 days. Notes: L. collinsii is most closely related to L. simmondsii Bailey but can be readily distinguished from that by its shorter, stouter pseudobulbs and the narrower, lanceolate non-petiolate leaves which are sheathing at the base. The two species have distinct geographic ranges. L. simmondsii has not been recorded north of the Mossman River, which is 350 km south of the MclIlwraith Range. The widespread L. habenarina (F. Muell.) Benth. which occurs in open forest and grassland situations of north and eastern Australia differs from ZL. collinsii in having narrower leaves and pseudobulbs which are produced below ground level. Of the several species eo New Guinea, L. oligantha Schltr. and L. finnisterrae Schltr. appear to be related to L. collinsii but are quite distinct. 582 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Fig. 1. Liparis collinsii: A. habit. B. flower from side. C. flower from front. D. column from side. E. column from front. F. section through column and labellum. G. anther from front. H. anther from side. I. pollinia. J. labellum flattened. K. section through base of labellum. L. dorsal sepal flattened. M. lateral sepal flattened. N. sepal flattened. All from Gray 5269. Gray, Liparis collinsti 583 Conservation status: This species is poorly known and its distribution, even within the Mcliwraith Range area is uncertain. Etymology: It gives me great pleasure to name this orchid after the late Rev. R.D. (Ron) Collins of Atherton. Ron had a great interest in orchids, was a good friend and accompanied me on many field trips to Cape York Peninsula. References DOCKRILL, A.W. (1969). Australian Indigenous Orchids. Volume 1. Sydney: The Society for Growing Australian Plants. SCHLECTER, R. (1982). The Orchids of German New Guinea. Translated by R.S. Rogers, H.J. Katz & J.T. Simmons, edited by D.F. Blaxell. Melbourne: Australian Orchid Foundation. Accepted for publication 18 March 1992 Syste oven yc eanone nt mm tee Austrobaileya 3(4): 585-607 (1992) 585 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN GRASSES: 5* NEW SPECIES OF AND NEW COMBINATIONS FOR QUEENSLAND PANICOID GRASSES Bryan K. Simon Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia Summary New species, Arthragrostis clarksoniana, Cyrtococcum capitis-york, Panicum bombycinum, Panicum chillagoanum, Panicum robustum, Paspalum batianoffii, Paspalum multinodum and Yakirra websteri, are described. New combinations made are Brachiaria atrisola, based on Urechloa atrisola and Brachiaria holosericea subsp. velutina, based on Urochloa holosericea subsp. velutina. An overview of the current situation regarding the taxonomy of Brachiaria and allied genera is given. The occurrence of Brachiaria distachya (L.) Stapf in Australia, New Caledonia and Fiji is established. Introduction There are a number of new Queensiand grasses, first drawn attention to in ‘A Key to Australian Grasses’ (Simon 1990), that require formal description. Of these, the panicoid species are treated in this paper, with nine new species described and two new combinations made in the genus Brachiaria for taxa already described under Urochloa by Webster (1987). For each new species there is a Latin diagnosis, a full botanical description, a listing of specimens examined, a section on etymology, a section on conservation status, following the system used by Briggs and Leigh (1988), and some additional notes. Arthragrostis Lazarides A panicoid grass with distinctive tubercle-based hairs on the upper glume and lower lemma was collected from York Downs, near Weipa on Cape York Peninsula, in 1981 by Anne Morton (now Gunness). More recently, two more collections of this grass have been made, one from Meripah in 1987 and the other from Batavia Downs in 1990. In my Australian grass key (Simon 1990) I indicated this species by Panicum sp. Morton 191, although the collector’s number should have been cited as 1191. The distinctive character of the absolute disarticulation of the panicle at the base of all the branches as well se beneath the spikelets, necessitates the species be placed in the genus Arthragrostis Lazarides. Arthragrostis clarksoniana B. Simon, sp. noy. A. deschampsioidi (Domin) Lazarides affinis, sed gluma supera et gluma inferno in longitudine aequali plus minusve et pilis tuberculatis differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: 16 km from 7h pas homestead on road to the south, 13°49’S 142°22’E, 11 May 1987, JR. Clarkson 7149 & B.K. Simon (holo: BRI(AQ 452649); iso: MBA,NSW). Fig. 1. Weak annual. Culms erect or basally decumbent, weakly tufted, 40-60 cm tall, sparingly branched at base, 2-4-noded, terminated by a solitary, large and open inflorescence about half the length of the culm. Internodes longer than the associated leaf sheaths which are rounded on the back. Ligule a fringed membrane c. 0.5 mm long. Leaf blades lanceolate, flat, 3-10 cm X 20 mm, pilose, margins smooth with scattered tubercle-based hairs. Inflorescence a panicle with main axis 23-30 cm long and smooth. Primary branches spreading, not whoried, 10-21 cm long, scabrous on the margins. Pedicels 2- 12 mm long, distinctly angled, straight, scabrous although with glabrous apices. Callus not differentiated. Spikelets abaxial, 15-25 on a typical lowermost primary branch, dorsiventrally compressed, ovate or elliptic 1n outline, 3.5-4.0 X c. 1.5 mm. Glumes + equal, 3.5~4.0 mm long: lower glume, ovate or elliptic in outline, acuminate, 5-7-nerved, membranous, hairy with tubercle-based cilia scattered over the back on the lower two- *continued from Austrobaileya 3(1): 79-99 (1989) 586 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 i { ‘ 7. ‘ i i P Vila. \ i i é z ES bs i, Ap a ae £3 cs * 2 F \ ; : Pi al r - ae z i = _—, ae: . co i ‘ a s 3 F o = 34 Fs a Fig. 1. Arthragrostis clarksoniana: A. plant X 0.5. B. base of primary branch, showing disarticulation. C. spikelet D. lower glume, back view. E. upper glume, back view. F. lower floret with minute palea within lemma. G. upper floret, back view. H. upper floret, front view. (B-H x 8). L caryopsis, view of side with embryo. J. caryopsis, view of side with hilum. (I,J < 16). From type specimen. Simon, Australian Grasses 5 587 thirds; upper glume narrowly elliptic in outline, 7-9-nerved, membranous, hairy with tubercle-based cilia scattered over the back on the lower two-thirds. Rachilla conspicuous between the glumes. Lower lemma elliptic in outline, acute, membranous, glabrous, 3.0- 3.5 mm long. Palea of lower floret vestigial, apically truncate. Upper floret ‘perfect, elliptic in outline, shorter than the lower floret. Upper lemma c. 1.5 mm long, yellow, chartaceous, smooth and shiny, rounded on the back, glabrous. Palea of upper floret chartaceous, smooth. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm long with hilum about half as long as caryopsis. Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: York Downs on Myall Creek, 12°45’S, 142°18E, mg Pl 4QE, tetrodonta — E. confertiflora grassy open forest, May 1981, Aforton 1191 (BRI); Batavia Downs, 12°40’ S. 142 fenced areas around homestead and yards, Apr 1990, Clarkson 8590 & Neldner (BRI,MBA). Conservation status: 3K (Briggs & Leigh 1988). Etymology: The species is named for John Clarkson, Queensland Herbarium Senior Botanist at Mareeba. He has enthusiastically collected much interesting botanical material from north Queensland and who has provided me hospitality, facilities and access to remote areas of Cape York on a number of occasions. Notes: Although the presence of a lower palea for this genus was originally recorded by Domin (1915, under Panicum deschampsioides), it has not been mentioned in more recent papers (Lazarides 1984; Simon 1986). However it 1s present as a very small vestigial membrane in specimens of both Arthragrostis clarksoniana and A. deschamp- sioides. The glumes in A. clarksoniana differ from those in the other species in being of more or less equal length, although previously reported as having the lower glume longer than the upper (Simon 1990). In some spikelets the lower glume may be slightly longer than the upper glume, but in others the lower glume may be slightly shorter than the upper. Brachiaria (Trin.) Griseb. A state of instability exists regarding the taxonomic status of the genera Urochloa P. Beauv. and Brachiaria (Trin.) Griseb. The classical difference between these genera is whether the spikelet orientation is adaxial (with the lower glume adjacent to the inflorescence axis), the general situation in Brachiaria and some panicoid genera, or abaxial (with the lower glume remote from the inflorescence axis) in Urochioa and most other panicoid genera. To a lesser extent, the possession of a racemose inflorescence distinguishes Brachiaria from other panicoid genera. Both these characters cannot be universally applied, however, and the position regarding the taxonomic value of these characters is summarised in the relevant literature (Chase 1911, 1920; Hughes 1923; Gardner & Hubbard 1938; Blake 1958; Hsu 1965; Parodi 1969; Sendulsky 1978; Zuloaga & Soderstrom 1985; Clayton & Renvoize 1986). Blake (1958) presented a good summary of the taxonomic history of this group of genera. “Bentham (1878, 1883) treated under Panicum several groups that had been proposed as distinct genera by earlier authors, including all Brachiaria and Urochloa. Later Chase (1906-11) investigated the diagnostic value of the texture of the upper lemma and the nature of its margins as well as the orientation of the spikelets; she showed that these characters were so correlated with others that some of the groups previously proposed as genera could be sharply redefined as such. Most botanists soon accepted Chase’s principles for generic discrimination and new genera were described by Stapf (1917-1930) and others. Some of these genera (Paspalidium, Entolasia, and Ottochloa among others) were not accepted by Chase (1939, 1951 etc.), Hitchcock (1936a, 1936b etc.) or Reeder (1948), all of whom referred the species they dealt with to Panicum. These authors and Pilger (1940) treated under Panicum (Panicum sect. Fasciculata Hitch. & Chase or Panicum subgen. Urochloides Pilger) a group of species referred partly to Brachiaria and partly to Urochloa by Stapf (1917-1930) and Hughes (1923), and to Brachiaria by Gardner and Hubbard (1938).” Pel Lette AA ENS I EB Se east 588 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 In a manuscript of the Paniceae for A. Engler’s Pflanzenreich, recently distributed from Berlin (B), Mez placed Brachiaria, Urochloa and Eriochloa in Panicum subgenus Brachiaria (Griseb.) Benth. & Hook. Brachiaria was originally described as a section of Panicum by Trinius (1826) and elevated to generic rank by Grisebach (1853), but neither author indicated the characters by which the taxon could be distinguished. In Trinius’s section were four species with reversed (adaxial) spikelets among others with normal (abaxial) spikelets. As Grisebach only mentions Brachiaria ucts in his treatment, the type of this name is the nomenclatural type of the generic name. He specifically describes the racemose primary branches but not the adaxial spikelets. Further taxonomic history of the genus is documented by Webster (1987). “In 1903 Nash, working on the grasses of the southeastern United States, recognised the adaxial orientation of the spikelets and transferred some Panicum species to Brachiaria. Stapf (1919) in ‘Flora of Tropical Africa’ used the presence of racemose primary branches as the distinguishing feature of Brachiaria and transferred numerous species from Panicum. The American authors, Chase and Hitchcock made additional combinations in Brachiaria, whereas [Gardner and| Hubbard (1938) and Hughes (1923) named many of the Australian species in Brachiaria. These various authors used the racemose primary branches and spikelet orientation to distinguish Brachiaria from Panicum. Chase (1920) states that Brachiaria spikelets are adaxial whereas Panicum is abaxial and this character appears in the various keys produced by Hitchcock and Chase.” Blake (1969) transferred four American species of Panicum sect. Fasciculata to Brachiaria; two of these, however, had also been transferred to Brachiaria by Parodi (1969) and the combination published only days before Blake’s account (Blake 1973). Butzin (1970), in a paper proposing a new subtribal classification of the tribe Paniceae, placed Brachiaria in the subtribe Brachiariinae, together with nine other genera, on the basis of the abaxial lower glume, whereas Urochloa was placed in the subtribe Paspalinae with 13 other genera on the basis of the adaxial lower glume. Shaw and Siemens (1980) point out the strong affinity between Brachiaria, Eriochioa and Urochioa on the basis of their all possessing the PEP-ck subtype of C, photosynthesis (Gutierrez, Gracen & Edwards 1974), and that Urochloa differs from the other two by the abaxial orientation of the lower glume and a basic chromosome number of x = 10 as opposed to x = 9 in Eriochloa and Brachiaria. However they also add the rider that the latter two characters may not be as significant in the classification of the Paniceae as previously thought. There appears some dispute whether the lower glume in Brachiaria is universally adaxial. Establishing whether the lower glume is adaxial or abaxial in species with long pedicels is difficult, but Gardner and Hubbard (1938) explained a method to overcome this which was summarised by Zuloaga and Soderstrom (1985). “They suggested that the spikelet just below the terminal one on the axis or on a branch of the panicle be examined to determine the position of the lower glume, because the spikelet 1s generally short-pedicelled and appressed to the rachis. They commented that the orientation is still occasionally unclear due to suppres- sion or rudimentary development of the lower spikelet of the pair, in which case the terminal spikelet appears to be solitary and in an abaxial position.” Webster (1987), however, implied that this anomaly of spikelet orientation in some of the spikelets of Brachiaria reptans is sufficient for the character to lose its significance. It is a reason, considered with other characters, for his placing all Australian species of Brachiaria, excluding B. eruciformis, in Urochloa. However Clayton and Renvoize (1986), while accepting the taxonomic proximity of Brachiaria, Urochloa, Eriochloa and Panicum, did not emphasise spikelet reversal in their comparisons but mentioned arbitrary characters such as ‘spikelet plumpness’ in Brachiaria and ‘plano- convex shape, cuspidate tip and mucronate upper lemma’ in Urochloa. However, under Urochloa, they stated that “when the spikelets are paired their orientation becomes ambiguous and diagnosis then rests upon their facies. Unfortunately orientation and facies are not wholly correlated, some intermediates being noted under Brachiaria, and it is a moot point whether generic rank is justified.” Simon, Australian Grasses 5 589 However, the recent transfer of most species of Brachiaria and Panicum maximum to Urochloa by Webster (1987, 1989) and Webster ef a/. (1988, 1989) on the basis of morphological (the possession of rugose rather than smooth fertile lemmas, the spikelet disarticulating at the spikelet base as opposed to above the glumes, and the apex of the upper floret being mucronate to awned rather without mucros or awns) and anatomical (leaf anatomy associated with the PEP-ck biochemical variant of C, photosynthesis) characters, is probably premature as Ellis (1988) pointed out “the correlation between PEP-ck type anatomy with centrifugal chloroplasts and panicoid grasses with rugose lemmas 1s not perfect and that some species with smooth shiny lemmas also belong to this complex.” Furthermore the placing of Eriochloa, on the basis of its similar leaf anatomy and the lemmas being finely pitted or ridged (Chippindall 1955), in the same eroup as Brachiaria, Urochloa and Panicum maximum is not followed by Webster. The transfer of most Australian species of Brachiaria to Urochloa has been accepted by some botanists (Kenneally 1989; Wheeler, Jacobs & Norton 1990; Hnatiuk 1990; Wheeler in press) and the transfer of Panicum maximum to Urochioa has been accepted by Hnatiuk (1990) and Wheeler (in press) but not by Wheeler, Jacobs and Norton (1990). Watson and Dallwitz (1988), although appearing to agree with the transfer, do not actually accept it. Under Brachiaria they made the comment “all but the type species arguably best referred to Urochloa,” and under Urochloa “unsatisfactorily delimited from other close allies of Panicum, in particular Brachiaria.’ However, in terms of their ‘nearest neigh- bours’ analysis, Urochioa is listed as only the fourth closest relative to Brachiaria under the treatment of Brachiaria, although Brachiaria is listed as the closest to Urochloa under the treatment of Urochloa. Thompson and co-workers (Thompson & Estes 1986: Thompson 1988; Thompson, Tyrl & Estes 1990) have refrained from making generic transfers but indicate that within the Brachiaria group of Brown (Gutierrez, Edwards & Brown 1976; Brown 1977), Brachiaria (ncluding Panicum sect. Fasciculata), Eriochloa and Urochloa appear to constitute a monophyletic group. However they did not mention Panicum maximum as a member of the Brachiaria group, although included there by Brown and regarded by others as a candidate for generic transfer to the Brachiaria group on the basis of its rugose lemmas and PEP-ck anatomy (Ellis 1977; Hattersley 1987; Zuloaga 1987). Until a complete cladistic analysis is undertaken on all member species of the group it 1s probably better to leave the classification as it is. Prior to Webster’s work a few species of Brachiaria had been placed in or transferred to Urochloa. Names provided for them in Urochloa are U. reptans (L.) Stapf (Stapf 1920), U. gilesii (Benth.) Hughes and U. praetervisa (Domin) Hughes (Hughes 1923), and U. mutica (Forssk.) Nguyen, U. kurzii (J.D. Hook.) Nguyen and U. ramosa (L.) Nguyen (Nguyen 1966). The latter two combinations were superfluously made again by Webster. Thompson (1988) retained in Brachiaria the Australian species transferred by Webster to Urochloa except Urochiloa gilesit and U. reptans, but I am retaining both se ce in Brachiaria as the lower glume in both of these species is for the most part adaxial. Iam recognising Brachiaria in the classical sense pending results of cladistic work on the whole complex. Names are thus required in Brachiaria for taxa described by Webster for the first time in Urochloa. Brachiaria atrisola (R. Webster) B. Simon, comb. nov. Urochloa atrisola R. Webster, The Australian Paniceae (Poaceae) 232 (1987). Typus: Northern Territory. Barkly Tableland, 17°20’S, 135°45’E, undulating Astrebla grassland, grey pedocalcic soil, 14 May 1947, S.7. Blake 17776 (holo: BRI(BRI 186629)(AQ 256724); iso: BRICBRI 065747), CANB,DNA,K,MO),. Fig. 2. Additional specimens examined: Northern Territory. BARKLY TABLELANDS: SW of Brunette Downs, dry bed of Lake Sylvester, May 1947 Blake 17830 (BRI,DNA). Queensland. BURKE District: 30 miles [48 km] S of Julia Creek, Mitchell grass downs, Mar 1959, Sillar 8 (BRI); Galway Downs, Hughenden, Mar 1933, Kirby s.n. (BRI,K,L,NSW). Conservation status: Although the species does not appear threatened, I am aware of only four collections of it and therefore 1t should be placed in the category 3K (Briggs & Leigh 1988). mt ck HH Hs HANNAN I wim I omni Ann fy own Be wn 1 mB omni fron wn mn Hm Bn Bs Banat tt ont ht an a 590 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 a A at att rattae 4 t + | Fig. 2. Brachiaria atrisola: A. habit X 0.7. B. spikelet showing adaxial position of lower glume X 8. C. lower glume, back view. D. upper glume, front view. E. lower lemma, back view. F, upper floret, front view. G. upper floret, back view. H. caryopsis, view of side with hilum. I. caryopsis, view of side with embryo. J. lodicule. (C- J, X {2). K. anther X 25. From type specimen. Simon, Australian Grasses 5 591 Etymology: Named for the black soils from which this species has been collected. Notes: This species 1s represented only by four collections from the black-soil region of the Barkly Tableland of the Northern Territory and the adjacent parts of Queensland. According to Webster (1987) “it 1s morphologically similar to the glabrous form of Urochloa (Brachiaria) piligera but has a rounded apex on the second glume and lower lemma, turgid spikelets, relatively larger spikelets and lacks the distinct callus at the base of the spikelet.” Brachiaria holosericea subsp. velutina (R. Webster) B. Simon, comb. nov. Urochloa holosericea Webster subsp. velutina R. Webster, The Australian Paniceae (Poaceae) 240 (1987). Typus: Northern Territory. CENTRAL NORTH DISTRICT: Yeundumu Aboriginal Reserve, 22°10’S, 131°48’E, P.K. Latz 1979 (holo: CANB, n.v., fide Webster foc. cit.) Specimens examined (All BRI; other herbaria cited where there are duplicates there): Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF: Near Balbirini Creek, May 1947, Blake 17740; Katherine, Feb 1947, Miles sn. CENTRAL NoRTH: Mt Doreen Station, Jan 1972, Latz 2046 (DNA). BARKLY TABLELAND: 35 miles [56 km] N of Newcastle Waters, Feb 1969, Afust 406 (DNA). Queensland. Cook District: 22 km W of Georgetown, Apr 1973, Henderson H1747; The Lynd, Feb 1968, Horsup 6; near Lynd Station, Feb 1954, Lazarides 4163. BURKE DISTRICT: Paroo Range N of Mt Isa, Jan 1990, Harris 434; Chudleigh Park, Feb 1931, Hubbard 7608 & Winders (K); ditto, Hubbard 7674 & Winders (K); Setthkement Creek, Mar 1923, Brass 312; Poison Creek N of Hughenden, Apr 1935, Blake 8609; Adel’s Grove, Camooweal, Mar 1947, de Lestang 302, 355; 14 miles [22.4 km] N of Mt Sturgeon, Jun 1953, Lazarides 3666 (CANB),; 88 miles [141 km] E of Camooweal, Feb 1937, Everist 189 & Smith; Normanton, May 1935, Blake 9044. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Warrigal Creek, Jun 1980, Rebgetz 422, near Burdekin and Bogie Rivers, Oct 1950, Blake 18690; Heathfield, Aug 1942, Smith T78; Milray, Oct 1935, Blake 9964: Pentland, Apr 1935, Blake 8375; Ayr Beach, Michael s.n. MITCHELL DISTRICT: Prairie, Feb 1931, Hubbard 7034 & Winders (K); Aramac-Torrens Creek Road, Jun 1977, AdcDonald 2622; Geera, Nov 1935, Blake 10330; E of Jericho, Feb 1931, Hubbard 7834 (K). Etymology: Named for the velutinous leaves. Notes: Webster (1987) stated that this subspecies “occurs in the arid and semiarid areas of north central Australia, whereas subspecies Holosericea occurs north of this area in tropical and subtropical subhumid woodlands. Morphologically, it differs from the typical subspecies in possessing velutinous leaves, fewer and shorter hairs on the inflorescence branches and pedicels, and generally longer awned lower lemmas.” Examination of the Queensland Herbarium material revealed that about half the material previously placed unsorted under Brachiaria holosericea actually belongs in B. holosericea subsp. velutina. Brachiaria distachya (L.) Stapf For some time confusion has existed concerning the correct application of the names Brachiaria distachya (L.) Stapf, B. miltiformis (Presl) Chase and B. subquadripara (Trin.) Hitche. Although these names have been regarded as applying to one species in the Malaya Peninsula (Gilliland 1971), the entity with smaller spikelets and a shorter inflorescence axis with fewer racemes, has been generally recognised as B. distachya (Jansen 1953; Bor 1960; Morat 1981; Clayton & Renvoize 1982). Regarding the other two names some authorities (Henrard 1950; Jansen 1953; Morat 1981) have synonymised B. miliiformis with B. subquadripara while others (Bor 1960; Blake 1948; Vickery 1961) have recognised both as applying to separate species. The case presented by Jansen (1953) for uniting these species is convincing to me in that a comparison of the drawing of a spikelet of B. subquadripara in Henrard (1950) with that of a spikelet on the type of Panicum miliiforme (the basionym of B. miliiformis) in Lamson-Scribner (1899) shows them to be almost identical. The drawing of a spikelet on the type of Panicum subquadriparum (the basionym of B. subquadripara) in Trinius (1829) also seems very similar to that of Panicum miltiforme in Lamson-Scribner (1899). As described and illustrated the types of both these names are annuals. Both types also show the presence ofa eee palea, whereas it appears to be absent in many other specimens of this species examined. In tropical Australia and Asia there is a decumbent species, referred to in Simon (1990) as B. sp. Everist 5112, which has for some time been confused with B. subquadripara due to its very similar, but smaller spikelets. Because of its habit and the possibility that it could have some economic potential as a sward grass, I had been of the opinion it should be formerly recognised. All the specimens of this species have the lower palea 592 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 present and I was of the opinion this could be used as a supplementary morphological character to differentiate it from B. subquadripara till my recent discovery of the presence of a lower palea in some specimens of the latter, including the types of both Panicum miliiforme and P. subquadriparum. An examination of the microfiche of the type of Panicum distachyon 10 the Linnean herbarium (LINN) and specimens of Brachiaria distachya from India matched by C.E. Hubbard with the type (Gamble 17629 and Drummond 21156, both K with cibachrome photographs in BRI), has brought me to the conclusion that the decumbent sward-forming species referred to above, is in fact this species, although the inflorescence tends to be larger in some of the Australian material than the Indian specimens seen. Whereas the names Panicum distachyum (Bentham 1878), or Brachiaria distachya (Hughes 1923) have been used in earlier times’ for an Australian grass species, they have been used for a broad concept of it that includes Brachiaria subguadripara. This 1s similar to what was done for the taxon on the Malaya Peninsula more recently (Gilliland 1971). C.E. Hubbard was of the opinion in 1933 that “true B. distachya does not occur in Australia” in a memorandum on Brachiaria subquadripara sent to the Queensland Herbarium and Webster (1987) did not include B. distachya in his treatment of the Australian Paniceae. However there are a fairly large number of specimens in BRI which can be referred to Brachiaria distachya. There are a few records of this species from outside Australia in BRI, including some from New Caledonia and Fiji, where it has previously been thought not to occur (Morat 1981; Toutain 1989; Parham 1979) but the specimens cited below belong to this species rather than B. subguadripara, where they were previously placed. Specimens examined (Ali BRI; other herbaria cited where there are duplicates there): Sri Lanka. Chenkaladi, Dec 1974, Davidse 8997 & Sumithraarachchi (MO); Paranthan, Dec 1974, Davidse 9129 & Sumithraarachchi (MO). New Guinea. PoRT MORESBY PROVINCE: Nebiri Quarry, Apr 1970, Gebo UPNG 96. WESTERN PROVINCE: Mabaduan, Jun 1973, Henty NGF 49601. BOUGAINVILLE PROVINCE: Kieta, Oct 1969, Henty NGF 42711. Australia. Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF: Vanderlin Island, Aug 1988, Latz 11063 (CANB,DNA); Adelaide River, Aug 1946, Blake 16704. Queensland. Cook Disrrict: Thursday Island, Apr 1931, Hockings [AQ 255899]; Cairns, Jun 1930, Hifi [AQ 255903]: Low Isiand, Great Barrier Reef, Jun 1969, Done [AQ 8175]; Mareeba, Apr 1983, Clarkson 4593 (QRS,DNA,PERTH), Jun 1963, Veurman [AQ 255900]; Bamaga, May i981, Af/corn 8144, 8145; Yorkeys Knob, Apr 1962, McKee 9024, Gordonvale, Oct 1935, Blake 9853; Babinda, Mar 1973, Henderson H532; Cooktown, Apr 1973, Henderson H1602; South Johnstone, Apr 1938, Langdon 23; ditto, Jun 1963, Bailey 1; Daradgee, Jun 1936, Goodman s.n.; Kamarunga, May 1952, Everist 5112; Mornington Island, Sep 1981, Fosberg 62164; Freshwater, Mar 1938, Blake 13349; Bizant, Lakefield National Park, May 1987, Clarkson 6953 & Simon; Clifton Beach, Feb 1985, Lear s.n. [AQ 396685]; Corduroy Creek, Feb 1983, Steel 355. NoRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Dingo Beach, Apr 1978, Simon 3386; Trebonne, Hinchinbrook, May 1986, Stee/ [AQ 440235], Clark River Telegraph Station, Jul 1954, Blake 19436; Euramo, Mar 1961, Saint-Smith s.n.; Townsville, Jun 1975, Burmeister s.n.; Little Crystal Nationa! Park, May 1975, Simon 2621 & Andrews, Pettrides Bridge, May 1975, Simion 2644 & Andrews, Saunders Beach, Apr 1975, AfcDonald 1444 & Batianoff. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Mackay, Apr 1975, AdcDonald 1301 & Batianoff. PoRT Curtis DISTRIcT: Emu Park, May 1975, Simon 2559 & Andrews. Vanuatu. Erromanga, May 1928, Kajewski 278; Tanna, Jun 1978, Morat 6011, 6022. New Caledonia. La Roche percee, Apr 1967, Schmid 1995 (NOU); Lifou, May 1969, Schinid 2829 (NOU); LF.O. Anse Vata, Jun 1963, Blanchon 179 (NOU). Fiji. Naitonitoni, Serua, Aug 1954, Shradha Nand 8652. Cyrtecoccum Stapt Cyrtococcum is a genus of 12 species native to the Old World tropics and its diagnostic features include the lateral compression of the spikelets, a crested apex on the upper lemma and a gibbous second glume and upper lemma. Until now only one species, C. oxyphyllum (Steudel) Stapf, has been recorded from Australia and that from the rainforests of north Queensland with a range extending to the tropics of Malesia, Melanesia and Asia. However John Clarkson and John Neldner, Queensland Herbarium Senior Botanists stationed at Mareeba, recently conducted a survey of the Batavia Downs region of Cape York Peninsula and among their collections was a delicate new species of Cyrtococcum. Cyrtococcum capitis-york B. Simon, sp. nov. C. deccanensi Bor affinis sed spiculis parvioribus, C. patenti (L.) A. Camus affinis, sed spiculis grandioribus et pau- cioribus differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: 10.8 km S of Batavia Downs on Peninsula Development Road, 21 April 1990, J.R. Clarkson 8477 & VU. Neldner (holo: BRI(AQ 463916); iso: B,BRILDNA,NSW). Fig. 3. Culms stoloniferous, basally decumbent, not tufted, 15-30 cm tall, 7—9-noded, sparingly branched, terminated by a solitary inflorescence. Internodes longer than the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths slightly compressed and markedly ribbed. Ligule a membrane, c. 0.4 mm long. Leaf blades flat, lanceolate, 2.5-7.0 cm X 3-5 mm, glabrous, sparsely Simon, Australian Grasses 5 593 Fig. 3. Cyrtococcum capitis-york: A. habit X 0.6. B. spikelet, lateral view x 16. C. lower glume, back view. D. upper glume, front view. E. lower lemma, back view. F. upper lemma, lateral view. G. upper palea, lateral view. (D-G, X 25). From type specimen. 594 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 pubescent adaxially, with scabrous margins. Inflorescence a panicle with main axis 2-8 cm long, smooth or rough. Primary branches spreading, not whorled, c. 4 cm long, smooth on the margins. Pedicels 2-5 mm long, distinctly angled, smooth, straight or twisted. Disarticulation at the base of the spikelet. Spikelets abaxial, c. 10 on a typical lowermost primary branch, laterally compressed, obliquely obovate in outline, 1.5-1.7 x 0.8-1.0 mm. Lower glume triangular or ovate, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 3-nerved, membranous, scabrous, setose with hairs tubercle-based. Upper glume obovate, c. 1. 5 mm long, 3- nerved, rounded on the back, membranous, hairy with tubercle-based hairs. Rachilla not conspicuous between the glumes. Lower lemma obovate, membranous, hairy, over- topping the spikelet, acute or rounded apically. Palea of lower floret absent. Upper floret perfect, shorter than the lower floret. Upper lemma white, softly cartilaginous smooth, gibbous, navicular, rounded on the back, glabrous, apically rounded. Palea of upper floret softly indurate, smooth. Anthers c. | mm long. Caryopsis not seen. Conservation status: 1K (Briggs & Leigh 1988). Etymology: Named for Cape York. Notes: Cyrfococcum capitis-york is very close to C. deccanense Bor, itself a distinctive species with local distributions in India and Sri.Lanka (Bor 1960), but has slightly smaller spikelets (1.5-1.7 mm long compared to 1.8-2.0 mm long in C. deccanense) in which its hairs are tubercle-based. Both these species have a sparse inflorescence of relatively few spikelets compared to that of C. patens (L.) A. Camus with a dense inflorescence of many spikelets, a species relatively widespread in southeast Asia with which C. ica ioigid was compared when it was described. These three species all have hairy spikelets Panicum L.. Panicum is the largest genus in the grass family with recent estimates figures ranging from + 470 species (Clayton & Renvoize 1986) to + 600 species (Zuloaga 1987). As circumscribed last century the genus was even larger, but it was divided into smaller genera on the basis of well-defined morphological characters in the early part of this century by Chase (1906-1911) for the New World species and by Stapf (1917-1930) for the African species. Hughes (1923), working on the Australian species and following the example set by Stapf for Africa, divided Bentham’s genus Panicum in his Flora Aus- traliensis (1878) into 14 genera, leaving 22 species in Panicum. However Panicum is still a very variable genus and, together with its allied genera, is in need of critical revision at world level to make sense of this variability (Brown 1977). Nevertheless three Australian species of Panicum, two of them recognised in Simon (1990) as Panicum species and one as a species of Yakirra, require formal description. Panicum bombycinum B. Simon, sp. noy. P. decomposito R. Br. affinis, sed glumis inferis multis longioribus et foliis bombycinis, P. gueenslandico Domin affinis, sed spiculis brevioribus et foliis bombycinis differt. Typus: Queensland. SouUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT, 27 km W of Mirtna HS, 21°18’46”S, 145°57’47”E, open savanna woodland, recently burnt, dominated by Eucalyptus whitei, with E. papuana and FE. brachycarpa on sandy soil, 6 April 1992, E./. Thompson BUC 1418 & B.K. Simon (holo: BRI{AQ560012); 1so: AD,B,BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MEL,MO, NSW,PERTH, US). Plants perennial. Culms erect, tufted, to 35 cm tall, 2-4-noded, unbranched, terminated by a solitary inflorescence. Internodes shorter than the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths rounded on the back. Ligule a fringe of hairs c. 1.5 mm long. Leaf blades linear, flat or involute, 9-21 cm * 2-4 mm, hairy, sericeous with scaberulous margins. Inflorescence a panicle with main axis to 12 cm long, scabrous. Primary branches spreading, to 6 cm long, scabrous on the margins. Pedicels 5-20 mm long, distinctly angled, scabrous, straight. Disarticulation at the base of the primary branches. Spikelets abaxial, 3-5 on a typical lowermost primary branch, dorsiventral compressed, ovate in outline, 3.0—3.5 x 1.0-1.5 mm. Lower glume triangular, acute, 1.7-2.0 mm long, 5- sub 7-nerved, membranous, smooth, glabrous. Upper glume ovate, 3.0-3.5 mm long, 9- sub 1 1-nerved, rounded on the back, membranous, glabrous. Rachilla not conspicuous between the tot Simon, Australian Grasses 5 mo ot et mmm mt tM a a eH tat ae . or 4th tg 9 EF * Se ads be 8D oth, PROT fr yh Ww rabyc Erbin F : 3 Pay ee aa ae rere er ae . Sion thie | EG GO HEE EE OO Ga He pe. Sansa SS toe eet aie f Hf ee = he A te SU ee see ih ee pees ere : . : ee at : Seats wy = ee ee Me eee Senta cere ea ee ge ot aS - , Ee ey beh ae EE pT EE eee: =F Fig. 4. Panicum bombycinum. 596 Austrobaileya 3(4); 1992 glumes. Lower lemma ovate, 3.0-3.5 mm long, membranous, glabrous, acuminate. Palea of lower floret vestigial, ovate, acute. Upper floret perfect, shorter than the lower floret. Upper lemma elliptic, 2.0-2.3 mm long, apically rounded, brown, coriaceous, smooth, rounded on the back, glabrous. Palea of upper floret coriaceous, smooth. Anthers c. 1.5 mm long. Caryopsis not seen. Fig. 4. Additional specimens examined. Queensland. BURKE DISTRICT: near head of Poison Creek, about 90 mi [144 km] N of Hughenden, on compact sand in Eucalyptus forest, Apr 1945, Blake 8540 (Fig. 4); SourH KENNEDY District: 14.5 km SW of Mirtna on shot-line 35 km NW of Mirtna-Yarromere road, Apr 1992, Thompson BUC 146 & Simon (BRI,MBA). Conservation status: 3K (Briggs & Leigh 1988). Etymology: Named for the silky, velvety hairs covering the leaf sheaths and blades. Notes: Panicum bombycinum 1s distinctive of the Australian species of Panicum in that its leaf sheaths and blades have a dense covering of silky, velvety hairs. It differs also from P. decompositum by its longer lower glume (1.7-2.0 mm long compared to 0.5- 1.0 mm long in P. decompositum) long and differs from P. queenslandicum by its shorter spikelets (3.0-3.5 mm long compared to 3.5-5.0 mm long in P. queenslandicum). The spikelets thus appear plumper as they have the same width as the spikelets of P. queenslandicum (1.0-1.5 mm wide). Because this species was originally thought to have an appendage at the base of the fertile, upper floret it was placed with Yakirra (as Yakirra sp. Blake 8570) in Simon (1990), but closer examination (Fig. 4) revealed it to have no such appendage. Furthermore the rachilla between the glumes is not conspicuous as in species of Yakirra, so the placement of this species in Panicum seems logical on the present evidence. Panicum chillagoanum B. Simon, sp. nov. P. seminudo Domin affinis, sed spiculis brevioribus, P. mitchellio Benth. affinis, sed habitu annuo, habitans terram calcaream differt. Typus: Queensland. CooK DISTRICT: Chillagoe-Almaden road 8 km from Chillagoe, limestone outcrop, 8 March 1980, B.K. Simon 3556 & JR. Clarkson (holo: BRI(AQ 381541); iso: BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MBA,NSW). Fig. 5. Plants annual. Culms erect, tufted, 15-60 cm tall, 2-3-noded, unbranched, terminated by a solitary inflorescence. Internodes shorter than the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths slightly compressed. Ligule a fringed membrane c. 1 mm long, with marginal tubercle- based hairs at the sheath blade junction. Leaf blades flat, linear or triangular, 2-12 cm x 2-5 mm, hairy with a few tubercle-based hairs along nerves, especially the midrib, with scaberulous margins. Inflorescence a panicle with main axis 4-25 cm long and smooth. Primary branches spreading, 3-14 cm long, scabrous on the margins. Pedicels 3-12 mm long, distinctly angled, scabrous, straight. Disarticulation at the base of the spikelet. Spikelets abaxial, 15-20 on a typical lowermost primary branch, dorsiventral compressed although laterally compressed at apex, lanceolate in outline, 2.1-2.7 mm X 0.8-1.0 mm. Lower glume triangular, 0.9-1.2 mm long, 5-nerved, acute, membranous, smooth, glabrous. Upper glume ovate, 2.1-2.7 mm long, 5-nerved, apically acuminate, rounded on the back, membranous, glabrous. Lower lemma ovate, slightly shorter than upper glume, membranous, glabrous, apically acuminate. Rachilla conspicuous between the glumes. Palea of lower floret vestigial, apically truncate. Upper floret perfect, shorter than the lower floret. Upper lemma oblong, c. 1.5 mm long, brown, chartaceous, smooth, rounded on the back, glabrous. Palea of upper floret chartaceous, smooth. Anthers c. 1.5 mm long. Caryopsis not observed. Conservation status: 1K (Briggs & Leigh 1988). Etymology: Named for the Chillagoe area, where it appears restricted. Notes: Panicum chillagoanum differs from P. seminudum Domin by its smaller spikelets (2.1-2.7 mm long compared to 3.1-3.7 long in P. seminudum) and it differs from P. mitchellii Benth. by its annual habit and by its being restricted to limestone habitats of the Chillagoe area as opposed to P. mitchellii being perennial and occurring in non- calcareous wet sclerophyll forests and woodlands of north Queensland. This species has been collected only once, from a limestone outcrop in the Chillagoe area where it was 597 Simon, Australian Grasses 5 PPS eTeeeeeereeeerirte cere ee eee ere ee eet er TT ere fed +e ‘ Pad k ALA & fl HEEEA ihtaAt Rape rnte ean i ! EHILE = ce but bs LO ee OR ew eh oe oe llagoanum. Cu Cit Fig. 5. Holotype of Pan 598 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 locally fairly common. In its endemicity to this region of Queensland resembles other species such as Atalaya calcicola Reyn. (Sapindaceae) and Glossocarya calcicola Domin (Verbenaceae). Panicum robustum B. Simon, sp. nov. P. trachyrhachidi Benth. affinis, sed spiculis longioribus, glumis inferis longioribus quam glumis superis differt. Typus: Queens- land. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Brandy Creek road, 12 km from its source, 13 April 1978, B.K. Simon 3370, J.R. Clarkson & N.B. Byrnes (holo: BRI(AQ 344285); iso: BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MO,NSW). Fig. 6. Plants robust annuals. Culms erect or sometimes basally decumbent, weakly tufted, 80- 180 cm tall, 3-5-noded, sparingly branched or rarely unbranched. Internodes longer than the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths rounded on the back. Ligule a fringed membrane c. 2 mm long. Leaf blades flat, linear, 10-35 cm X 5-10 mm, with a distinctive white midrib, hairy, hispid with tubercle-based hairs, and scaberulous on margins. Inflorescence a panicle with main axis 25-40 cm long, very lightly scabrous. Primary branches spreading, 10-18 cm long, scabrous on the margins. Pedicels 2-4 mm long, distinctly angled, scabrous, straight. Disarticulation at the base of the spikelet. Spikelets abaxial, dorsiventral compressed, lanceolate in outline, 4.5-5.0 X c. | mm. Lower glume lanceolate, 4.5-5.0 mm long, 5-7-nerved, membranous, smooth, glabrous, acuminate. Upper glume lanceo- late, 3.5~4.0 mm long, 5-7-nerved, rounded on the back, membranous, glabrous. Lower lemma lanceolate, 3.5-4.0 mm long, membranous, glabrous, apically acute. Rachilla conspicuous between the glumes. Palea of lower floret vestigial, cleft at the apex. Upper floret perfect, shorter than the lower floret. Upper lemma elliptic, c. 2 mm long, pale yellow, chartaceous, smooth, rounded on the back, glabrous, apically rounded. Palea of pone floret chartaceous, uniformly striate. Anthers c. 1.5 mm long. Caryopsis c. 2 mm ong. Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Laura River, Peninsular Development road, Apr 1983, Clarkson 4719 (BRI,CANB,K,QRS); Mareeba, Mar 1938, Blake 13479 (AD, BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MO,NSW,PERTH,PRE); Log Creek, 22 km W of Georgetown, Apr 1973, Henderson H1734 (BRI); Gilbert River crossing, 84 km WNW of Georgetown, Apr 1973, Henderson H1757 (BRI); Welcome Creek plateau, 13 km SSW of Battle Camp, via Cooktown, Jul 1990, Bean 1920 (BRI), BURKE DISTRICT: Poison Creek, near Mt. Sturgeon Station, Feb 1931, Hubbard 7726 & Winders (BRI,K). NoRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Burdekin River, 30 km NW of Charters Towers, Apr £978, Simon 3453 (BRI). Conservation status: Not threatened (Briggs & Leigh 1988). Etymology: Named for the large culm and spikelet dimensions. Notes: Panicum robustum is a robust annual species of rainforest clearings and margins and wet sclerophyll forests and woodlands has been collected a number of times from north Queensland. Like P. trachyrhachis it has large spikelets at least 4 mm long, differing in this respect from P. mindanaense with its spikelets up to 3 mm long. It is distinguished from P. trachyrhachis by its spikelets being more than 4.5 mm long and by its lower slume being longer than the upper one. Paspalum L. Paspalum is a tropical to subtropical genus of + 330 species (Clayton & Renvoize 1986), occurring mainly in the New World where they form an important component of the native grasslands. Of the 18 species recorded for Australia there are four fairly — common native species (although the two hydrophytic species P. distichurm and P. vaginatum are considered by Webster (1987) to be introduced) and two native species known from very limited material and which are described here. Paspalum batianoffii B. Simon, sp. nov. P. notato Fluegge affinis, sed stolonibus, spiculis angustioribus, P. multinodo B. Simon affinis, sed stolonibus, spiculis longioribus, P. vaginato Sw. affinis, sed racemis et spiculis longioribus, rachidibus latioribus, differt. Typus: Queensland. PORT CuRTIS District: Statue Bay Beach, 6.5 km SE of Yeppoon, very narrow foredune with open woodland of Casuarina, Hibiscus and Excoecaria spp. and groundcover of Panicum maximum, Ipomoea pes-caprae and Zoysia macrantha; performing sand binding function just above high water Simon, Australian Grasses 5 599 Fig. 6. Panicum robustum: A. plant X 0.4. B. spikelet x 8. C. lower giume, front view. D. upper glume, front view. E. lower lemma, front view. F. lower palea x 12. G. upper floret, front view. H. caryopsis, view of side with embryo. I. caryopsis, view of side with hilum. (C-I, x 12). From type specimen. 600 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 mark, 8 September 1977, G.N. Batianoff 651 & T.J. McDonald (holo: BRI(AQ 294456; 3 sheets BRI 294250, BRI 245882 and BRI 245883)). Fig. 7. Plants. perennial. Culms stoloniferous, basally decumbent, to 40 cm tall, 2—3-noded, sparingly branched, terminated by a solitary inflorescence. Internodes shorter than the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths rounded on the back. Ligule a membrane c. | mm long, entire. Leaf blades linear, flat or convolute, 8-16 cm X 2-4 mm, glabrous, with smooth margins, with marginal tubercle-based hairs at blade-sheath junction. Inflorescence of 2 or 3 spicate branches, with the main axis 1.5-2.5 cm long and smooth. Primary branches spreading, 6-9 cm long, smooth on the margins, rachis flattened, + 2 mm broad. Pedicels extremely short, c. 0.5 mm long, distinctly angled, smooth. Disarticulation at the base of the spikelet. Spikelets dorsiventral compressed, elliptic in outline, c. 4.5 * 1.5 mm. Lower glume absent. Upper glume elliptic, c. 4.5 mm long, 2- nerved, rounded on the back, coriaceous, glabrous. Lower lemma elliptic, coriaceous, the surface glabrous, acute, c. 4.2 mm long. Palea of lower floret absent. Upper floret perfect, slightly shorter than the lower floret. Upper lemma c. 3.5 mm long, yellow, coriaceous, smooth, elliptic, rounded on the back, glabrous, acute. Palea of upper floret coriaceous, smooth. Anthers c. 2 mm long. Caryopsis not observed. Conservation status: This species is known only from the type and has been known about for a number of years by its inclusion in Thomas and McDonald (1987) as Paspalum sp. ‘Statue Bay’ (G.N. Batianoff 651) and in Briggs and Leigh (1988) as Paspaium sp. | (Statue Bay). In both these publications the designation 1K was assigned to it. Two further attempts to locate and collect the species at the type locality have not been successful so there is a possibility it should be designated 1X. Etymology: The species is named for George Batianoff, a member of the staff of the Queensland Herbarium, who has shown great enthusiasm 1n collecting plants from coastal Queensland and associated islands. Notes: Paspalum batianoffii differs from P. notatum Fluegge by its stoloniferous culms, longer and narrower spikelets (c-4.5 X 1.5 mm compared to 2.8-3.7 * 2.0-2.8 mm in P, notatum). It differs from P. multinodum B. Simon by its stoloniferous culms, fewer nodes (2-3 nodes compared to 10-13 nodes in P. multinodum) and longer spikelets (c. 4.5 mm long compared to c. 3.5 mm long in P. multinodum). It differs from P. vaginatum Sw. by its longer inflorescence branches (6-9 cm long compared to 2-5 cm long in P. vaginatum) and its longer spikelets (c. 4.5 mm long compared to 2.5-3.7 mm long in P. yaginatum) and by its broader rachis (c. 2 mm broad compared to c. | mm broad in P. vaginatum). Paspalum multinodum B. Simon, sp. noy. P. wotato Fluegge affinis, sed habitu caespitosis et spiculis angustioribus, P. batianoffio B. Simon affinis, sed habitu caespitosis, spiculis brevioribus, P. vaginato Sw. affinis, sed habitu caespitosis, rachidibus latioribus, P. scrobiculato L.. affinis, sed. culmis elatioribus, rachidibus latioribus differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Aurukun, collector unknown s.n., (holo: BRI(AQ 540191); iso: CANB,K,L). Fig. 8. Plants perennial. Culms erect, tufted, 1.5-2.0 m tall, 10-13-noded, unbranched, terminated by a solitary inflorescence. Internodes longer or shorter (distally) than the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths keeled and compressed. Ligule a membrane 1.0-1.5 mm long. Leaf blades flat, linear, to 38 cm X 5 mm, glabrous, with smooth margins. Inflorescence spiciform with 2-6 racemes on main axis 0.5-1.0 cm long and smooth. Primary branches spreading, 3-8 cm long, smooth on the margins, rachis flattened, + 2 mm broad. Pedicels extremely short, c. 0.5 mm long, smooth, straight. Disarticulation at the base of the spikelet. Spikelets dorsiventral compressed, elliptic in outline, c. 3.5 X 1.5 mm. Lower slume absent. Upper glume elliptic, c. 3.5 mm long, 3-nerved, rounded on the back, membranous, glabrous. Lower lemma elliptic, membranous, glabrous, subacute. Palea of lower floret absent. Upper floret perfect, shorter than the lower floret. Upper lemma elliptic, c. 3 mm long, white or yellow, coriaceous, smooth, rounded on the back, glabrous, a er aa Palea of upper floret coriaceous, smooth. Anthers and caryopsis not observed. Additional specimen examined: Queensland, CooK DISTRICT: Mapoon Plain S of Cullen Point, N of Weipa, 11°5- ’S, 141°5’E, seasonally cracking clay plain, Sep 1980, Godwin A52 (BRI). Simon, Australian Grasses 5 EN, a Sn “i rte P ened doa. ++ @ wb egos ‘hl = ap a a ygiply Seta all antl waned let aa: atu a oh ” am at Nw ta] a be te a oe # ai hy oe wn i Pal au wl wl w Se ti em ee we = eee ae ™ apres 601 Fig. 7. Paspalum batianoffit: A. base of culm X 0.7. B. apex of culm with inflorescence X 0.5. C. portion of rachis of a spike X 4. D, spikelet X 8. E. upper glume, front view. F. lower lemma, front view. G. upper lemma, front view. H. upper palea, front view. J. anthers. (E-I, X 12). From type specimen. 602 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Conservation status: 2K (Briggs & Leigh 1988). Etymology: The name 1s derived from the many-noded culms. Notes: P. multinodum is similar to P. batianoffii B. Simon in having a broad rachis, but differs from that species by its smaller spikelets (c. 3.5 mm long compared to c. 4.5 mm long in P. batianoffii) and its tufted habit. It differs from P. notatum Fluegge by its narrower spikelets (c. 1.5 mm wide compared to 2.0-2.8 mm wide in P. notatum) and its tufted habit. It differs from P. vaginaturm Sw. by its broader rachis (c. 2 mm broad compared to c. | mm broad in P. vaginatum) and tufted habit. It differs from P. scrobiculatum L. by its taller culms (1.5 to 2 m tall compared to less than 1.5 m in P. scrobiculatum) and its broader rachis (c. 2 mm broad compared to c. | mm broad in P. scrobiculatum). Only two collections of this species are known. One is from a plant grown from seed collected at Aurukun by a collector not designated and with the name of ““Moonpoon Grass’, according to a note attached to the specimen by S.T. Blake. This has been selected as the type, despite the scanty field information associated with it, as it has a number of duplicates that will be distributed to other herbaria. The other is a unicate specimen from the Mapoon Plain south of Cullen, and presumably the source of the name ““Moonpoon” in “Moonpoon Grass”’. It was originally thought that P. batianoffii and P. muitinodum may be naturalised New World species but material of them could not be matched from the American collections of Paspalum in the Kew herbarium (S.A. Renvoize pers. comm.), nor were fragments and photographs of them recognised by Dr Fernando Zuloaga, a recognised authority of the genera Paspalum from the herbarium of the Instituto de Botanica Darwinion, Buenos Aires (SJ). It is on the basis of these communications that I decided to name them as new species. Yakirra Lazarides & R. Webster Diagnostic features of Yakirra include a straight, swollen rachilla between the florets, a conspicuous rachilla between the glumes and a smooth surface on the upper floret. All species except Y. nulla Lazarides & R. Webster also have two appendages from the apex of the stipe of the fertile, upper floret There are two specimens of a new species of Yakirra from western Queensland which have these stipe appendages but they are short and hard compared to the appendages in all other species of this genus which have them. Superficially this entity resembles Panicum effusum var. effusum. Yakirra websteri B. Simon, sp. nov. Y. mue//eri (Hughes) Lazarides et R. Webster, Y. majusculae (F. Muell. ex Benth. ) Lazarides et R. Webster, Y. australiensi (Domin) Lazarides et R. Webster et Y. pauciflorae (R. Br.) Lazarides et R. Webster affinis, sed stipitis flosculi fertili appendicibus brevibus et duris, flosculo supero brunneo vel luteo et habitu perenni differt. Typus: Queensland. MITCHELL DISTRICT: 93 k N of Langlo Crossing, 20 May 1975, G.R. Beeston 1361C, (holo: BRI(AQ 268164); 1s0: BRI,CANB,K,NSW) Fig. 9 Plants perennial. Culms erect, tufted, 25-80 cm tall, 2-3-noded, unbranched, terminated by a solitary inflorescence. Internodes shorter than the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths rounded on the back. Ligule a fringe of hairs c. 0.5 mm long. Leaf blades linear, flat, 7-12 cm X 2-5 mm, pubescent with tubercle-based hairs; margins scaberulous. Inflo- rescence a panicle with main axis 12-20 cm long, hairy with tubercle-based hairs. Primary branches spreading, to 10 cm long (longest at base of rachis), scabrous on the margins. Pedicels 2-8 mm long, distinctly angled, scabrous, straight. Disarticulation at the base of the spikelet. Spikelets abaxial, dorsiventral compressed, ovate in outline, 2.5 * 1.5 mm. Lower glume triangular, c. 1.5 mm long, 3- sub 5-nerved, membranous, scabrous on nerves, glabrous, acute. Upper glume ovate, c. 2.5 mm long, 9-nerved, rounded on the back, membranous, glabrous. Rachilla conspicuous between the glumes. Lower lemma ovate, membranous, slabrous, acuminate. Palea of lower floret ovate, acute. Upper floret perfect, shorter than the lower floret. Basal stipe producing two small hard appendages. Upper lemma elliptic, c. 1.8 mm long, brown with white nerves or yellow, chartaceous, rounded on the back, glabrous, apically rounded. Palea of upper floret chartaceous, Tei tie vil mmm tac emda meine tela bmn ithe rian pane atc ae ume IN EINE une ct tt nena 603 ere er niTivennoes eT —_ IEF ee ee ee ee EMSEAHD HE. RRARAIAS £ ou [ Simon, Australian Grasses 5 Fig. 8. Holotype of Paspalum multinodum, Sheet 1. 604 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 uniformly striate. Anthers not observed. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm long with hilum less than half as long as caryopsis. Additional specimen examined. Queensland. MARANOA DiSTRICT: 39 km from Roma on Injune road, May 1975, Simon 2859 & Clarkson (BRI). Conservation status: 3K (Briggs & Leigh 1988). Etymology: The species 1s named for Robert Webster, U.S.D.A. at Beltsville, who studied the Australian taxa of the tribe Paniceae at the Research School of Biological Sciences, A.N.U., using DELTA and is currently editor of the DELTA Newsletter. Notes: Yakirra websteri differs from Y. muelleri (Hughes) Lazarides et R. Webster, Y. majuscula (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Lazarides et R. Webster, Y. australiensis (Domin) Lazarides et R. Webster and Y. pauciflora (R. Br.) Lazarides et R. Webster by the stipe of the upper, fertile floret having shorter and hardened appendages by the fertile floret being brown to yellow in colour and by the plant having a perennial habit. Acknowledgements I extend my gratitude to colleagues on the staff of the Queensland Herbarium for preparing the figures, Will Smith for the fine illustrations of Arthragrostis clarksoniana, Brachiaria atrisola, Cyrtococcum capitis-york, Panicum robustum, Paspalum batianoffii and Yakirra websteri, and Hans Dillewaard for the photographs of the types of Panicum bombycinum, Panicum chillagoanum and Paspalum multinodum. I thank Rod Henderson for a critical scrutiny of and improvement to the manuscript. I also thank Greg Leach, Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, 1990-1991, for providing me with a copy of Neuyen (1966) and Gerrit Davidse, Senior Curator of the herbarium at the Missouri Botanical Garden for working facilities during my visit to St. Louis in 1991. References BENTHAM, G. (1878). Flora Australiensis 7: 463-491. London: L. Reeve & Co. BENTHAM, G. (1883). In G. Bentham & J.D. Hooker, Genera Plantarum 3: 1100-1103. London: L. Reeve & Co. BEA S.T. (1948). Studies in Queensland grasses, II]. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 59: 153- 160. BLAKE, S.T. (1958). New criteria for distinguishing genera allied to Panicum (Gramineae), Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 70: 15-19. BLAKE, S.T. (1969). Taxonomic and nomenclatural studies in the Gramineae, No, 2. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 81: 1-26. BLAKE, S.T. (1973). Taxonomic and nomenclatural studies in the Gramineae, No. 3. Proceedings of the Royal Society o Queensland 84: 61-70. BOR, N.L. (1960). The grasses of Burma, Ceylon, India and Pakistan. London: Pergamon Press. BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian serra Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication Ne. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service. BROWN, W.YV (1977). The Kranz syndrome and its NYO in grass systematics. Mfemoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club 23: 1- 97, 126-130. BUTZIN, F. (1970). Die systematische Gliederung der Paniceae. Willdenowia 6: 179-192. CHASE, A.S. (1906-1911). Notes on genera of Paniceae, J-lV. Proceedings of the Biological Seciety of Washington. (1906: I, 19: 184-192; 1908: II, 21: 1-10; IIL, 21: 175-188; 1911: TV, 24: 103-160). CHASE, A.S. (1920). The North American species of Brachiaria. In A.S. Hitchcock & A. Chase, Revisions of North American grasses. Contributions of the United States National Herbarium ( Washington) 22(1): 33-43 (Uchnanthus, Lasiacis, Brachiaria, Cenchrus). CHIPPINDALL, L.K.A. (1955). A guide to the identification of grasses in South Africa, pp. 5-527. In D. Meredith (ed.), The Grasses and Pastures of South Africa. Cape Town: C.N.A. Simon, Australian Grasses 5 605 wat “ as Ng bein Had a a a " + ee yy * ri ; - = — ~~ . * uo + x en : = si a Fe Fé 4a* iE 3a r +* sj ¥ e UP tts ta iy ahi tb ts + s a at? ts bal 1 i ¥i 5 ‘ e+ tis i. Pel 4% i = +r ait « at pee F + t ' Se ed * thagtae i = = « z* = ; rye lee _“ ' a « « co « * « “ ‘ tee . + tp tf i Neg Fig. 9. Yakirra websteri: A. plant X 0.33. B. spikelet, lateral view X 16. C. lower glume, front view. D. upper glume, front view. E. lower floret, front view, showing lemma enclosing palea. F. upper floret, front view, showing the two basal appendages. G. caryopsis, view of side with embryo. H. caryopsis, view of side with hilum. (C-H, x 25). From type specimen. DYN ec NI a ec DAM ANA AC DANAE ERMA gg one nimim men nen neg romney tN 606 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 CLAYTON, W.D. & RENVOIZE S.A. (1982). Flora of Tropical East Africa, Gramineae 3: 575-600 (Brachiaria). Rotterdam: A.A. Balkema. CLAYTON, W.D. & RENVOIZE S.A. (1986). Genera graminum — Grasses of the World. Kew Bulletin Additional Series XII, 389 pp. London: Her Majesty’s Stationery Office. ELLIS, R.P. (1977). Distribution of the Kranz syndrome in the southern African Eragrostoideae and Panicoideae according to bundle-sheath anatomy and cytology. Agroplantae 9; 73-110. ELLIS, R.P. (1988). Leaf anatomy and systematics of Panicui: (Poaceae: Panicoideae) in southern Africa. Monographs of Systematic Botany of the Missouri Botanical Garden 25: 129-15 GARDNER, C.A. & HUBBARD, C.E. (1938). Brachiaria occidentalis C.A. Gardner & C.E. Hubbard. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer (ed.), Hooker’s Icones Plantarum t. 3361-3363. GILLILAND, H.B. (1971). Flora of Malaya 3. Grasses of Malaya. Singapore: Government Printer. GRISEBACH, A.H.R. (1853). Brachiaria. In C.F. Ledebour (ed.), Flora Rossica 4. Stuttgart: Schweizerbart. GUTIERRWZ, M., EDWARDS, G.E. & BROWN, W.V. (1976). PEP carboxykinase containing species in the Brachiaria eroup of the subfamily Panicoideae. Biochemical Systematics and Ecology 4: 47-49. GUTIERREZ, M., GRACEN., V.E. & EDWARDS, G.E. (1974). Biochemical and cytological relationships in C4 plants. Planta (Berlin) 119: 279-300. HATTERSLEY, P.W (1987). Variations in photosynthetic pathway. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C.S. Campbell! & M.E. Barkworth (eds), Grass Systematics and Evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press. HENRARD, J.T. (1950). Monograph of the Genus Digitaria. Leiden: Univeristaire Pers. HITCHCOCK, A.S. (1936). The genera of grasses of the United States, revised edition. United States Department of Agriculture Bulletin 772. HITCHCOCK, A.S. (1951). Manual of grasses of the United States, second edition revised by Agnes Chase. United States Department of Agriculture Miscellaneous Publication 200. HNATIUK, R.J. (1990). Census of Australian Vascular Plants. Australian Flora and Fauna Series Number 11. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. HSU, C.C. (1965). The classification of Panicum (Gramineae) and its allies, with special reference to the characters of lodicule, style-base and lemma. Journal of the Faculty of Science, University of Tokyo, section 3 (Botany), 9: 43-150. HUGHES, D.K. (1923). The genus Panicum of the Flora Australiensis. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information {1923}: 305-332. JANSEN, P. (1953). Notes on Malesian grasses. J. Reinwardtia 2: 225-350. KENNEALLY, K.F. (1989). Checklist of Vascular Plants of the Kimberley, Western Australia. Western Kudiralian Naturalists’ Club Handbook 14, Nedlands: Western Australian Naturalists’ Club Inc. LAMSON-SCRIBNER, F. (£899). Notes on the grasses in the Bernhard: herbarium, collected by Thaddeus Haenke, and described by J.S. Presl. Reports of the Missouri Botanical Garden 10: '35- 59, with 54 plates. LAZARIDES, M. (1984). New taxa of tropical Australian grasses (Poaceae). Nitytsia 5: 273-303. LAZARIDES, M. & WEBSTER, R.D. (1984). Yakirra (Paniceae, Poaceae), a new genus for Australia. Brinonia 7: 289-296. MORAT, P. (1981). Note sur les Graminées de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. III. Candollea 36: 203-213. (Brachiaria). NASH, G.V. (1903). Brachiaria Ledeb. In J.K. Small (ed.), Flora of southeastern United States. New York: J.K. Small, NGUYEN, T. (1966). Notulae Criticae de Gramineis Florae Vietnamensis, 1. Novitates Systematicae Plantartim Vascularium 1966: 10-14. PARHAM, J.W. (1979). Poaceae. In A.C. Smith, Flora Vitiensis Nova, A new flora of Fii 1: 290-391. Lahai, Kauai, Hawai Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden. PARODI, L.R. (1969). Estudios sistematicos sobre las Gramineae-Paniceae argentinas y uruguayas. Darwinia 15: if. PILGER, R. (1940). Gramineae II]. In A. Engler & K. Pranti (eds), Die naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien |4e, 208 pp. Leipzig: Engelmann. REEDER, J.R. (1948). The Gramineae-Panicoideae of New Guinea. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 29; 257- 392. SENDULSKY, T. (1978). Brachiaria: Taxonomy of cultivated and native species in Brazil. Hoelinea 7: 99~139. Simon, Australian Grasses 5 607 SHAW, R.B. & SIEMENS, F.E. (1980). Some anatomical and morphological characteristics of the North American species of Eriochloa (Poaceae: Paniceae). Botanical Gazette 142: 534-544. SIMON, B.K. (1986). Studies in Australian grasses: 2. Austrobaileya 2: 238-242. SIMON, B.K. (1990). A key to Australian grasses. Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary Industries. STAPF, O. (1917-1930). Gramineae. In D. Prain (ed.), Flora of Tropical Africa, 9, 1132 pp. London: L. Reeve & Co. THOMAS, M.B. & MCDONALD, W.J.F. (1987). Rare and threatened plants of Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary Industries. THOMPSON, R.A. (1988). Studies in the Paniceae: Generic boundaries in the Brachiaria complex (Poaceae). Oklahoma State University, Ph.D Thesis. THOMPSON, R.A. & ESTES, J.R. (1986). Anthecial and foliar micromorphology and foliar anatomy of Brachiaria (Poaceae: Paniceae). Arnerican Journal of Botany 73: 398-408. THOMPSON, R.A., TYRL, R.A. and ESTES, J.R. (1990). Comparative anatomy of the spikelet callus of Erioch/oa, Brachiaria and Urochloa (Poaceae: Paniceae: Setarlinae). American Journal of Botany 77: 1463-1468. TOUTAIN, B. (1989). Guide @identification des principales Graminees de Nouvelle-Caledonie. Etudes et Synthesis de l’'LE.M.V.T. No. 35. Paris: Institut d’Elevage et de Médecine Vétérinaire des Pays Tropicaux. TRINIUS, C.B. (1826). De graminibus Paniceis. Petropoli: Impensis Academiae Imperialis Scientiarum. TRINIUS, C.B. (1829). Species graminum iconibus et descriptionibus illustravit: 2. Petropoli: Impensis Academiae Imperialis Scientiarum. VICKERY, J. Bett Gramineae. Contributions from the New South Wales National Herbarium, Flora Series 19(1); 1-124. WATSON, L. & DALLWITZ, M.J. (1988). Grass Genera of the World. Illustrations of Characters, Descriptions, Classification, Interactive Identification, Information Retrieval. Canberra: Research School of Biological Sciences, Australian National University. WHEELER, D.J.B., JACOBS, S.W.L. & NORTON, B.E., (1990). Grasses of New South Wales, second edition. Armidaie: University of New England. WHEELER, J.R. (in press). Flora of the Kimberley Region. Perth: Western Australian Herbarium, Western Australian Department of Conservation and Land Management. WEBSTER, R.D. (1987). The Australian Paniceae (Poaceae). Berlin-Stuttgart: J. Cramer. WEBSTER, R.D. (1989). Genera of the North American Paniceae (Poaceae: Panicoideae). Systematic Botany 13: 576-609. WEBSTER, R.D. (1991). Specific near lke in the generic relationships of the Paniceae. American Journal of Botany 78 (6), Supplement, Paper 592, p. 228. WEBSTER, R.D. & REYNA, J.V. (1988). Genera of Mesoamerican Paniceae (Poaceae: Panicoideae). Sida 13: 187-221. WEBSTER, R.D., KIRKBRIDE, J.-H. & REYNA, J.V. (1989). New World genera of the Paniceae (Poaceae: Panicoideae). Sida 13: 393-417. ZULOAGA, F. 0. & SODERSTROM, T.R. (1985). Classification of the outlying species of New World Panicum (Poaceae: Paniceae). Smithsonian Contributions to Botany 59. ZULOAGA, F. O (1987). Systematics of New World species of Panicum (Poaceae: Paniceae). In T.R. Soderstrom, . WwW, Hilu. C.S. Campbell & M.E. Barkworth, (eds), Grass systematics and evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press. Accepted for publication 12 February 1992 SS RL an Cod coon ec Can Dad ent Ca oan ard ave ten Ta Austrobaileya 3(4): 609-614 (1992) 609 PEROTIS AITON (GRAMINEAE) IN AUSTRALIA AND SOUTHEAST ASIA J.F. Veldkamp and H. van Steenbergen Rijksherbarium, P.O. Box 9514, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands Summary A survey of the 3 species of Perotis Aiton (Gramineae) in Australia and Southeast Asia is given. One species, P. clarksonii is described as new, while P. rara is recorded from Southeast Asia for the first time. Introduction Perotis Aiton (Gramineae) is a small genus of about 10 Old World tropical species. By some (Hubbard in Bor 1960) it has been regarded as belonging to a separate tribe, Perotideae, while others have included it in the Lappagineae (Pilger 1956), Zoysieae (Jacques-Felix 1962), or Cynodonteae-Zoysiinae (Clayton & Renvoize (1986). Until about 10 years ago only one species, P. rara R. Br., was known to occur in Australia. Simon (1981) mentioned the presence of P. indica (L.) Kuntze in Queensland, and a third species, new and closely related to P. rara, also from Queensland, is described here. Perotis Perotis Aiton, Hort. Kew. 1: 85 (1789). Type: Perotis latifolia Aiton, nom. superfl. (based on Saccharum spicatum L. = Perotis indica (L.) Kuntze). Xystidium Trin., Fund. Agrost. 102, t. 2 (1820). Type: Xystidium maritimum Trin. (= Perotis rara R. Br,). Annuals (in Australia). Ligules collar-shaped, membranous. Blades broadest at the rounded to amplexicaul base. Inflorescence a spike-like raceme. Spikelets 1-flowered, solitary, falling entire at maturity, pedicels persistent. Glumes enclosing the floret, dorsally rounded, l-nerved, long-awned. Rachilla process absent. Lemma membranous, 3-nerved, acute, muticous. Anthers 3. x = 10. Distribution: About 10 species in the Old World tropics, 3 in Australia. Anatomy: See Clayton and Richardson, Kew Bull. 27: 44 (1973). Key to the species 1. Racemes laxly spikeled; spikelets at maturity reflexed; lower glume grad- ually passing into awn, body not distinct from awn; callus up to 1.5 mm long, obconical, slightly flattened, laterally pubescent ee he tons 2 Racemes densely spikeled: spikelets at maturity patent; lower glume with the body distinct from awn; callus up to 0.3 mm nies terete, stipe- like, puberulous all over. Caryopses FEveTC! vishal BS ar, we ee: 2. Perotis indica 2. Leafblades stiffly patent, distichous at short intervals; glumes smooth, glabrous to shortly pubescent; awns at base with c. 1 mm long, spirally twisted hairs along the infolded margins; caryopses flattened, sulcate .... 1. Perotis clarksonii Leafblades more or less erect, rather flaccid, not distinctly distichous: glumes more or less scaberulous to setulose: awns rarely setulose at base, bristles then at most 0.5 mm long, Vileaast caryopses terete Ae esse Se eR ear ee ......... 3 Perotis rara 1. Perotis clarksonii Veldk., sp. nov. Planta annua, ad 40 cm alta; foliorum laminae patentes, |.7—2.5 cm longae, 1.7-2,.3 mm latae, planae ad involutae; racemi laxi, 12~27 cm longi, incomplete exserti; spiculae patentes sub anthesi, (35-47. 5-55 mm longae (callo 0.75-1.5 mm longo, obconico leniter complanato, saltem lateraliter pubescenti excluso), glumae gradatim in aristis transientes laeves glabrae ad tote breviter pubescentes, costa scaberula; aristae longe pilosae ad basin pilis lenibus spiraliter tortis ad | mm longis argenteis; caryopsides complanatae sulcatae. 610 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Typus: Australia, Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: 0.8 km South of the Laura River crossing on the Peninsula Development road, 15°35’S, 144°27’E, 90 m altitude, 7 March 1987, Clarkson & McDonald 6802 (holo: L!; iso: BRI,CANB fragm.!, DNA,NSW!,PERTH,QRS). Annual, up to 40 cm high. Leaf blades patent, 1.7-2.5 cm * 1.7-2.3 mm, flat to infolded, bristly at base and along the throat of the sheaths. Racemes lax, 12- 27 cm long, not completely exserted. Spikelets patent at anthesis, (35—)47.5-55.0 mm long (excluding the 0.75-1.50 mm long, obconical, slightly flattened, at least laterally pubescent callus). Glumes passing gradually into the awns, smooth, slabrous to shortly pubescent all over, midrib scaberulous, awns long-hairy at base, hairs soft, becoming spirally twisted, up to 1 mm long, silvery. Caryopsis flattened, sulcate. Fig, 1 Specimens examined: Australia, Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: 30-40 miles [48- 64 km] S of Coen, 14°15’S, 143° 10°E, A 4843 (ADW,AHUC, CANB!, K, L!); Koolburra Station, 15°18’S, 143°587E, Clarkson 3152 (BRI, CANBI, L!); Clarkson & McDonald 6802, the type (see above); 15 km W of Battle Camp Road, 29 km NE of Laura, 15° 32'S, 144°27’E, Forster 4017 (BRI, L fragm.!); Chillagoe-Wrotham Park Road, 16°45’S, 144° S’E, STHi0n & Clarkson 3584 (BRI, CANBI, Li); 3 miles E of Mareeba, Thorne 21162 (BI,L fragm.!). Distribution and habitat: Far north-eastern Australia, grows in savannah woodland with a grassy understorey, at low altitude. Collector’s notes: Small, tufted grass; nodes red; underside of leaves dark wine red, dark sreen above; scape and inflorescence pale green. Note: The awns of the glumes in P. rara exceptionally have rather long bristles up to 0.75 mm long, which then also have a tendency to become spirally twisted. An example from the Cook District is /4cKee 9241 (BRI,CANB!) from 5 miles (8 km) S of Dimbulah (c. 17°14’S, 145°6’E), where not only are the awns long-hairy but the glumes and rachis are as well. I (JFV) am not too sure whether this should or should not be regarded as a hairy form of P. rara or of P. clarksonii. A similar specimen is Thorne 21162 (BRI,L fragm.!,RSA) from 3 miles (4.8 km) E of Mareeba (Fig. 2A & B). In their leafblades they resemble P. clarksonii. From the Northern Territory I have seen a few specimens with the P. rara type of leaf blades, very rough glumes, and awns with such long hairs. J am inclined to retain these in P. rara: Latz 564, Frew River, 3 miles (5 km) ENE of Epemarra Homestead, c. 20°30’S, 135°30°E (CANBI,NT), a mixture of ‘typical’ P. rara, suggesting that the hairy plant is just a form of that; Perry 3258, 9 miles (14.4 km) S of Undoolya Station, 23°41’S, owe Winkworth 815, 15 miles (24 km) SW of Alcoota, 22°50’S, 134°27’E (CANB!). Etymology: Named after Mr John Richard Clarkson, Mareeba, who collected three out of the six known representatives of this new taxon, in recognition of the many important collections he has made in northern Queensland. 2. Perotis indica (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2 787 (1891); Anthoxanthum indicum L., Sp. Pl. 1: 28 (1753). Type: Hermann s.n. (holo: LINN). Saccharum spicatum L., Sp. Pl. 1 54 (1753); Perotis latifolia Aiton, Hort. Kew. 1: 85 (1789), nom. superfl., Perotis spicata (L.) Dur. & Dur., Syll. Fl. congol. 628 (1909); Perotis latifolia var. typica Domin., Bibl. Bot. 85: 285 (1915), nom. inval. Lectotype: Hb. Linn. 77.5 (holo: LINN). Alopecurus bengalensis Houtt., Nat. Hist. 2/13: 206, t. 90, f. 4. (1782) Type: not indicated (not found in Hb. Houttuyn in G or L). Perotis hordeiformis Nees in Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beechey Voy. 248 (1838); Fl. Afr. Austr. 1: 139 (June 1841). Type: Royle 280 (holo: K; iso: LIY). Perotis glabrata Steud., Syn. 1: 186 (1854). Type: Cuming 1399 (holo: P; iso: L). Perotis birmanica Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 66: 301 (1920). Type: Mokin 560 (holo: P). Perotis chinensis Gand., Bull. Soc, Bot. France 66: 301 (1920). Type: Chanet 14 (syn: P), 137 (syn: P US) (Jisosyn: an unnumbered Chanet collection in L). Perotis perrottetii Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 66: 301 (1920). Type: Perrottet 1290 (‘1390’) (holo: P; iso: ‘L). Veldkamp & van Steenbergen, Perotis 611 | — jp =. —\ | WV . WA, 7 \ 7 _ a Lb : | > ws Ss | r WN — ' ~ SA i Ss, ~ 2“ . ¢ G ’ ’ \\Fra a a >» a / i - a, -_ - - a a . P >_<. " “1 7 = 4 - ; ; . — > ™ _- , . : “$- * “4 — 7 Fig. 1. Perotis clarksonii: A. Habit < 0.67. B. Spikelet x 4. C. Area at base of awns X 16. D. Caryopsis, ventral view X 16. A-D, Clarkson 3152, iso at BRI. This content downloaded from 136.154.20.124 on Wed, 12 Jul 2023 05:26:19 +00:00 All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms 612 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Annuals, up to 75 cm high. Leafblades 1-3 cm X 2-10 mm, base more or less cordate to amplexicaul, usually bristly along the basal margins. Spike 2-20 cm long. Spikelets patent at maturity, 6.5-30.0 mm long (excluding the up to 0.3 mm long, terete, stipe- like, puberulous callus). Glumes scaberulous all over, with midrib scabrous; lower glume 1.5-2.5 mm long, not gradually passing into the up to 16 mm long awn. Caryopsis terete. 2n = 20, 40 Distribution and habitat: India to E China (Hopeh), throughout Malesia to Australia (Queensland, Cook District, Walsh River); introduced elsewhere in tropical countries. It srows in sandy soil near the coast, under Casuarina sp., 1n coconut plantations, dry grasslands, usually at low altitudes, ‘rarely as high as 1065 m in Malesia. Note: In most works P. indica and P. hordeiformis are regarded as distinct and are distinguished as follows: Callus acute, 0.2-0.5 mm long; glumes not conspicuously ciliolate on the keel; lower glume obscurely lobed, evenly and closely hairy all over, with hairs very short, white, appressed to spreading Ter . P. indica Callus truncate, up to 0.2 mm long; glumes conspicuously Siolate on. 1 the keel: lower glume abruptly acute to more or less obtuse, with haus in close lines, especially at base Ce ee ee Se P. hordeiformis In fact the length and shape of the callus are variable, and the hairs may be both irregular and in rows on the same specimen. Thus both names are taken to refer to only one species here. 3. Perotis rara R. Br., Prod. 172 (1810); Perotis rara var. typica Domin., Bibl. Bot. 85: 285 (1915), nom. inval. Type: R. Brown (holo: BM; iso: NSW). Xystidium ils Trin.,, Fund. Agrost. 102, t. 2 (1820); Mem. Acad. Sc. St. Petersb. VI, 6: 266 (1915); Perotis rara var. maritima (Trin.) Domin., Bibl. Bot. 85: 285 (1915). Type: Chamisso s.n., Eschscholtz s.n. (syn: LE). Xypstidium barbatum Presi, Rel. Haenk. 1: 228 (1830). Type: Haenke s.n. (holo: PR; iso: MO). Perotis longiflora Nees in Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beechey Voy. 247 (1838); Perotis latifolia var. ones (Nees) Domin.., Bibl. Bot. 85: 285 (1915). Lectotype: Vachell 38 (holo: K; iso: GCE). Perotis patula Nees = Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beechey Voy. 248 (1838). Type: Meyen s.n. (holo: K). Perotis rara var. euryphylla Domin., J. Linn. Soc. 41: 274 (1912). Type: Clement s.n. (holo: K). Perotis macrantha Honda, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 41: 638 (1927). Type: Yamazaki s.n. A® 1923 (holo: TT). Annuals, up to 40 cm high. Blades 1-5 cm X 1-4 mm, rounded at base, bristly along the margins at base and in the throat. Spike 8-30 cm long. Spikelets reflexed at maturity, (7-)13-35 mm long (excluding the up to 1.5 mm long, obconical, slightly flattened, laterally pubescent callus). Glumes scaberulous all over, with midrib scabrous, gradually passing into the awns. Caryopsis terete. x = ?. Fig. 2C-F. Distribution and habitat: Asia (Vietnam, Taiwan, SE China) to Australia (excluding Victoria, Tasmania). Grows on beach; eucalypt savanna; sandy river banks; locally common, 0-275 m altitude. Uses: Decorative in flower; cattle are said not to like it but it might supply some slight grazing for sheep (Vickery, Fl. N.S.W. 19/2: 305 (1975)). Vernacular name: Comet grass (E). Note: This species is here first reported for continental Asia based on the following specimens from Vietnam present in L: d’Alleizette 2033 (Hanoi), Balansa s.n. (27 Oct. Veldkamp & van Steenbergen, Perotis 613 WASMITH Fig. 2. Intermediate specimen between Perotis rara and Perotis clarksonti: A. Spikelet_X 4. B. Area at base of awns X 16, C-F. Two specimens of Perotis rara. C,E. Spikelets X 4. D,F. Area at base of awns < 16, A,B, Thorne 21162, BRI; C,D Clarkson 5453, BRI; E,F Clarkson 5707, BRI. 1876, Quinhon), Balansa 378 (Baie de Fi-tsi-long), and Robinson 1039 (Natrang). It is also recorded for Taiwan (as P. macrantha) and China (as P. longiflora and P. patula). Acknowledgements This research was based on material present in L, CANB, and NSW; the latter two institutes were visited during a period of study at the Research School of Biological Sciences, Australian National University (A.N.U.), on A.N.U. and the Nederlandse Organisatie voor Wetenschappelijk Onderzoek (N.W.O.) grants, which are gratefully acknowledged. Mr B.K. Simon’s valuable advice on the specimens present in BRI and. the status of the present taxa were much appreciated. The synonymy of P. indica and P. hordeiformis 1s based on research undertaken during a course in Angiosperm Taxonomy at the Rijksherbarium by HvS. The figures of Mr William A. Smith, illustrator at BRI, are acknowledged. References CLAYTON, W.D. & RENVOIZE, S.A. (1986). Genera graminum: 255. Kew Bulletin Additional Series XIII. London: Her Mayjesty’s Stationery Office. HUBBARD, le in N.L. BOR. (1960). The grasses of Burma, Ceylon, India and Pakistan: 611. Oxford: Pergamon Press Ltd. 614 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 JACQUES-FELIX, H. (1962). Les graminees d’Afrique tropicale. I: 230. Paris: Institut de Recherches Agronomiques Tropicales et des cultures Vivrieres. PILGER, R. (1956). Das System der Gramineae. Botanische Jahrbticher fiir Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 76: 349. SIMON, B.K. (1981). Annual Report Queensland Herbarium 1979/1980: 23. Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary Industries. Accepted for publication 6 February 1992 Austrobaileya 3(4): 615-625 (1992) 615 STUDIES IN EUPHORBIACEAE A.L. JUSS., SENS. LAT. 2*. A REVISION OF NEOROEPERA MUELL. ARG. & F. MUELL. (OLDFIELDIOIDEAE KOHLER & WEBSTER, CALETIEAE MUELL. ARG.) Rodney J.F. Henderson Queensland Herbarium, Meters Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia Summary Neoroepera is endemic in central-eastern and north-eastern Queensiand, Australia. It contains two species, namely N. banksti Benth. and N. buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell. A lectotype is chosen for N. duxtfolia. Placement of the genus in Caletieae Muell. Arg. rather than Phyllantheae Dumort. is justified on grounds of its spinulose pollen and attributes of flowers, fruit and seed. Comments on dates of publication of parts of Adansonia 6 (1865-6) are siven in Appendix I. Introduction The genus Neoroepera was established by Johannes (Jean) Mueller (Mueller Argoviensis) and Ferdinand Mueller in the former’s contributions on Euphorbiaceae to the de Candolles’ great ‘Prodromus’ (Mueller 1866). It was accepted as containing only one species, NV. buxifolia, which was based on two specimens collected in central-eastern Queensland by Edward McArthur Bowman (1826-1872) for the latter Mueller, in Melbourne. By 1863, these specimens had reached the de Candolle herbarium in Geneva, Switzerland (G-DC), in time for the former Mueller’s study. Since publication of Neoroepera and N. buxifolia, only one other species belonging to the genus has been recognised; that was named N. banksti and dealt with by Bentham in his ‘Flora Australiensis’ (1873). Origin and author of name Neoroepera The two specimens on which N. buxifolia is based are both mounted on the one sheet in G-DC. Duplicates of these collections are in MEL where again they are mounted on the one sheet (MEL 697068). A note by Bowman on that sheet indicates, however, the most likely course of events in relation to his material is as follows. To Mueller, in Melbourne, he sent flowering twigs with both copious male and a few female flowers (but no fruit or seed) from plants he found in central eastern Queensland. Mueller thought these specimens were from a new species of F/ueggea Willd. so labelled them ‘Flueggea buxifolia F.M.’ Later, Bowman sent fruiting and seed material of these plants to Mueller which then convinced him they were from a new species of Roeperia Sprengel, or possibly of a new genus (he tentatively named ‘Flueggella’), so annotated them either mon buxifolia J. & F. Mueller’ (MEL) or ‘Roepera (oder Flueggella) buxifoliad (G- DC). Bowman’s note at MEL reads “55./Princhester./I sent this in flower in a former collection.” My experience with plants of this species growing in the Marlborough area is that ones copiously flowering do not have many fruit with mature seed at the same time and vice versa. Thus the material on sheets at G-DC and MEL must have been collected on two different occasions as Bowman indicated. Mueller, in his usual fashion, distributed material to Geneva, Paris and to Kew in London, and probably other places too, to assist workers then writing up groups of the Euphorbiaceae. In publishing Neoroepera, based on the material in Geneva, Johannes accorded Ferdinand joint authorship, though there is no evidence the latter was involved in selecting the name or preparing the protologue. Indeed, Bentham (1873), working with Kew material, accorded Mueller Argoviensis sole authorship of both the generic and species names and (r90n) number 1, a revision of Aniperea Adr. Juss., was published in Australian Systematic Botany 5: 1-27 (1992). 616 Austrobatleya 3(4): 1992 cited F. Mueller’s manuscript “Roepera buxifolia’ in the synonymy of N. buxifolia when dealing with the species. Hutchinson (1969) and Webster (1975) followed Bentham in accepting only Mueller Argoviensis as author of the generic name, but this seems contrary to the latter’s wishes. As Johannes Mueller appears responsible for the generic name (he treated Roeperia Sprengel as a synonym of Ricinocarpos Dest. when publishing Neoroe- pera) and Ferdinand Mueller for the specific epithet, their wishes for joint authorship should be respected. History of Classification When formally describing Neoroepera with Ferdinand Mueller, Mueller Argoviensis (1866)! grouped the genus with Hemicyclia Wight & Arn. and Cyclostemon Blume within his subtribe Cyclostemoninae? in tribe Phyllantheae Dumort. Though Cyclostemon and Hemicyclia are now considered congeneric with Drypetes Vahl and in the distinct tribe Drypeteae (Griseb.) Hurusawa, Mueller considered Drypetes belonged in his subtribe Securineginae (“‘Securinegeae’) within tribe Phyllantheae. To him, this tribe fundamentally contained euphorbs with the lobes of the male perianth imbricate, anthers erect in bud, ovaries with 2-ovulate locules, and cotyledons two or more times wider than the radicle. Subtribe Cyclostemoninae was attributed flowers without petals and commonly in clusters, and with stamens inserted round and from below a central disc. While this gave Mueller a practical, rather simplistic grouping of relevant genera, it failed to take into account several other attributes now considered critical for indicating relationships of the genus Neoroepera. Besides, the anthers in Neoroepera are transverse on the apex of the filaments, somewhat similar to those in Mic ‘antheum Desf. and Beyeria Miq. (though held vertical in bud), but not like the erect ones in Phyllanthus and its allies. From Stafleu and Cowan (1976, p. 97), it could be inferred that Baillon (1866) was the first to provide a name for the taxon here treated as genus Neoroepera when he described it as section Neoroepera of genus Securinega Juss. and named its sole species S. muelleriana, Though it seems this publication dates from July 1866, the relevant pages of ‘Adansonia’ probably appeared in September of that year (Appendix 1), some weeks after Mueller’s publication. Thus, his Sauropus sect. Neoroepera is a new com- bination of the Muellers’ Neoroepera, and his S. muelleriana is an illegitimate name (Greuter et a/. 1988) provided for Bowman’s Princhester Creek specimens. Bentham (1873) maintained Neoroepera, on the basis of flowers of both sexes with a perianth, embryo with broad cotyledons and a narrow radicle, and two ovules in each ovary locule, in tribe Phyllantheae but did not recognise subtribes within that. He later (Bentham 1883) maintained Neoroepera within Phyllantheae but there associated it with several genera such as Phyllanthus L. (in a very broad sense), Sauropus Blume and Securinega Juss., none of which is now considered closely related to it. The association of Neoroepera with Phyllanthus and its allies in the Phyllantheae persisted apparently until Hutchinson (1969) segregated it into the Drypeteae (Pax) Hutchinson (correctly Drypeteae (Griseb.) Hurusawa according to Webster 1975). As Hurusawa (1954) did not name Neoroepera anywhere in his account of the Euphorbiaceae, it is not clear where he intended it to be placed though presumably it remained within tribe Phyllantheae and covered by the ‘etc.’ in his list of genera included in that tribe. Hutchinson’s segregation was prompted, no doubt, by Pax’s inclusion of Neoroepera in subtribe Drypetinae of Phyllantheae in 1890 (Pax & Hoffman 1931) based, seemingly, principally on the disc in male flowers in Neoroepera being central. This genus invariably has carunculate seeds and N. banksii is a dioecious species. Pax apparently did not know that pollen of Neoroepera is spiny, fundamentally different from the non-spiny pollen of Drypetes. Thus this genus’ association with Drypetes, persisting from 1866 when the Muellers first described it, was perpetuated by Hutchinson even though he dissociated it from Phyllanthus. With his different approach to classification within Euphorbiaceae, Webster assessed more than the traditional attributes used to divide the family and produced a new ' Published in late August 1866 according to Stafleu & Cowan 1976, p. 447. 2 “Cyclostemoneae’ Muell. Arg. (1865), equivalent to “Cyclostémonées’ of Batllon (1858). Henderson, Neoroepera classification of it (Webster 1975) based primarily on ovule numbers per ovary locule, morphology of poilen and other data from such fields as wood anatomy, cytology and biochemistry. Thus, based on the paired ovules in each ovary cell, the spiny pollen and carunculate seed, Webster grouped Neoroepera with Micrantheum Desf., Pseudanthus Sprengel and Stachystemon Planchon in Caletieae within sub-family Oldfieldioideae, totally dissociating it from Phyllanthus and Drypetes which he retained in subfamily Phyllanthoideae. Webster later admitted (1987) that his classification is by no means definitive or wholly satisfactory, for much information to test the robustness of his cheme is lacking. However, in the case of Neoroepera it seems logical to associate it with at least Micrantheum wherever that is placed, because, besides sharing the attributes tee pata ete ee oe eT ¥ Sean Peet aes fer ms" ae sia A TnLNAeLL Ue Frets en nS amin nh, Fre eae at es ae ne cee ee ey bela etre eo matte soe <5 ll : es aon aa a ir Sue =p otis Pea, is rei. irs: ree a TER ee mens cre Saupe al Sonal ine: St oe ef allgtette ron et atta La pet faced Ve ena ag eee Pra a peed Bere ne a prea ee ee : Sa en et aa Pee eet one here ee EEE ee eee bcd ee Sp er Pre ee ee eit SiN needs SASS aS CARPE PRS AE ES yong rte tert er rd nd perce — — = = if Stes Pepe tr eaen na Lecce eee TE IRo i pte ae aerial peo ae sie a os, eee prance aa tant Veer porthalirs ae avis = = rae see ayes Tas SEE eves gee aE Baan i ea eran ee eae meee Tey aE THA 7 = SOST IE nee A eae me ie SPER ne TeNEREES SEERA EE ernie Freee ee ay « cer yet Sevy oer = > Sane ; ais SE ee er nr eT ‘‘anespeoee eee phe fal ee ee ted OE Pei e grok. Eres sie we Weert ee, Mea 7) RS hesepcny eeoiea a zt = a a eae tah re See see Ware een Sines sittin ser tinL SAH ee marr, cis Be nee Basie 3 paren an ae ESS Sineiiis Sees Lee > ws 27 Bees Sete The iss = erty cee eet 2 See Wri pece a teats Se etree a dette iris ates ar Baw sary ahi ee: Src imation Portier ig. 1. Scanning electron micrographs of Neoroepera and Micrantheum pollen and seed: A. seed of N. buxifolia. . seed of N. banksii. C, seed of M. ericoides. D. pollen grain of M. hexandrum. E. . pollen grain of N. buxifolia. A, Bowman 55, MEL; B, Staples 2213, BRI; C, SW slopes of Mt Coolum, Qld, OV Johnson 1459A, BRI; F, Anderson 2361, BRI. Scale bar A- = | mm, D-F = 10 pm, ollen grain of N. banksii. 987, Henderson H 3111, BRI; D, Prosser River, Tas, Sep 1972, Jarman [AQ380673], BRI; E, Scarth- eee ee ec eee eee cc cee creer ee errr ree errr re eee r ere eT eee eT eee eee re eee. Lee er ee ee ee er eee eee ere ee eee ee eee ee rere ere Te ee Tre eer ee Hed tet tata Bo Wa Wa a eat a att th at mg a a Sac Hae Hac tt tn nS tS Sot HSS wh SE NT aad 618 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 of two ovules per locule, spiny pollen (Fig. 1), and carunculate seed (Fig. 1) with that genus, it has a petaloid, single-whorled perianth, bilocular anthers transverse on the filaments, a central, gland-like disc lobed between the stamen filaments in male flowers, styles that are entire (though somewhat dorsi-ventrally expanded rather than more or less terete), and seeds somewhat tumid proximally about the hilum (at least in N. banksii) as do Micrantheum species. Thus, Webster’s transfer of Neoroepera to Caletieae seems fully justified and is accepted here. This close relationship of Neoroepera with Micrantheum was noticed by F. Mueller who annotated a Walter specimen of N. banksii from Lizard Island in 1871 (MEL 697066) as ‘Neoroepera micrantheoides’ and commented that the plant was “similis Micrantheum hexandrum’”’, though he (? later) incorrectly accepted that the plants represented N. buxifolia ‘J. M. & F. M.’. Whether or not the Oldfieldioideae warrants family status (as Paivaeusaceae) as suggested by Meeuse (1990), will have to wait till a more detailed study of the Euphorbiaceae sens. /at. 1s undertaken. Origin of central structure in male flowers The finding of a flower with a pistilode in a specimen of male N. banksii (Gittins 1833, in BRI and NSW), an attribute that occasionally occurs in the family (Baillon 1858: Webster 1984) but not to my knowledge recorded for Neoroepera before, helps clarify the nature of the central structure in male flowers. In this particular flower, the ovary, complete with three typical styles and stigmas but with the ovules abortive, arises from the centre of a gland-like, lobed structure otherwise typical of male flowers of this genus, that is, internal to the stamens and lobed with the lobes protruding between the filaments. Thus, the central structure found in male flowers of Neoroepera is homologous with the disc that subtends the ovary in female flowers and as such confirms traditional thought that it is a disc internal to the stamens, not a vestigial gynoecium as suggested by Baillon (1866). Taxonomy Neoroepera Muell. Arg. & F. Muell. in DC., Prodromus 15(2): 488 (August 1866); Securinega section Neoroepera (Muell. Arg. & F. Muell.) Baillon, Adansonia 6: 333 (September 1866). Type: NV. buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell. Derivation of name: Named from Greek neos, new, and ‘Roepera after the generic name Roeperia Sprengel (a later synonym of Ricinocarpos Desf. also in the Euphorbiaceae) which honours Johann August Christian Roeper, German botanist, who, in the 1860s, was a professor at Basel (then Rostock) and who published on the Euphorbiaceae of Germany and Hungary (Baines 1981). Shrubby monoecious or dioecious perennials with stems erect or ascending, branching, the branches leafy throughout. Leaves alternate, stipulate, shortly petiolate, persistent or caducous. Stipules entire. Flowers pedicellate, solitary or paired or in clusters or short spikes (reduced branchlets) in leaf axils, subtended by minute bracts; perianth lacking a corolla, petaloid, of several imbricate lobes; lobes dimorphic, usually a small sepal-like one alternating with a larger, petal-like one, + free. Male flowers 6(rarely 4, 5, 7 or 8)- merous; perianth lobes entire, emarginate, ciliate or shortly erose; a whorl of few to many, discrete, finger-like glands present between tepals and stamens; stamens exserted; anthers of two, separate, obloid, parallel but contiguous locules each transverse on the apex of a reduced lobe of the shortly bifid filament, dehiscing by longitudinal slits; disc a central, squat, + sessile, lobed structure embracing base of filaments. Female flowers 6(~8)-merous; perianth persistent, of + distinct, imbricate lobes; lobes appressed to ovary but spreading in fruit, entire or somewhat ciliate or erose on upper margins; glands in two whorls, the outer of few, discrete finger-like lobes, the inner of discrete, flattened, irregular lobes on a continuous rim. Ovary 3(rarely 4)-celled with two pendant ovules from an enlarged placenta in each locule; styles 3(rarely 4), + free from the base, sulcate adaxially, horizontally spreading at first but becoming erect or ascending with age, entire, the distal portion expanded and dorsi-ventrally flattened into a large stigmatic zone. Henderson, Neoroepera 619 io, 2, Neoroepera banksii: A. apical portion of stem from male plant showing axillary flower clusters xX 2. B. le flower x 6. C. apical aoean of ‘stent with long narrow leaves, from female piant x 2. D. female flower from side showing solitary pedicel, perianth lobes and bracts X 4. E. ovary from above showing styles and distally flattened, broad, stigmatic portions X 8. F. sub-mature fruit viewed from the side showing pedicel and persistent styles and perianth X 2. G. apex of stem with short broad leaves x 2. A,B, Gittins 1833; C-E, Ross [AQ473929]; F, Scarth-Johnson 1271A; G, Isbell [AQ204124]. All BRI. eral ieexba mel een aut oaterat Tat wathtediinis tracer imre oe HAAG UMA OSA Sa Gm mH A a A em 620 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Fruit capsular, separating septicidally into three 2-valved cocci. Seeds somewhat curved, becoming dorsi-ventrally flattened at maturity, smooth or minutely pitted, carunculate, pale to dark brown when mature (and containing embryo); caruncle whitish to reddish, waxy-fleshy; endosperm copious; cotyledons several times broader than the radicle. A genus of 2 species endemic in tropical eastern Australia. Key to species of Neoroepera 1. Plants dioecious; leaves broadest above the middle; perianth lobes of male flowers virtually smooth on margins; stamen filaments spreading hairy to above the middle; stigma limb much wider than long; far north Queensland ...... ae 1. N. banksii Plants monoecious: leaves broadest at or ec below the niiddle perianth lobes of male flowers ciliate on margins; stamen filaments glabrous, smooth or sparsely papillose peta nee limb + longer than wide; central Queensland .... , oe ete te ue... .. 2, .N. buxifolia 1, Neoroepera banksii Benth., Flora Australiensis 6: 117 (1873). Type: Queensland, sandy ridges, north shore, Endeavour River, A.Cunningham (holo: ?K. n.v.; iso: MEL). Dicecious shrubs (0.15~)0.5—2 m high. Stems smooth, rounded, shortly spreading-hairy when young, later glabrescent. Leaves evenly spaced along stems and branches, spreading; petiole 1.0-1.2 mm long, shortly curved hairy adaxially and abaxially; blade oblanceolate to very narrowly obovate or + spathulate, broadly obtuse or emarginate at tip and shortly attenuate to base, 6-16 mm long, 1.0-6.8 mm wide, smooth except for raised nervation, and glabrous except for short curved hairs proximally on midrib and around recurving ‘tip above, smooth and glabrous below; midrib produced as a short, recurving, usually reddish subula from the emarginate tip: margins entire, a little thickened and recurving. Stipules dark red at least distally, narrowly triangular with tip acute, 0.3-1.0 mm long and to c. 0.3 mm wide; margins glabrous to densely hairy. Flowers single or in few-flowered clusters, subtended by numerous bracts similar to but smaller than stipules. Male flowers solitary or in pairs or threes, shortly pedicellate, 6-8-merous; pedicels 6.0-9.5 mm long in flower to c. 18.0 mm long in fruit. Perianth spreading: lobes ovate to obovate with tips rounded and entire or erose, and margins entire or few toothed, sepal-like ones 0.8-1.3 mm long and 0.6-0.8 mm wide, somewhat concave, the petal-like ones 2.0-2.3 mm long and 1.7-1.9 mm wide, dished; glands of the outer whorl to c. 0.15 mm long. Stamens 6-8; filaments stout, 1.9-2.4 mm long, spreading long hairy in the lower three quarters; anthers 0.85-1.00 mm long; glandular disc c. 0.9 mm across and 0.3 mm high; pistilode rarely present. Female flowers solitary, pedicellate; pedicels 9-15(-25) mm long in flower, to c. 30 mm long in fruit. Perianth spreading, persistent and reflexed beneath fruit; lobes semi-elliptic to oblong to obovate, with margins entire, the sepal-like ones 1.4—2. 4 mm long and 0.8-1.3 mm across and rounded or acute at the apex, smooth or ciliate on margins, the petal-like ones 2.5-3.4 mm long and 1.2- 1.6 mm across, and cucullate acute at the apex, smooth or ciliate distally on margins: glands of the inner disc forming a continuous, flattened, 3-lobed ring at base of the ovary, the lobes + triangular and to c. 0.7 mm long. Ovary ovoid, c. 1.5 mm high and 1.75 mm across; styles stout, with column 0.5-0.7 mm long, and flattened limb + reniform in outline, c. 1.6-2.2 mm across. Fruit ovoid, to c. 6.5 mm long, at first conspicuously crowned with the 3 (or 4) long-persisting styles, reddish green when mature. Seed + obloid, a little tumid proximally (around hilum), 4. 0-4.7 X 2.2-2.7 X 2.2-2.7mm, longitudinally striate with lines of minute fovea, later smooth; caruncle irregularly shaped and + coralloid (dried state). Figs 1, 2. Selected specimens (63 Peri Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: 5 km NE of Bamaga airstrip, Aug 1978, Paijnians 3020 (2) (BRI,CANB); 11°35’/S, 142°27’E, vicinity of McDonnell, Jul 1970, Isbell [AQ204125] (8) (BRD: ditto, Isbell i4 (sterile) (BRD, 11° 36'S, 142°46'E, between Heathlands homestead and Captain Billy beach, May 1980, Morton 638 (2) (BRI,MEL); 12°07'S, 143°0S’E, Olive River, near mouth, Sep 1974, Tracey 14494 @) (BRD): c. 34 km from ‘Bromley’ along road to Bolt Head, 11 km from Olive River crossing. turnoff, Jul 1990, Ross [AQ473929] (2) (BRI); 14°08’S, 143°21’E, c. 48 miles (77 km] N of Musgrave Telegraph Station, Gittins 1833 ($) (BRI) (6 & 2) (NSW); Lizard Island, in 1871, Waiter (MEL); ditto, May 1975, Byrnes 3146 a(@) & b(d) (BRI); ditto, Jul 1990, Batianoff 12186 (8) (BRD: Hopevale, Jul 1977, ‘Scarth-Johnson 545A (2) (BRI: 15°17’S, 145°19’E, 3 km SW of South Cape Bedford, Aug 1978, Kanis 1928 (2) (BRI,CANB); Cooktown, mouth of Endeavour River, Jun-Aug Henderson, Neoroepera 621 Fig. 3. Neoroepera buxifolia: A. apical portion of a flowering branch X 0.33. B. portion of a twig showing clusters of male and female flowers x 2. C. partial cluster of flowers showing central female and surrounding male flowers — note 5- and 6-merous male flowers < 4. D. ovary from above showing styles with distal, flattened, stigmatic portions x8. = portion of a stem showing sub-mature fruit with persistent styles X 4. A-E, Batianoff MC9108001 & Robins, BRI. Sec ee ny ein amaretto inna heetan ntti et gS OSEANNNNNN LANAI COR RINE SOMME CUMS a re rere ine a 622 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 1770, Banks & Solander [AQ450766/MEL 515923} (@) gris ,MEL); ditto, May 1970, Blake 23311 (2 & &) (BRL MEL); 15°34’S, 147°34’E, approximately | km S Annan River mouth, Aug 1974, Tracey 14734 (8) (BRILMEL,QRS). Distribution and habitat: Confined to far north-eastern Queensland north of about Cooktown (Map 1). Commonly occurs in sandy soils on or close to the coast, in dune communities or Eucalyptus forest on the landward side of coastal sand-dunes. Notes: The variability in leaf shape suggests that at least two infraspecific taxa can be recognised so distinctive are the extremes. The most northerly material generally has remarkably small, narrow leaves, e.g. Isbell [AQ204125], whereas that from around Cooktown mostly has comparatively longer, quite broad leaves, e.g. Kanis 1928. However, since small-leaved forms can also occur near Cooktown, e.g. ‘Scarth-Johnson S45A, and broader leaved ones near Cape York, e.g. Isbe// 14 (Fig. 2G), and forms that cannot be grouped with either the above with certainty, e.g. Tracey 14494, occur throughout the species’ range, no attempt has been made to formally recognise this variability. The MEL isotype has leaves within the range of small/narrow to large/broad somewhat closer to the large than small end of the range. There seems no qualitative differences between leaves of the different forms. | Notes accompanying Batianoff 12186 indicate this species has horticultural poten- tial as it is in cultivation on Lizard Island where it is described as a spectacular ornamental because of its striking red mature fruits. Risk coding: This species is evenly distributed throughout its range and can be classed as common. It is conserved in at least the Lizard Island National Park and is not at risk, 2. Neoroepera buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell. in DC., Prodromus 15 (2): 489 (August 1866). Type: In New Holland at ‘Prenchestic’ [= Princhester] Creek [Queensland], Bowman (lecto chosen here: G-DC n.y. [BRI-microfiche IDC 800-74. 2508: I, 2], twig bearing male and (?)female flowers; 1solecto: MEL). Securinega muelleriana Baillon, Adansonia 6: 333 (September 1866), nom. illeg. Based on Neoroepera buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell. | Monoecious shrubs or small trees to c. 6 m high. Stems smooth, at first shortly antrorsely ferruginous pubescent later glabrescent, rounded, robust, many-branched with branches spreading or ascending. Leaves evenly spaced along stems; petiole 1.0-2.0 mm long; blade narrowly to broadly ovate to elliptic (or occasionally orbicular), with margins slightly thickened and a little recurving, tapered to broadly obtuse and a little emarginate tip and also to base, 10.0-40.0 mm long, 6.5-20.0 mm wide, smooth above and below; midrib produced as a spreading, microscopic subula from the emarginate tip; margins entire, smooth. Stipules subulate, to c. 0.3 mm long, glabrous, reddish, caducous. Flowers clustered along short axis, subtended by numerous microscopic, semi-circular to trian- gular, externally appressed-hairy bracts. Male flowers several in each cluster, pedicellate, (4, 5 or) 6 (or 7)-merous; pedicels 4.5-8.0 mm long. Perianth + crateriform: lobes ovate to obovate with tips rounded and entire, emarginate or erose, and margins regularly ciliate, sepal-like ones 0.75-1.8 mm long and 0.65-1.2 mm wide. somewhat cupular, the petal-like ones 2.2—3.2 mm long and 1.5-2.5 mm wide, dished; disc of many, spreading filiform, entire or bifid or secondarily lobed lobes up to 1.5 mm long. Stamens (4, 5 or) 6 (or 7); filaments straight, glabrous, smooth or sparsely papillate, 1.7-3.6 mm long, incipiently bifid distally; anthers ellipsoidal, 0.7-1.2 mm long. Female flowers solitary, apical on a short axis with several male flowers below it, pedicellate; pedicels to c. 8.5 mm long in flower, to c. 18 mm long in fruit, stouter than that of males, shortly antrorsely hairy throughout but denser distally, glabrescent, bracteolate near or below middle; bracteoles + ovate, to c. 0.5 mm long. Perianth + crateriform, persistent and somewhat reflexed beneath fruit; lobes narrowly ovate to oblong, rounded at the apex, and with margins shortly ciliate, the sepal-like ones 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.75—1.1 mm across, the petal-like ones 2.5-2.8 mm long and 1.7-1.9 mm across. Ovary + ovoid, to c. 1.5mm long; styles stout, adnate only near base, ascending, with column c. 0.5 mm long, and flattened limb + narrowly ovate in outline, c. 1 mm long, its margins revolute. Fruit obloid to obovoid, 5-8 mm long, at first conspicuously crowned with the 3 long- persisting styles, olive green (?) at maturity. Seed + obloid to ovoid becoming dorsiven- Henderson, Neoroepera 623 trally flattened with maturity, 4.2-5.1 x 2.1-3.3 x 1.7-2.3 mm, smooth but with contiguous minute fovea visible below surface of testa; caruncle reduced to a small, red- coloured flap or cone-shaped outgrowth of tissue from testa that abutted the hook-like placenta. Figs 1, 3. Specimens examined: Queensland. PoRT CURTIS DISTRICT: between Marlborough and Yaamba, Oct 1937, White 12095 (BRI); Livingstone Shire, about 11 km S of Marlborough homestead, at Marlborough Creek crossing, Nov 1981, Anderson 2361 (BRI); 22°58’S, 149°52’E, Marlborough Creek Crossing, Mar 1989, Reeves 630 (BRI); ditto, May 1991, Batianoff & Franks (BRI); 23°04’S, 150°15’E, gut W of Canoona, c. 45 km NW of Rockhampton, on road to Mona Vale, Nov 1990. Henderson H3490 & Robins (BRIL.K,MEL,NSW) Distribution and habitat: Known only from a few creek-side localities north-west of Rockhampton in the Port Curtis pastoral district, in areas of serpentinite soils (Map 1). Notes: As explained above, the sheet of type material at G-DC, as well as that at MEL, contains material of Neoroepera buxifolia collected on two different occasions. Thus each of the two specimens on the G-DC sheet is a syntype while those at MEL are isosyntypes. To be sure of the application of the name, Bowman’s flowering specimen at G-DC, as opposed to the fruiting material there, is selected as its lectotype. The duplicate material distributed to K was cited by Bentham (1873). That loaned to Baillon in Paris was obviously examined and reported on to Mueller prior to Baillon’s publication of 1866, for annotation on the MEL sheet reads ‘Securinega muellerii Baill’. That name was not published but Securinega muelleriana was. However, as it was proposed as a later alternative for Neoroepera buxifolia it is not a legitimate name. This species appears restricted to the bed and banks of creeks in areas of outcropping ultramafic (serpentine) rock which itself is, in central Queensland, restricted largely to the Yaamba to Marlborough area, with a second, though somewhat smaller, occurrence between Rockhampton and Yeppoon. Thus the species could be expected to be found at other creek-side situations where serpentinite soils occur in this area. 142° 448° @ O 2 14° O O '@) tr a | ! 20- ie nt ts a ee en ah ge a a ls ty a —_— = =_— = = SOE - i — she — = « | en atin a ge eee ee, te le Ae son 0 + #4 w 4 1 1 Map 1. Distribution of Neoroepera species: ON. banksii. @N. buxifolia. HN Gg “4 Lk hl AN at MAH Ma yt SUE AA EE 2 1 a HH A ROL ee L RE 14 Na Na PA UNA mnt KG MEAN MNGIE OE Oa 624 : Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Risk coding: Though this plant is quite common in the riparian habitat it is confined to, It is restricted in occurrence at any one site. None of the known sites of occurrence is within any declared conservation reserve though the plant is known to occur within one State Forest. Most sites are subject to roadside clearing and/or grazing, and none of them is more than 50 km from the others. The species must, therefore, be considered vulnerable. A risk coding of 2V, as recorded by Briggs and Leigh (1988), is thus still appropriate. Acknowledgements The Directors of MEL and NSW are thanked for loan of their holdings of Neoroepera (including types from MEL) to BRI for study. I am grateful to Will Smith for producing the illustrations and maps, and to Andrew Franks and Hans Dillewaard for the SEM photomicrographs. George Batianoff, Paul Robins and Andrew Franks collected pickled material of N. buxifolia for me for illustration purposes. Support by grants from the Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS) for my ‘Stenolobeae’ studies since 1988 is gratefully acknowledged. References BAILLON, H.E. (1858). Etude générale du groupe des Euphorbiacées p. 561. Paris: Victor Masson. BAILLON, H.E. (1866). Species Guohorbineesram Euphorbiacées Australiennes. Adansonia 6: 282-345. BAINES, J.A. (1981). Australian Plant Genera. Society for Growing Australian Plants. BENTHAM, G. (1873). Neoroepera. Flora Australiensis 6: 116-117. London: L. Reeve. BENTHAM, G. (1883). Euphorbiaceae. In G. Bentham & J.D. Hooker, Genera Plantarum 3: 239-340. London: L, Reeve. BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988), Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian ae Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication [14]. Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service. GREUTER, W. ET AL. (1988). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature. Articles 62.1, 63.1 & 63.2. Regnum Vegetabile 119: 63 & 64. HURUSAWA, I. (1954). Eine nochmalige Durchsicht des herkommlichen Systems der Euphorbiaceen im weiteren Sinne. Journal of the Faculty of Science University of Tokyo Section HI Botany 6: 209-344. HUTCHINSON, J. (1969). Tribalism in the family Euphorbiaceae. Atmerican Journal of Botany 56(7): 738-758. MEEUSE, A.D.J. (1990). The Euphorbiaceae auct. p/ur., an Unnatural Taxon. Delft: Eburon. MUELLER, J. (1865). Euphorbiaceae. Vorlaufige Mittleilungen aus dem fiir De Candolle’s Prodromus best immten manuscript uber diese Familie. Linnaea 34: 64. MUELLER, J. (1866). Euphorbiaceae. In A.L.P.P. de Candolle (ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis 15(2): 189-1260. Paris: Masson. PAX, F. . pee ec, K. (1931). Euphorbiaceae. In A. Engler & K. Prantl (eds), Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien Band i9c: 11-233. STAFLEU, F.A. & COWAN, R.S. (1976). Taxonomic Literature edn 2, 1{A-G): 97, 447. Regnum Vegetable 94. WEBSTER, G.L. (1975). Conspectus of a new classification of the Euphorbiaceae. Taxon 24: 593-601. WEBSTER, G.L. (1984). A revision of Flueggea (Euphorbiaceae). Allertonia 3(4). 259-312. WEBSTER, G.L. (1987). The saga of the spurges: a review of the classification and relationships in the Euphorbiales. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 94: 3-46. Appendix 1] It is reasonable to assume from Stafleu and Cowan (1976) that Baillon’s publication dealing with Neoroepera in Adansonia appeared in July 1866, before that of Mueller Argoviensis. However, Dr Grady Webster (pers. comm.) has pointed out that since Baillon cited actual page numbers in his reference to de Candolle’s Prodromus under Securinega muelleriana, and considering the personal relationship between Mueller and himself, it is likely his publication appeared after Mueller’s (ate August 1866). Henderson, Neoroepera 625 Despite what may be inferred from the title page and from Stafleu and Cowan, it seems clear that for Volume 6 of ‘Adansonia’, the publication schedule slipped beyond August 1866. Though parts comprised of 32 pages may have appeared monthly in early volumes, it is clear that the journal was produced in fascicles of 16 pages which were numbered consecutively in each volume in the bottom right-hand corner of the first page of that fascicle, and did not necessarily appear two per month. In Volume 6, though fascicles | to 11 are undated, fascicles 12 to 24 carry a date (presumably of publication) in the bottom left-hand corner as follows. Fascicle Pages Date Fascicle Pages Date 12 177-192 07 Oct 1865 19 289-304 30 Aug 1866 13 193-208 11 Mar 1866 20 305-320 Sep 1866 14 209-224 li Mar 1866 21 321-336 sep 1866 15 229-240 18 May 1866 22 337-352 Sep 1866 16 241-256 12 Jun 1866 23 353-368 Oct 1866 17 297-272 12 Jul 1866 24 369-384 Oct 1866 18 273-288 30 Jul 1866 Thus fascicles 18 to 22 of this volume, covering Baillon’s paper on Australian euphorbs, apparently appeared over two months with the critical fascicle (number 21) appearing in (probably) mid to late September 1866, indeed later than Mueller’s. Incidentally, though Volume 7 fascicle 1 is undated, Volume 7 fascicle 2 is also dated September 1866. Accepted for publication 17 March 1992 a td tat RU Hoyo gong ! Ak 9 a a fo wt PPRTERTR TEEPE T RETR TCT TTL Oe MT TEEN TER TERCR PRT CITTCIT TET CTTOMICCFTOTTTIT CORTE ELT Trt PTTTE TT TT TTT rahe ere TTT TT] Perr Hea ae AG Ma PRCA ME hin h GAC RD DGLOOs COCCCCELCOR TCE ALO SS GH Ooh ROL CCE O coi Dee ACME ecco R EOC. OOK RTE Per ce eC ELD yer Por UR RRER RIN Bah Spe tana TEE Ne HI g SRNR aie td ieee naa a Austrobaileya 3(4): 627-641 (1992) 627 TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON THE GENUS HOYA R (ASCLEPIADACEAE) IN PAPUASIA, 1-5 Paul I. Forster Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia and David J. Liddle P.O. Box 794, Mareeba, Qid 4880, Australia Summary i. The group of species of Hoya, known colloquially as ‘New Guinea Whites’, is revised. This group includes H. albiflora (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl., H. magnifica P. Forster & Liddle sp. nov., H. naumanii Schitr., H. australis subsp. tenuipes (K, Hill) P. Forster & Liddle and H. calycina Schitr. Two subspecies are recognised for H. calycina with subsp. glabrifolia P. Forster & Liddle newly described. 2. H. pottsit Traill is lectotypified and H. nicholsoniae F.Muell., H. hellwigiana Warb. and H. sogerensis S. Moore are placed in synonymy. 3. H. anulata Schltr, is found to be the earliest name for the taxon described as H. schlechteriana S. Moore, H. poolei C.White & Francis, H. pseudolittoralis C., Norman or H. alata K. Hill. 4. H. reveluta Wight ex J.D. Heok. is found to be the earliest name for the taxon described as H. litoralis Schitr., H. inconspicua Hemsley or H. dodecatheiflora Fosb. 5. H. sussuela (Roxb.) Merr. is the earliest name for a widespread taxon to which the name A. lauterbachit Schumann oro abd ae misapplied. H. hAollrungii Warb. and H. coronaria var. papuana Bailey are placed in synonymy of Hi. sussuela, Introduction Approximately eighty published names have been applied to species of Hoya R. Br. in Papuasia (rian Jaya, Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands). An account of the genus in German New Guinea (now part of Papua New Guinea) was provided by Schlechter (1913) who utilised mainly his own field collections. There is no overall account of the genus in Papuasia and many species have been subsequently described without reference to previously described taxa (e.g. Moore 1916). Despite this early taxonomic activity, there is considerable confusion as to the identity of the taxa present in the region. A large number of unidentified collections have accumulated in herbaria, mainly as a result of the collecting activities of officers of the Department of Forests, Lae (NGF and LAE series) and the Archbold expeditions. The primary set of the NGF-LAE collections 1s at the National Herbartum of Papua New Guinea (LAE), with the second set at the Rijksherbarium, Leiden (L), the third set at the Queensland Herbarium (BRI), and minor sets at other herbaria such as the Australian National Herbarium (CANB). The collections of L.J. Brass (Archbold expe- ditions) are distributed in several herbaria with primary sets mainly at the Arnold Arboretum, Harvard (A), New York Botanic Gardens (NY) and L, with minor sets of some numbers at BM and BRI. While there are many collections of Hoya available, few have been identified fully. This is undoubtedly a result of the lack of a comprehensive revision and key to the species. Also, it has been assumed that the types for many of the species described by Schlechter were destroyed in the firebombing of the Berlin Herbarium (B) in 1942. However, this is not the case and most are still extant in B (B. Leuenberger, pers. comm. 1988). Unfortunately, the same cannot be said for the species named by Engler, Schumann or Warburg. Very few duplicates of type collections relevant to taxa named by these workers have been located. Although the large number of published names does not give an accurate picture of the actual number of species of Hoya present in Papuasia, the region, nevertheless, does have a rich diversity of taxa comprising approximately 70 species. From examination of Papuasian holdings at the herbaria A, BO, BM, BISH, BRI, CANB, L, LAE, MEL, NY and SING, and relevant type material at K, P and WRSL, it is evident that some of the taxa collected and named by Schlechter, often from single collections, have not been recollected in more recent times. Conversely there are 628 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 collections, particularly from Inan Jaya and southern Papua New Guinea that represent undescribed taxa not seen by him. A comprehensive revision of the genus in this region will require extensive field work and cultivation of field-collected material which will take many years. In the interim we believe we have been able to match a significant proportion of existing herbarium collections with the types from various taxa. These identifications have represented significant changes to known distribution records of the taxa concerned in the Papuasian region and beyond. We believe it to be of some importance to progressively publish these findings, if only to stimulate curation in other herbaria, and to encourage further fieldwork and study. In the long-term we hope to produce a revision of the genus in the region. At this preliminary stage of our investigations, some comment on nomenclatural priority is necessary. We have previously stated (Forster & Liddle 1990) that for certain widespread taxa, it is possible that earlier legitimate names exist than the ones we previously accepted. Such has proved to be the case with H. revoluta Wight ex J.D. Hook., AH. anulata Schlitr., H. sussuela (Roxb.) Merr. and H. pottsii Traill. which have been found to be earlier names for species previously known by more familiar names. Notes on Terminology Indumentum cover is described using the terminology of Hewson (1988), except that ‘scattered’ is used instead of ‘isolated’. In previous papers we have described the glandular structures at the base of the leaf lamina as ‘extrafloral nectaries’ and those at the sepal sinus bases as ‘glands’. However, following the excellent review of the mor- phology and evolution of the corona and related structures in Asclepiadaceae and allied families by Kunze (1990), we are now calling both these structures ‘colleters’. 1. Revision of the ‘New Guinea Whites’ In Hoya horticulture, there is a group of taxa originating from Papuasia that have been known colloquially as the ‘New Guinea Whites’. These taxa have large, showy, usually totally white flowers. Naming of cultivated material of these plants has been hopelessly confused and generally based on ill-informed conjecture of horticulturalists attempting to match original descriptions to live plants without recourse to the types. Much of this confusion has centred on the definition of H. australis R. Br. ex Traill, (see Forster & Liddle 1991), Hoya albiflora (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl. and H. calycina Schltr. (e.g. Burton 1989). The existence of two undescribed taxa in the group has also added to the confusion. The present study is based both on live and herbarium specimens. Key to taxa of ‘New Guinea Whites’ Hoya 1. Flower campanulate; corolla not red under coronal lobes; corolla lobes triangular ...... ee 2 Flower akapaniilatesotate: cored ved ander doteiial Bbes! eaveia lobes IAHCCOTESOVATE: 0. One ley beet veins Sewn «Gye e toe eee oveg ter kh 3 2. Corolla 40-45 mm diameter; lobes horizontal or reflexed, 15-18 mm long ...... Br H. magnifica Corolla 20-25 mm deartietor’ Idlies iriflexed: Aly mm viows ...... H. albiflora 3. Staminal column elongated with staminal corona raised well above corolla ....... a again H. naumanii Staminal column not Siosinled: rae af veucettial ¢ corona Siaated more or less flush with corolla .. 2... 0... ee eae 4 Forster & Liddle, Hoya in Papuasia, 1-5 629 4. Corolla internally with dense puberulous indumentum of short white hairs; staminal corona lobes 1.2-3.5 mm long ........ .. H. australis Corolla internally glabrous or with only scattered puberulous indumentum of short white hairs; staminal corona lobes 3.4-4.8 mm long .. H. calycina Note: H. naumanii Schltr. 1s restricted to Bougainville and Solomon Islands and will be dealt with in detail in a later publication when recently collected material (June 1991) has been grown on and flowered. H. australis subsp. tenuipes (K. Hill) P. Forster & Liddle, the only subspecies of H. australis present in Papuasia, has been covered previously (Forster & Liddle 1991). 1. Hoya magnifica P. Forster & Liddle, sp. nov. a H. albiflora (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl. corolla 40-45 mm diametro eius lobis 15-18 mm longis reflexis vel horizontaliter portatis differt. Typus: Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Palenkwa, Golden Pines, 7°06’S, 146°35’E, 24 April 1969, H. Strelmann & A. Kaitro NGF39381 (holo: CANBI!; iso: A!, BO!, BRI, L!, LAE!; K 7...) Liane to several metres long, latex white. Stems cylindrical, with dense indumentum when young, becoming sparse with age; internodes up to 270 mm long and 5 mm diameter. Leaves petiolate, held erect or at angle of 10-20° from vertical; lamina elliptic- ovate to narrow-ovate, up to 190 mm long and 100 mm wide; upper surface with sparse indumentum, venation obscure; lower surface with dense indumentum, venation obscure; tip acute, shortly acuminate to somewhat apiculate; base cordate to rounded; petiole 14- 43 mm long, 2.3-2.5 mm diameter, with dense indumentum; colleters 4 at lamina base. Cymes racemiform, up to 90 mm long, held horizontally to pendulous; peduncles 9~10 mm long, 5-6 mm diameter, with dense indumentum; bracts triangular, 1.4-1.5 mm long, 1.2-1.3 mm wide, with sparse to dense indumentum. Flowers 10-15 mm long, 40-45 mm diameter; pedicels 20-50 mm long, 1.1-2.6 mm diameter, with dense indumentum, Sepals ‘lanceolate- ovate, 13-16 mm long, 7-10 mm wide, with dense indumentum externally; colleters 5 large and 5 small (minute) at base of each SINUS, each large colleter subulate, 2-3 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm diameter, with dense indumentum. Corolla campanulate, cream to white; tube 10-14 mm long, 22-25 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes triangular, held horizontally or reflexed, 15-18 mm long, 15-18 mm wide, glabrous. Staminal corona cream to white, 4-5 mm long, 10-16 mm diameter; each lobe 4.8-7.0 mm long, 4.0-4.5 mm high, 2. 84. Q mm wide at base and c. 0.5 mm wide at upper tip, outer edge rounded and upturned, inner tip lanceolate, not extending beyond style-head. Staminal column 4-7 mm long, 4.6-5.0 mm diameter: anther appendages lanceolate, 1.7-2.0 mm long, 1.3-1.7 mm wide; alar fissure 2.0-2.5 mm long. Style-head depressed- globose, 6.5-7.0 mm long, 4.5-5. QO mm diameter. Ovaries c. 4 mm long and 2 mm diameter, with sparse indumentum. Pollinartum 1.3-1.4 mm long, 1.2-1.3 mm wide; pollinia oblong, 1.12-1.15 mm long, 0.35-0.42 mm wide, with pellucid germination mouth on outer edge; corpusculum ovate, 0.8-0.9 mm long, 0,55-0.58 mm wide; caudicles 0.30-0.35 mm long, 0.13-0.14 mm wide, not winged. Fruit fusiform, c. 190 mm long and 12 mm diameter, glabrous. Seed not seen. Fig. 1. Specimens examined. Papua New Guinea, MOROBE PROVINCE: Moikisung — Manga track, c. 2 km above Moikisung, Huon Peninsula, 6°37’S, 147°38’E, Sep 1976, Clunie et al. LAE63319 (BRI,L,LAE); Mapos, Snake River, 6°55’S, 146°45’E, Mar 1971, Streimann & Kairo NGF25879 (BRLCANB,L,LAE); Bulolo - Watut Divide, Rd 46, 9 km SW of Bulolo, 7: 15S, 146°35’E, Dec 1980, Kairo 691 (A,L; K a.y.); Wantoat, Feb 1940, Clemens 11126 (A, BISH,BRI L): Patep, Mumeng, Mar 1979, Rau 482 (LAE). Cultivated. Lae Botanic Gardens (origin not stated), 1957, Millar NGF9213 (A, BRI); Arawa Plantation, Bougainville (origin not stated), Apr 1970, Millar & Vandenberg NGF48503 (BRI,LAE); Emerald Creek, Mareeba (ex Lukins Rubber Estate near Sogeri, Central Province, USDA354244), Apr 1990, Liddle IML76 (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Known with certainty only from the Morobe and Central Districts of Papua New Guinea (Map 1). Plants grow as hanes in lowland rainforests at altitudes of 650 -— 2000 m. Notes: This species has been confused with H. albiflora (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl. in cultivation. It is probably closely related to H. albiflora but is immediately distinguishable by the much larger flowers of which the corolla lobes are held horizontally or reflexed at anthesis, as opposed to the smaller flowers with corolla lobes inflexed at anthesis in the latter species. Etymology: The specific epithet alludes to the magnificent white flowers of this species. . atta ade ae MA BEM CC 8 tm a aa A GOAN A tat tach kn teetat cama DEAT Ott dd ttt td fet tatoo atte ede ais ie gy eee a nt an sti geen . . i RE i ea RE ty Ne eee eee eRe eee Ry En Ee PLB DE CTA oP ae TG TL LE FE de acd BO aa PgR eI nS Sate ARE en A PUN eee RENE « 630 : Austrobaileya 3(4); 1992 Fig. 1. Hoya magnifica: A. habit of flowering stem X 0.5. B. side view of flower X 0.5. C. face view of flower X 0.5. D. side view of staminal column and corona X 2.5. E. face view of staminal column and corona X 2.5. F., face view of calyx X 2.5. G. verticai cross-section of flower X 2.5. H. pollinarium (inverted) X 16. All from Liddle IML76. Del. D.J. Liddle. Forster & Liddle, Hoya in Papuasia, 1-5 631 2. Hoya albiflora (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl., Handi. Fl. Ned.-Ind. 2(2): 440 (1899); Pterostelma albiflora Zipp. ex Blume, Rumphia 4: 33, t. 188 (1849). Type: Nov. | ile [New Guinea], Zipp. [Zippelius| (holo: L! [898168-96, 898168-95, 898168- — 94)). Blume, Fl. Ned. Bat. 1: 513 (1856). Liane to several metres long, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 6 mm diameter, with Sparse indumentum when young, becoming sparse to glabrous with age; internodes up to 180 mm long. leaves petiolate; lamina elliptic, up to 180 mm long and 90 mm wide: upper surface glabrous, venation obscure; lower surface glabrous, secondary venation of 6-7 veins per side of midrib nearly obscure, tertiary venation obscure; tip acute to shortly acuminate; base cuneate, truncate or cordate; petiole 18-30 mm long, 1.4—-3.0 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered indumentum; colleters 4 at lamina base. Cymes racemiform, up to 70 mm long, held pendulously; peduncles 4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm diameter, with scattered to dense indumentum; bracts triangular to lanceolate-ovate, 0.8— 1.6 mm long, 0.6-1.0 mm wide, with scattered to dense indumentum. Flowers 15-18 mm long, 20-25 mm diameter; pedicels 25-50 mm long, 1.0-1.6 mm diameter, with scattered to dense indumentum. Sepals lanceolate-ovate, 13-15 mm long, 6-7 mm wide, with sparse to dense indumentum externally; colleters 5 at base of each sinus, each gland -subulate, 3-7 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, with sparse indumentum. Corolla campanulate, cream to white; tube 8-10 mm long, 15-17 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes triangular, inflexed, 7-!1 mm long, 5.5-12.0 mm wide, glabrous. Staminal corona cream to white, 4-5 mm long, 7-8 mm diameter; lobes 3-4 mm long, 4.5-5.0 mm high, 2.7-2.8 mm wide at outer edge, c. 0.5 mm at inner tip, outer edge upturned and sharply rounded, inner tip subulate and reflexed from style-head. Staminal column c. 4 mm long, 5.0-5.4 mm diameter; anther appendages lanceolate, obscuring style-head, 1.5-1.8 mm long, 0.9- 1.4 mm wide; alar fissure 1.5-2.5 mm long. Style-head depressed-globose, 1.8-2.0 mm diameter. Ovaries 2.6-3.0 mm long, 1.9-2.0 mm diameter, glabrous. Pollinarium 1.15- 1.20 mm long, 1.0-1.1 mm wide; pollinia oblong, 1.15-1.20 mm long, 0.44-0.45 mm wide, with pellucid germination mouth on outer edge; corpusculum ovate, 0.80-0.85 mm long, 0.32-0.50 mm wide; caudicles unwinged, 0.35-0.37 mm long, 0.12-0.13 mm wide. Fruits and seeds not seen. Fig. 2. Specimens examined, Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Patep III, 6°20’S, 146°45’E, Aug 1969, Adillar Eons fa (BRLL,CAE; K n.yv.). Cultivated. Emerald Creek, Mareeba (from unknown origin), Apr 1990, Liddle IML299 (BRI). | Distribution and habitat: H. a/biflora is known only from the Morobe Province in Papua New Guinea (Map 2) where it grows as a liane in rainforest. Notes: There are few collections of H. albiflora, either in herbaria or in cultivation. While there are several differently numbered clones of H. albiflora in cultivation, none have collection data, and all are probably from the same original plant. 3. Hoya calycina Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 125 (1913). Type: Papua New Guinea. MT BRI PROVINCE: Kani Geb., Mar 1908, R. Schlechter 17510 (holo: B (photo at BRI)). [Hova albiflora auct., non (Zipp. ex Blume) Boerl.: Burton, Hoyan 11(2): 57-58 (1989)]. Liane to several metres long, latex white. Stems cylindrical, up to 6 mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered to dense indumentum when young, becoming corky with age; internodes up to 160 mm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina elliptic to elliptic-ovate, up to 170 mm long and 90 mm wide; upper surface glabrous or with scattered indumentum, venation obscure; lower surface glabrous or with scattered to dense velutinous indu- mentum, venation obscure; tip acute, acuminate, or apiculate: base rounded, cuneate, or slightly cordate; petiole 12-30 mm long, 1.5-—3.5 mm diameter, with scattered to dense indumentum; colleters 4 at lamina base. Cymes racemiform, up to 70 mm long; peduncles 6-25 mm long, 3~7 mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered to dense indumentum; bracts triangular to lanceolate, 0.8-1.0 mm long, 0.5-1.0 mm wide. Flowers 9-10 mm long, 18-28 mm diameter; pedicels 24-44 mm long, 1.6-2.0 mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered to dense indumentum. Sepals lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, 2.8-5.0 mm 632 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Fig, 2. Hoya albiflora: A. habit of flowering stem X 0.5. B. face view of flower X 0.5. C. side view of staminal column and corona X 3. D. face view of staminal column and corona x 3. E. face view of calyx X 0.75. F. vertical cross-section of flower X 3. G. pollinarlum (inverted) X 8. All from Liddle IML299. Del. D.J. Liddle. Forster & Liddle, Hova in Papuasia, 1-5 633 long, 1.2-3.0 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered to dense indumentum; base of each sinus with an irregular glandular ridge. Corolla campanulate-rotate, cream to white, red to purple under coronal lobes and around gynostegium; tube 3.0-5.4 mm long, 8-14 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes lanceolate-ovate, 7-13 mm long, 4-9 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered to sparse indumentum on the edges and externally. Staminal corona 4.0-4.3 mm long, 7-13 mm diameter; lobes 3.4-4.8 mm long, 4.0-4.3 mm high, 1.8- 2.5 mm wide. Staminal column 3.6-4.0 mm long, 2.5—-3.5 mm diameter; anther appen- dages lanceolate, 1.6-—2.0 mm long, 1.7-1.8 mm wide; alar fissure 1.3—2.0 mm long. Style- head depressed-globose, 1.5-1.9 mm diameter. Ovaries 2.3-2.4 mm long, 1.8-1.9 mm wide, glabrous. Pollinarium c. 1.1 mm long, 0.85-0.90 mm wide; pollinia oblong, 1.05- 1.10 mm long, 0.35-0.40 mm wide, with pellucid germination mouth on outer edge; corpusculum ovate, 0.60-0.65 mm long, 0.35-0.40 mm wide; caudicles unwinged, 0.25- 0.30 mm long, 0.06—0.07 mm wide. Fruit and seed not seen. Fig. 3. Notes: H. calycina is a distinctive species that has been confused with H. australis and H. albiflora, mainly because of its superficially similar flowers. It differs most markedly ‘from H. australis in the more-or-less internally glabrous corolla and the much larger staminal corona and from H. albiflora in the rotate corolla. Like H. australis, H. calycina * variable in terms of indumentum and two subspecies can be recognised on this character, Key to subspecies of Hoya calycina 1. Lamina with dense velutinous indumentum below, calyx and corolla with sparse to dense indumentum externally ................ subsp. calycina Lamina glabrous or with scattered indumentum below, calyx and corolla glabrous or with scattered indumentum externally ...... subsp. glabrifolia 3a. Hoya calycina subsp. calycina Lamina with dense velutinous indumentum below. Calyx and corolla with sparse to dense indumentum externally. Specimens examined. Papua New Guinea, NEw IRELAND: Wanup near Lossuk, 2°45’S, 151°04’E, Jan 1967, Coode et al. NGF29625 (L). MOROBE PROVINCE: S of Boana, 6°30/S, 146°50’E, Feb 1977, Conn et al. 86 (K,L); Patep Creek, 6°35’S, 146°25’E, May 1959, Millar NGF9967 (A,BRI,CANB,LAE), Zenag, 7°00’S, 146°35’E, Jul 1968, Millar NGF12115 (A,BRIL.CANB,L,LAE); Kwatmengu, Aseki Patrol Area, Apr 1966, Craven & Schodde 1459 (A,L,LAE). SOUTHERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Mt Bosavi, northern side, N of the Mission Station, 6°26/S, 142°50'E, Oct 1973, Jacobs 9496 (L,LAE). NORTHERN PROVINCE: c. 2 km W of Popondetta along road near airstrip, Jui 1953, Hoogland 3379 (A,BM,BRI,CANB,K,L,LAE). MILNE BAY PROVINCE: SW of Nowata airstrip, 9°59’S, 149°44’E, Jul 1969, Kanis 1104 (CANB,LAE). Cultivated. Emerald Creek, Mareeba (ex plant collected MOoOROBE PROVINCE: Patep II Village, [USDA354236]), Apr 1990, Liddle IML201 (BRD. Distribution and habitat: Widespread in Papua New Guinea (Map 3). Plants grow in rainforest at altitudes of 20-1400 m. 3b. Hoya calycina subsp. glabrifolia P. Forster & Liddle subsp. noy., a H. calycina Schltr. subsp. calycina lamina foliorum glabra vel infra pilis dispersis praedita, calyce corollaque glabra vel extus pilis non nisi sejunctis praedita differt. Typus: Irian Jaya. 4 km SW of Bernhard Camp, Idenburg River, Mar 1939, L.J. Brass 13465 (holo: BRI}; iso: A!, BO!, L!). Lamina glabrous or with scattered indumentum below; calyx and corolla glabrous or with scattered indumentum externally. Specimens examined. Papua New Guinea. WESTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Jimmi Valley, near Karap, Jun 1955, Womersley & Millar NGF7648 (BRI,LAE). EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Kassam, Nov 1959, Brass 32470 (LAE). MOROBE PROVINCE: Bupu Village, Wampit, 6°50/S, 146°55/E, Jul 1967, Millar NGF22936 (BRI,L,LAB). CENTRAL PROVINCE: Isuarava, 9°00’S, 147°44’E, Mar 1936, Carr 16107 (BM,CANB,L,NY,SING; EK #.1.). Distribution and habitat: Widespread but rarely collected in Papua New Guinea (Map 4). Plants grow as lianes in rainforest at altitudes of 1500-1900 m. 634 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Fig. 3. Hoya calycina subsp. calycina: A. habit of flowering stem x 0.5. B. face view of flower X 12.5. C. side view of stamina! column and corona X 3. D. face view of calyx X 3. E. vertical cross-section of flower X 3. F. pollinarium (inverted) X 28. All from Liddle IML201. Del. D.J. Liddle. Forster & Liddle, Hoya in Papuasia, 1-5 635 2. Typification and synonymy of Hoya pottsti Traill Hoya pottsii Traill, Trans. Hort. Soc. 7: 25 (1827). Type: based on plant in cultivation. (lecto (here designated): Traill, Trans. Hort. Soc. 7: 25. fig 1 (1827)). Hoya nicholsoniae F. Muell., Fragm. 5: 159 (1866). [October, not specified to day], synon. noy. Type: ‘In arboribus ad sinum litoreum Rockingham’s Bay, Dallachy (holo: MEL 72.¥.). Hoya hellwigiana Warb. in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. Reg. Veg. 3: 342 (1907). synon. nov. Type: ‘Kaiser Wilhelms-Land: Bussum bei Finschhafen’, O. Warburg 21313 (holo: B n.v., destroyed). Hoya sogerensis S. Moore, J. Bot. 52: 293 (1911). synon. nov. Type: Papua New Guinea. CENTRAL PROVINCE: River side Sogere, 1885-6, H.O. Forbes 691 (holo: BM!}). Additional selected specimens, Celebes, Sulawesi Selatan, Soroako, S. shore of Lake Matano, de Vogel 5793 (BRI). Irian Jaya. Sorong, Roefei River N of the town, Mar 1954, van Royen 3007 (L); Mamberamo, Oct 1914, Feurlletau de Bruyn 130 (BO,L); Rouffaer River, Aug 1926, Docters vy. Leeuwen 10122 (BO,L,SING; K u.¥.); Waigeo Is, Lupintol Village on SW coast of Majalibit Bay, Feb 1955, van Royen 5483 (L); Mairipi, near Andai, SW of Manokwari, Nov 1961, Vink BW12104 (L). Papua New Guinea. EAsT SEPIK PROVINCE: Ramu fluB, Tappenbeck 37 (WRSL). Distribution and habitat: Widely distributed in Celebes, New Guinea and Australia (Forster & Liddle 1990). Notes: Since the publication of our account of H. nicholsoniae F. Muell. (Forster & Liddle 1990), we have been able to examine a much greater range of material, particularly from L, that is referrable to this taxon. From this it is clear that H. nicholsoniae F. Muell., AH. hellwigiana Warb. and H. sogerensis 8. Moore are all conspecific, based on the examination of type collections, original descriptions and collections from the areas where these taxa originated. However, it 1s evident that H. pottsii Traill 1s also conspecific with these taxa as suggested by Burton (1983) and hence, due to priority, its name is the correct one to be used for the aggregate taxon. H. pottsii has been newly named in most geographic regions where it has been collected, and although there is wide variation in flower colour and to some extent leaf size and shape, which are both dependent on environment (Forster & Liddle 1990), there are no valid reasons for upholding any of the later names. The status of H. samoensis Seem. described from Samoa, H. neocaledonica Schltr. described from New Caledonia, H. neoebudica Guill. described from Vanuatu and H. cominsii Hemsley, described from Solomon Islands, with respect to H. pottsii is unclear at this stage. We have examined a wide range of collections from these areas (holdings at BSIP, P and NOU) and recently collected (June 1991) a range of material from Solomon Islands of A. cominsii, however, further comparisons with H. pottsii from Australia and New Guinea must wait until this recent material has been grown and flowered under similar conditions. Typification of H. pottsii is critical to the application of the name and this species was named somewhat informally by Traill (1827). There appears to be no specimen at K that could be unequivocally considered as a type for H. pottsii. However, there is a flowering specimen at K labelled ‘Hoya Pottsii Traill. Hort Glasg. bot. Mag. t. 3425’ that may possibly represent the cultivated material illustrated both by Traill and by Hooker (1835). This plant may well have persisted 1n cultivation at K for a considerable time as there is a further flowering collection of 2 sheets labelled [in part] ‘Hoya pottsi Trail native in China... EN464-63 Sir George Taylor H2855/86 .. .’. While the geographic origin of both these cultivated collections 1s problematic, it is unlikely that they came from China [Macao], the reputed origin for H. pottsii (Traill 1827; Hooker 1835), and both are conspecific with the Australian and Papuasian material. While of dubious status as types of H. pottsii, both specimens lend credence to our application of the name H. potisii to the taxa treated as conspecific in this paper. In the absence of an unequivocal type specimen for H. potisii, we have selected as lectotype, the plate published by Traill (1827) which agrees perfectly with the taxon we apphed the name to. shone SMO SOM EM ae dh a cata 636 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 150°E O 130 E 150°E Maps 1-2. Distribution of Hoya spp. i. H. magnifica. 2. H. albiflora. eTEPRTCCCCCTOT ICCC CTCL LCL LTE aT aS LAL Raat un ie sian ako hohe eee me HE te A ee A tate Wi tet nen eC cmmcce wer mceR I Mca tect A Motel fe ARN at RN ES Re a ea RS att emt EH Rta Ht ta IN w 8 ne aM aN a he a A ma gta ye am St Nt hi EEA! it ! A tat le end eK wn ent Poni ocr Forster & Liddle, Hoya in Papuasia, 1-5 150°E 150°E f Maps 3-4. Distribution of Hoya calycina. 3. H. calycina subsp. calycina. 4. H. calycina subsp. glabrifolia. 637 FN eee RN EN Sets aR RCE Sg seonmm costae renee vee MS ANE SOS NR ee na oe nee a it Wad tao cta gs sertt 638 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 No type material of H. hellwigiana Warb. has been located; however, we have found the collection Tappenbeck 37 that was cited by Schlechter (1913) in his account of this species. Given that Schlechter would have surely seen the type of H. hellwigiana, it seems reasonable to allocate this name to synonymy based on this collection and the original description. 3. Typification and synonymy of Hoya anulata Schltr. Hoya anulata Schitr. in Schumann & Lauterb., Nachtrage Fl. Schutzgeb. Stidsee 362 (1905). Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Auf Baéumen am oberen Nuru, auf dem Wege vom Ramu zur Kiste, 4 February 1902, R. Schlechter 14185 (holo: BI). Schlitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 118 (1913). Hoya schlechteriana 8. Moore, Trans. Linn. Soc. 9: 112 (1916), synon. nov. Type: Irian Jaya. Camps III-VI, 1912-13, Utakwa River to Mt Carstensz, C_B. Kloss (holo: BM!). Hoya poole: C. White & Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 39: 69, fig. 13 (1928), synon. noy. Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Joangey, South eastern end of Finnisterre Range, December 1923, CLE. Lane-Poole 566 (holo: BRII!; iso: K!). Hoya pseudolittoralis Norman, Brittonia 2: 328 (1937), synon. nov. Type: Papua New Guinea. WESTERN PROVINCE: Dagwa, Oriomo River, Feb-March 1934, L./. Brass 5990 (holo: NY n.yv.; iso: A!, BM (photo at BRI), BO!, BRI). Hoya alata K. Hill, Telopea 3: 249 (1988), synon. noy. Type: Australia, Queensland. Cook District: Pascoe River rockpile, B. Wallace 83250 (holo: NSW, 2.y7.). Hoya sp., Jones & Gray, Austral. Climbing PI. Fig. 126 (1977). [Hoya gracilipes aact. non Schltr.: Jones & Gray, Climbing Pl. Austral. 242 (1988)]. Forster & Liddle, Austrobaileya 3: 228-230 (1990). Additional specimens examined. Irian Jaya. Orob River, Feb 1913, Pulle 1202 (BO,L). Papua New Guinea. WESTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Baiyer River, Nov 1954, Womiersiey & Floyd NGF6809 (LAE). MOROBE PROVINCE: 4 miles [6.7 km] NE of Boana, near Guambot, 6°30’S, 146°50’E, Mar 1977, Conn et al. 70 (CANB,K,LAE); Boana, Jul 1938, Clemens 8480 (A,B,L); ditto, May-Nov 1940, Clemens 41725 (A,BRI); Bupu Village above Wampit River, Mar 1964, Afi/lar NGF23296 (A, BRI,;CANB,L,LAE); Ekwap, Wantoat, Aug 1968, Avi/lar NGF12130 (L,LAE); Wantoat, Jun 1957, White NGF9523 (LAE); Patep, Mar 1959, Millar NGF9904 (BRI), Wareo, Jan 1936, Clemens {$21 (A); Finnisterre Range, Ekwap, near Wantoat, Aug 1968, Philipson 3305 (A,L); Zenag, 7°00’S, 146°35’E, May 1969, Avi/iar NGF40862 (LAE). GuLF PROVINCE: near Iori Village, Ihu, Apr 1971, Stone 10143 (L,LAE). Australia. Queensland, Cook District: Garraway Creek rockpiles, Apr 1988, Forster 4234 & Liddle (BRI); South Pap, Tozers Gap, Jul 1991, Forster 9079 (BRI). Notes: Examination of the type specimen of H. anulata Schltr. has found it to be conspecific with H. pseudolittoralis Norman (Forster & Liddle 1990). H. anulata is widely distributed in New Guinea, but has only been found in the Tozer Range area of Queensland. Of importance with respect to the synonymy for this taxon, is H. poolei C.White & Francis which was applied by Liddle (1986) to the Australian material. Both the BRI holotype and the K isotype of H. poolei lack flowers; however, the foliage is a good match for those of H. anulata (based on the range of specimens examined) and the flowers figured by White and Francis (1928) agree with those of this taxon. Isotype specimens of Hf. alata K. Hill have yet to be examined, despite repeated requests to NSW for their distribution. 4, Typification and synonymy of Hoya reveluta Wight ex J.D. Hook. Hoya revoluta Wight ex J.D. Hook., Fl. Brit. India 4: 55 (1883). Type: Malaysia. Malacca, LO eects 1867, A.C. Maingay 1127 (ecto: K!, fide Rintz, Malay. Nat. J. 30: 486 (1978)). Hoya inconspicua Hemsley, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1894: 213 (1894), synon. nov. Type: Solomon Islands, Officers of H.M.S. Penguin (holo: K!). Forster & Liddle, Hoya in Papuasia, 1—5 639 Hoya litoralis Schltr. in Schumann & Lauterb., Nachtrage Fl. Schutzgeb. Stidsee 363 (1905), synon. nov. Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Auf Baumen am Strande von Potsdam Hafen, 16 October 1901, R. Schlechter 13675 (holo: B (photo at BRI')). Forster & Liddle, Austrobaileya 3: 228-229 (1990). Hoya dodecatheiflora Fosb., Lioydia 3: 118 (1940), synon. nov. Type: Solomon Islands. TEMOTU PROVINCE: Santa Cruz Islands, Vanikoro, Tevia Bay, 6 May 1933, Stewart (holo: BISH n.y.). Additional selected specimens, Malaysia. JOHORE: between G. Blumut & G. Bechua, May 1923, Holttum 10844 (K); Bukit Paloh Estate, Apr 1958, Shah & Kadim 390 (K,L)}; Kg. Hubang Development Area, 100 m. s. Endau Road, Jul 1959, Burkill 1904 (L). SELANGOR: Sg, Buloh, R.R.LE.E. Forest Reserve, Nov 1956, Burkill & Shah 1066 (K,L). Indonesia. Sumatera. Vicinity of Ack Mocute (Aer Moette} Asahan, NE of Tomoean Dolok & W of Salabat, Jul 1936, Boeea 9335 (L); Mt Sago near Pajakumbuh, Jun 1956, Meijer 5099 (L). Borneo. Central Kutei, Belajan R., near Kembang Dyangut, May 1955, Kostermans 10692 (L); West Kutei, Mt Palimasan near Tabang on Belajan River, Sep 1956, Kostermans 12751 (L). Irian Jaya. East bank of Merauke River, 8 of Senajo, Aug 1954, van Royen 4668 (A,CANB,L),; Merauke River, West bank between Djedjoerah & Eramboe, Aug 1954, van Royen 4812 (CANB,L). Papua New Guinea. WEST NEw BRITAIN: Nantambu, Feb 1971, Lelean & Stevens LAES1180 (L,LAE). WESTERN PROVINCE: c. 8 miles a km] S of Morehead Patrol Post, Trans-Fly area, Aug 1967, Paijmans 291 (CANB); Weam, Jul 1967, Ridsdale NGF33505 (BO,CANB,L,LAE; K 7.¥.). Solomon Islands. GUADALCANAL PROVINCE: Mt Austen area, Jun 1991, Forster 8608, 8612 & Liddle (BRI); NW of Tinomeat Village, Goldridge area, Jun 1991, Forster 8722 & Liddle (BRI,K); NW Guadalcanal, Mataniko’o River, Nov 1967, Nakisi et al. BSIP8246 (BSIP,K,L). MALAITA PROVINCE: Malaita, Are-are dist., Moka village, Nov 1965, Hunt 3080 (K), MAKIRA PROVINCE: San Cristobal, Kira Kira, Aug 1932, Brass 2761 (A,L). TEMOTU PROVINCE Santa Cruz Group, Vanikoro Island, Dec 1928, Kajewski (K); Luendambu area, Tomotu Noi, Apr 1972, Powell BSIP19500 (BISH,BSIP,CANB,L). Notes: Like H. pottsii, H. revoluta has a very wide geographic distribution from Malaysia (Rintz 1978), through Malesia to New Guinea, Solomon Islands and northern Queensland. Once again, this species has been formally renamed in various geographic regions of its occurrence, e.g. H. inconspicua Hemsley (Hemsley 1894) and H. dodecatheiflora Fosb. (Fosberg 1940) from Solomon Islands and H. /itoralis Schltr. from New Guinea (Schlechter 1905). The type of H. inconspicua is notable for its very long leaves and the type of H. dodecatheiflora, as illustrated by Fosberg (1940), for a more raised style-head in relation to the anthers than is typical in H. revo/uta from Malesia. Examination of many flowering plants in Solomon Islands shows that there are plants with both long and short leaves. Hence this character 1s unreliable for species distinction. Some plants have raised style- heads whereas others did not. However, there are numerous intermediates and this character is also unreliable for distinguishing species. Hence there is no justification for recognition of these taxa at specific rank distinct from H. revoluta s. lat. However, further fieldwork and cultivation under uniform conditions of plants of known origin from throughout the range of H. revoluta, may well produce data that justifies an infraspecific taxonomy based on vegetative characters, similar to that proposed for H. australis (Forster & Liddle 1991). _ H. revoluta appears to be a commonly collected species that occurs in lowland riverine and coastal situations throughout its geographic range. 5. Typification and synonymy of Hoya sussuela (Roxb.) Merr. Hoya sussuela (Roxb.) Merr., Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboinense 438 (1917); Asclepias “Her (19503 Fl. Ind. ed. 2, 2: 31 (1832). Type: Rumph., Herb. Amboinense 5: t. 172 (1750). Hoya corona ariadnes Blume, Rumphia 4: 31 (1849). Type: Rumphia 4: t. 182, 185 (lecto: fide Merrill, Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboinense 439 (1917)). Hoya speciosa Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 634 (1844). Type: Amboina, La Billardiere (holo: ?P n.v., fide Merrill, Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboinense 439 (1917)). Hoya ariadna Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 635 (1844). Type: Rumph., Herb. Amb. 5: t. 172 (1750) (lecto: fide Merrill, Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amboinense 439 (1917)). Hoya coronaria var. papuana Bailey, Queensl. Agric. J. 3: 156 (1898), synon. nov. Type: Papua New Guinea: Foot of Mt Trafalgar, F.A4. Bailey (holo: BRI [AQ360787!)). Sa se te aN a a ee encom fa AEM atc tft tg ME A EM eh an ne a 640 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Hoya hollrungii Warb., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni. Veg. 3: 342 (1907), synon. noy. Type: Papua New Guinea. WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: Augusta Station, 1887, M. Hollrung (holo: Bf; iso: MEL 1520112!; K n.y.). Hoya sp., Liddle, Hoya in Australia 26, 28-33 (1986); Jones & Gray, Climbing PI. Austral. 237, 252 (1988). [Hoya rubida auct. non Schitr.: Jones & Gray, Austral. Climbing Pl. 126-127 (1977)]. [Hoya an auct. non Schumann: P. Forster & Liddle, Austrobaileya 3: 220 (1990)] Additional specimens examined. Malesia, Amboina, Jul-Nov 1913, Robinson 90 (L; K 7.¥.); South Celebes, Danau Towuti, Timampu, Nuha, Luwu, Apr 1984, Ramilanto 168 (L; K n.y.). Notes: H. sussuela has had a chequered taxonomic history; however, the analysis of Merrill (1917) is relatively unambiguous and his synonymy is followed here. Paramount to the identification of the common taxon that occurs in far northern Queensland and New Guinea now recognised as H. sussuela, 1s the interpretation of plates, 182 and 185 of Blume (1848) and 172 of Rumphius (1750), all of which are based on plants from the Moluccas to the west of Irian Jaya. Table 172 of Rumphius is not particularly helpful, apart from depicting a plant of section Eriostemma Schltr. Blume’s Table 182, by comparison, is well executed and the plant depicted is conspecific with this taxon common in New Guinea and Australia. Blume’s Table 185 depicts only fruit and seed. C.B. Robinson in 1913, attempted to recollect those taxa depicted by Rumphius (Merrill 1917), and his collection No. 90 from Amboina is conspecific both with the plants illustrated in Blume’s plates cited and the taxon common in New Guinea and Australia. The original type citation for A. hollrungii requires the collection Hollrung 661. The K sheet, which we have not seen, has this number, and although the MEL sheet does not have this number, in all other respects the label data is in agreement with the original citation, and the specimen agrees with the original description. Also we have located the specimen Schlechter 14297 (WRSL) which was cited by Schlechter (1905) in his account of HW. hollrungii and this is conspecific with the taxon delimited here. In retrospect, we believe that the name AH. lauterbachii Schumann has been misapplied both to H. sussuela in Australia and New Guinea and A. gigas Schltr. from New Guinea (Forster & Liddle 1990). The plate of H. /auterbachii in Schumann (1905) depicts a plant with more flattened campanulate corollas, long thin pedicels and a sharper angled staminal corona than the plants under consideration here. H. gigas has markedly larger flowers (50-70 mm diameter) with more widely spaced coronal lobes. As yet we have not seen either herbarium or live material that quite matches Schumann’s plant and its identity remains uncertain. We still have not found any authentic type material of H. neoguineensis Engler, which as mentioned previously (Forster & Liddle 1990), may also be referable here. In the absence of such material this name should still be regarded as of uncertain application. As outlined previously, H. sussuela is very variable in flower size and colour (Forster & Liddle 1990), and in the herbaria cited, collections of this taxon account for nearly one third of all the holdings of Hoya material. Acknowledgements B. Leuenberger (B) provided a listing of extant Hoya types at B and answered various queries on the existence of specimens. The Directors/Managers of the herbaria A, B, BO, BM, BRI, BSIP, CANB, K, L, LAE, MEL, MICH, NOU, NY, P, US and WRSL allowed access to collections either at their institutions or on loan. The latin diagnoses were translated by L. Pedley. G. Leach (DNA) while Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, U.K., located and photographed various specimens in K and BM. G. Dennis, Honiara, gave freely of his field knowledge of Hoya in Solomon Islands. Some spirited discussions on various aspects of this work were held with Hoya devotees Ted Green of Hawaii and Chris Burton of Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A. An anonymous referee kindly drew our attention to duplicates of various collections held at K. The Australian Biological Resources Study provided funding to P.I. Forster during 1988- 1990. We gratefully acknowledge this assistance. Forster & Liddle, Hova in Papuasia, 1-5 641 References BLUME, C.L. (1849). Rumphia. 4: 31. Amsterdam: J.G. Sulpke. BURTON, C.M. (1983). Hova pottsitt recap. Hovan 5; 2. BURTON, C.M. (1989). New determination. Hoyan 11: 57-58. FORSTER, P.I. & LIDDLE, D.J. (1990). Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in Australia - an alternative classification. Austrobaileya 3: 217-234, FORSTER, P.L. & LIDDLE, D.J. (1991). Variation in Hoya australis R.Br. ex Traill (Asclepiadaceae). Austrobaileva 3: 503-521. FOSBERG, F.R. (1940). Melanesian vascular plants. Liovdia 3: 109-124 (1940). HEMSLEY, W.B. (1894). Flora of the Solomon Islands. Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information 1894: 211-215. HEWSON, H.J. (1988). Plant Indumentum. A Handbook of Terminology. Australian Flora & Fauna Series No. 9. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. HOOKER, W.J. (1835). Hoya pottsii. Mr. Potts’s Hoya. Curtis’ Botanical Afagazine 62: 1. 3425. KUNZE, H. (1990). Morphology and evolution of the corona in Asclepiadaceae and related families. Tropisciie und subtropische Pflanzenwelt 76: 1-51. LIDDLE, D.J. (1986). Preliminary observations on Hoya and Dischidia (Asclepiadaceae) in Australia. In P.I. Forster (ed.), Hova in Australia, pp. 2-37. Brisbane: Queensland Succulent Society. MERRILL, E.D. (1917). An interpretation of Rumphius’s Herbarium Amboinense. Manila: Bureau of Printing. MOORE, S. (1916). Asclepiadeae. In H.N, Ridley, Report on the botany of the Wollaston Expedition to Dutch New Guinea, 1912-1913. Transactions of the Linnean Society 9: 112-116. RINTZ, ete (1978). The peninsular Malaysian species of Hoya (Asclepiadaceae). Afalaysian Nature Journal 30: 4 2. RUMPHIUS, G.E. (1750). Herbarium Amboinense. Vol. 5. Amsterdam: F. Changuton, J. Catuffle, H. Uytwerrf. SCHLECHTER, R. (1905). Asclepiadaceae. In K. Schumann & K. Lauterbach, Nachtrage zur Fiora der Deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Stidsee. Leipzig: Gebruder Borntrager. SCHLECHTER, R. (1913). Die Asclepiadaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbticher fiir Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 50: 81-164. srabenlicea hy K. (1896). Hova lauterbachii K. Sch., eime neue Wachsblume. Afonatsschrift fiir Kakteenkunde 6(1). 7 TRAILL, J. (1827). Accounts and descriptions of the several plants belonging to the genus Hoya, which are cultivated in the garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick. Transactions of the Horticultural Society 7: 16-30. WHITE, C.T. & FRANCIS, W.D. (1928). Plants collected in the Mandated Territory of New Guinea. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 39: 61-70 (1928). Accepted for publication 2 December 199] to to ms oe AA Wht MN A ul A ta tinier a YS AA NSE AI Ak NG Ad St PO i St Austrobaileya 3(4): 643-659 (1992) 643 THE GENUS LEPTOSPERMUM (MYRTACEAE) IN NORTHERN AU A.R. Bean Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service, Box 5391, Townsville, Qld 4810, Australia Summary An annotated list of the 31 Leptospermum species accepted for northern Australia and Malesia is provided. L. madidum A. Bean replaces the iHegitimate name L. longifolium (C. White & Francis) S.T. Blake. Two new species, L. pallidum and L. venustum, and one new subspecies, LZ. madidum subsp. sativum, are described. L. amboinense Blume is reinstated at species level, and L. peftersoniit subsp. lanceolatum J. Thompson is synonymised with it. A multi-access key and a dichotomous key to the 31 species are provided. Significant distributional data additional to Thompson’s revision are given. Introduction | Leptospermum is characterised within the family Myrtaceae by its flowers with a single whorl of free stamens which are shorter than the petals, its versatile anthers, capsular fruits and alternate leaves. A revision of the genus Leptospermum was recently published by Joy Thompson (Thompson 1989), which elucidated many matters of concern to taxonomists and provided a basis for further research. Readers are referred to that publication for descriptions and full synonymy of species not treated in this paper. The purpose of this paper is twofold: (a) to describe two new species from Queensland, and one new subspecies from Northern Territory and Western Australia, and (b) to deal with taxonomic problems which remain in two northern Australian and Malesian species groups, 1.e. the informal L. brachyandrum and L. petersonii subgroups of Thompson (1989), in particular the circumscriptions of L. parviflorum Valeton and L. javanicum Blume. L. parviflorum sensu Thompson and L. javanicum sensu Thompson are hetero- geneous. Thompson’s concept of L. parviflorum includes all rheophytic Leptospermum species from New Guinea and far northern Australia. However, typical L. parviflorum from New Guinea is quite different from the Australian taxon. L. parviflorum s. str. has leaves which are dark green above, densely pubescent below, with strongly recurved margins on dried material; the floral hypanthia are densely pubescent, and stem flanges are present and conspicuous. The Australian material has leaves which are pale green, concolourous, glabrous to sparsely pubescent, margins not recurved, floral hypanthia sparsely pubescent, and stem flanges absent. This taxon has been known as L. longifolium (C. White & Francis) §.T. Blake but that name is illegitimate and is replaced here by L. madidum A. Bean. Populations of L. madidum from Northern Territory and Western Australia have much narrower leaves and smaller fruits than those on other populations and have been separated as a subspecies, L. madidum subsp. sativum A. Bean. Thompson has applied the name L. javanicum to all woody-fruited Malesian Leptospermum species except the Mt Kinabalu population of ZL. recurvum Hook. The type of L. javanicum has broad obovate discolourous leaves, pubescent floral hypanthia and fruits measuring 4-5 X 6-7 mm. While many specimens do match this description, it is clear that many presently identified as L. javanicum do not, and that they represent a distinct taxon, differing clearly from L. javanicum by its narrower lanceolate leaves (concolourous or nearly so), mostly glabrous floral hypanthia and fruits measuring 3-4 X 4.0-5.5 mm. The type of L. amboinense Blume belongs in this taxon so that name is reinstated here for it. : L. amboinense is widespread in Malesia, even more so than L. javanicum, and also extends to north Queensland. While these two species are clearly in the same Pere cere ener te et enter ny UES RES eset eceegelcsgectmemncl moomitivaatia ee + 644 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 subgroup, L. amboinense is most closely related to L. petersonii Bailey and is identical with L. petersonii subsp. /anceolatum J. Thompson. In view of the altered circumscription of L. javanicum and L. parviflorum accepted here, these species are described fully in the text, as are the reinstated species L. amboinense and L. madidum. In the annotated species list provided, species are arranged in natural order as perceived by the present author. This is similar to a subset of that used by Thompson (1989), particularly in the placement of major groups. However I have changed the position of some species. For example, L. /amellatum is placed next to L. trinervium on the basis of its brown, papery bark and seeds with small lateral wings. L. /iversidgei is removed from the Z. petersonil subgroup because it appears to have little in common with that group; for example, it lacks stem flanges, its sepals possess very few hairs, and the bark is grey and scaly. In contrast, the species in the L. petersonii subgroup have prominent stem flanges, their sepals possess hairs on the margins and apex, and the bark is brown and fibrous. For the purposes of this paper, northern Australia is defined as including Queens- land, Northern Territory and that part of Western Australia which hes north of the 26th parallel. Malesia 1s the area defined for the Flora Malesiana project (van Steenis-Kruseman 1950), and includes the Malay peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Philippines, Sulawesi, Moluccas and New Guinea. The genus Leptosper mum does extend slightly beyond Malesia into southern Burma (Corner 1940). Diagnostic Attributes Two characters useful in the identification of Leptospermum species, the presence/ absence of stem flanges and seed morphology, are worthy of brief review. Stem flanges One of the most diagnostic of vegetative characters in Leptospermum 1s the presence or absence of stem flanges. This term was introduced by Thompson (1989) and refers to the raised ridges of tissue on the branchlets of many Leptospermum species, extending from the base of each leaf (Fig 1A.). Stem flanges had been noted previously, as ‘angular’ or ‘triangular’ twigs for L. javanicum (Corner 1940; Backer & Bakhuizen Van Den Brink 1963; van Steenis 1972), and for L. wooroonooran (Bailey 1900). Stem flanges are consistently either present or absent for a given species, and when present they are readily visible with a hand lens. In L. sericatum, the flanges are present but poorly developed. Stem flanges are not confined to the genus Leptospermum. Of the genera in the Lepfospermum suballiance of Briggs and Johnson (1979), stem flanges are present in Homalospermum and Pericalymma (both monotypic genera), they are con- sistently absent in Neofabricia and Asteromyrtus, while in Agonis and Kunzea stem flanges are present in some species but not others e.g. they are prominent in Kunzea graniticola Byrnes but absent in K. opposita F. Muell. Seed morphology The seeds of most of the northern Leptospermum species have been examined in the present study. In most cases, seeds were collected from plants in their natural habitat, rather than from herbarium specimens. Thus, seed maturity could be properly assessed. Leptospermum species can be placed into two broad groups according to the characteristic of their seeds. 1. Fertile and infertile seeds are identical in appearance, being linear and striate. Germination tests have revealed that each seedlot comprises a mixture of fertile seeds and unfertilised ‘chaff. In this group are all the “woody-fruited’ species e.g. L. polygalifolium, and also L. pallidum. 2. Seeds and chaff are usually readily distinguishable, the seeds being obovoid to cuneate with a reticulate surface, and the chaff narrower and paler. This group comprises the ‘soft-fruited’ species, and the seed characters are heterogeneous. Seeds of L. venustum and L. semibaccatum are dark brown, conspicuously reticulate, and only twice as long as wide. L. microcarpum seeds are quite black, while seeds of L. trinervium have rows of extended cells forming small lateral wings. Bean, Leptospermum 645 The Species 1. Leptospermum pallidum A. Bean sp. nov. affinis L. madido A. Bean a quo cortice aspera, pedicellis longioribus, fructibus majoribus 5-valvibus, seminibus linearibus, habitatione in summis collium differt. Typus: Marble Creek mesa, SE of Greenvale, 19°07’S, 145°04E, 20 April 1991, A.R. Bean 2949 (holo: BRI, iso: CANB,K, MEL,NSW). Spreading shrub to 3 metres high; bark rough, grey, longitudinally fissured, closely adhering, persistent throughout; branchlets virtually glabrous, stem flanges absent. Leaves alternate, sessile or with petioles up to 2 mm long, concolourous, pale yellowish-green, narrow-lanceolate, 35-52 X 5-9 mm, more or less triplinerved, oil glands numerous, conspicuous; leaf base cuneate, apex acute to acuminate; young leaves with sparse long hairs on underside, glabrescent. Inflorescence comprising bracteolate monads on con- densed axillary shoots, 2-3 flowers on each shoot, often appearing to arise directly from leaf axils; floral bracts and bracteoles shed in early stages of bud development. Flowers 10-15 mm in diameter; pedicels 9-12 mm long, with bracteole scar approximately midway along pedicel; hypanthium slabrous, 1.5—2.0 mm long; sepals obtuse, glabrous, oil dots conspicuous; petals white, orbicular, 3-5 mm long; stamens shorter than petals, 30-40 in a single whorl; anthers versatile, cells parallel, opening by narrow slits; gland conspicuous, globular; style inset, stigma broad, capitate; roof of ovary glabrous, ovary 5-locular. Fruits dry, conspicuously domed above hemispherical base, 5-locular, 4.5-5.0 x 5-6 mm, sepals persistent. Seeds and chaff identical, pale brown, linear, striate, 2.0— 2.5 mm long, 0.2 mm wide. Fig 1. Specimens examined: Queensland. BURKE District: Porcupine Gorge, Apr 1988, Fe// DF796 (BRI). NorTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 20 km east of Greenvale, May 1989, Fe/i DF1809, DF181i0 (BRI): beside Charters Towers- Greenvale road, 32.3 km from Greenvale, Jun 1989, Bean 1068 (BRD): Marble Creek mesa, SE of Greenvale, Apr 1991, Bean 2942 (BRI,DNA,MEL NSW). Distribution and habitat: L. pallidum has a restricted distribution in northern Queensland, mostly in the Greenvale area, but also at Porcupine Gorge, north of Hughenden. It occurs on lateritic ridges, often on cliff edges with skeletal soil. It sometimes grows near vine-thicket communities on rocky slopes. Associated species include Eucalyptus exserta F. Muell., 2. similis Maiden, E. persistens L. Johnson & K. Hill, F. figmen yila Brooker & A. Bean, Myrtella mic ‘ophylla (Benth.) A.J. Scott and Triodia Sp. Flowering period: March - June. Affinities: Leptospermum pallidum shows some resemblance to species in the genus Neofabricia J. Thompson by virtue of its rough grey bark, large leaves and domed fruits. However, L. pallidum lacks all of the most diagnostic characters of Neofabricia, which are the very numerous stamens in several irregular whorls, the dorsifixed anthers and the winged seeds (Thompson 1983). Hence it clearly belongs in Leptospermum but it has no very close relatives there. It is probably closest to L. madidum but differs from that species by its rough bark, longer pedicels, larger 5-valved fruits, linear seeds and ridgetop habitat. Conservation status: Suggested status is 3RC, as defined by Briggs and Leigh (1988). Etymology: Named for the pale colour of the leaves. 2. Leptospermum madidum A. Bean, nom. nov. Agonis longifolia C. White & Francis, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agr. & Stock, Queensland 22: 18 (1920). Type: Endeavour River, ?Persieh (holo: BRI, iso: NSW). Leptospermum longifolium (C. White & Francis) S.T. Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 69: 81 (1958), nom. illeg.; non L. longifolium Cunn. in Heward, R.., Hooker’s Journal of Botany 4: 243 (1841). Shrub or tree to 8 m high, ultsmate branches pendulous; bark smooth and deciduous throughout, white, creamy or pink; branchlets sparsely pubescent, glabrescent, stem flanges absent. Leaves alternate, sessile, concolourous, pale green, linear, 22-70 X 1~9 mm, apex acute or acuminate; appressed indumentum present on young leaves, but older leaves generally glabrous. Inflorescence axillary, consisting of several bracteolate eM te Mt Hite NH ite Te eT Leen tT orth eh “ Pee RP REE PeERETCRCICTOCTC§. I “mm “me ¢ tee ee EEL EEE EEE IEE ETE EE TEESE EEE EEE EEE LEE EEC EE EEE ESE ESSER EES EESESEES SESE SEEN GSE ESE EEC IGS SEU SB ESS ENS SIE SEE DSESE SESE SAI ESO EEE NEE 646 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 monads; floral bracts shed before anthesis. Flowers 5-7 mm in diameter; pedicels 1 mm long, hypanthium sparsely pubescent, 2-3 mm long; sepals obtuse, margins ciliate; petals white; anthers versatile, cells parallel; style inset, stigma capitate; roof of ovary mostly glabrous but with hairs at base of style and along valve margins; ovary 3-locular. Fruit thin-walled, glabrous, hemispherical, 3-locular, 2-3 xX 2.5-5.0 mm, sepals persistent. Seeds light brown, obovoid to elliptical, reticulate, c. 0.75 < 0.3 mm; unfertilised seeds linear to narrowly cuneate. Flowering period: July — October. Affinities: L. madidum (as L. longifolium) was included within L. parviflorum Valeton by Thompson (1989). However, L. madidum can be readily distinguished from that species by the lack of stem flanges, pale concolourous leaves which are glabrous or only sparsely pubescent, leaves not recurved when dried, the glabrous or sparsely pubescent floral hypanthium and the larger fruits. Two subspecies are recognisable as follows: 1. Leaves 4.5-9.0 mm wide; fruits 3.5-5.0 mm in diameter .... subsp. madidum Leaves 1.0-4.5 mm wide; fruits 2.0-3.5 mm in diameter ...... subsp. sativum L. madidum subsp. madidum Leaves linear to narrow-lanceolate, 38-70 * 4.5-9.0 mm, pale green. Fruits glabrous, hemispherical, 2.5—3.0 X 3.5-5.0 mim. Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: bank of Jardine River, Oct 1979, Scarth-Johnson 893A (BRI); north bank of Olive River, near mouth, Sep 1974, Tracey 14495 (BRD; 60 km west of Strathmay on Musgrave to Edward River road, Oct 1980, Clarkson 3498 (BRL.CANB,DNA,K,L,MO,NSW,PERTH,QRS), 10 km SE of Edward River Settlement, Oct 1983, Garnett ER497 (JCT); Archer River, beside main Cape York road, Jun 1988, Bean 845 (BRLNSW); Wenlock, Batavia River, Jul 1948, Brass 19699 (BRI); Big Bend in Coen River, 2 km N of Coen, Aug 1989, Jobson 733 (BRILNSW); Hann River, Qld, Aug 1975, Staples IBS2167 (BRI,;CANB,K), 15 km east of ‘Violet Vale’ HS., Aug 1978, Paijnians 2866 (BRI); Endeavour River, north arm crossing with MclIvor R.-Cooktown road, Nov 1981, Jrvine 2175 (QRS). Distribution and habitat: L. madidum subsp. madidum is confined to Cape York peninsula, from Bamaga to Cooktown. It occurs on the banks of freshwater creeks and rivers, In sandy soils. L. madidum subsp. sativum A. Bean subsp. noy. a L. madido subsp. madido foliis angustioribus, fructibus parvioribus differt. Typus: Northern Territory. Margaret River, 21 September 1946, S.7. Blake 17075 (holo: BRI; iso: DNA). Leaves linear, 20-45 X 1.0-4.5 mm, pale green. Fruits glabrous, hemispherical, 2.0-2.5 x 2.0-3.5 mm. Selected specimens: Western Australia. Picaninny Creek gorge, 15 km SE of Bungie Bungle outcamp, East Kimberley, Jul 1984, Kenneally 9301 (CANB,NSW,PERTH); Bream Gorge, Osmund Valley station, East Kimberley, Nov 1989, Afenkhorst 748 (DNA,MEL,PERTH). Northern Territory, Finnis River, Aug 1969, Byrnes 1684 (BRIJ,DNA); Jim Jim Falls, Sep 1984, Dunlop 6747 & Wightman (AD,DNA); Sawtooth Gorge, Nov 1972, Byrnes 2822 & Martensz (BRI); Wooler River, 16 km northwards of Telecom road on Marparu outstation road, Sep 1987, Clarke 1469 (DNA,NSW); Darwin area, Feb 1990, Wightman 4960 (BRI,DNA); Cobourg Peninsula, Jul 1982, Dunlop & Wightman 108 (DNA). Distribution and habitat: L. madidum subsp. sativum occurs in the eastern part of the Kimberley region of Western Australia and throughout the northernmost part of the Northern Territory. It grows along riverbanks, and has often been recorded from sandstone gorges, but it is not confined to them. Etymology: The subspecific epithet refers to the fact that this taxon has become widely cultivated in recent years. Note: This taxon has been widely cultivated in northern Australia for several years. According to Brock (1988), it 1s fast growing and adapts to a wide range of well-drained solls. Bean, Leptospermum 647 3. Leptospermum brachyandrum (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club British Isles 1916 Suppl. 2: 632 (1917); Kunzea brachyandra F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 27 (1860). Type: New South Wales. ad ripas fluminis Hastings, Dr. Herman Beckler (lecto: NSW n.y.; 1solecto: A!). Additional specimens: Queensland. CooK DIsTRIicT: Turtle Rock, 12 km SSE of Laura, Nov 1991, Bean 3805 (BRI,QRS), NORTH KENNEDY DIsTRicT: Mt Stuart, 9 km S of Townsville, Dec 1991, Bean 3867 (BRI,MEL,ORS); Cockatoo Creek area, Mt Elliot, south of Townsville, Aug 1991, Bean 3588 (BRI,;CANB,K,L,MEL,NSW,PERTH); Mingela Bluff, about 10 km E of Mingela, Sep 1989, Cumming 9294 (BRI); Cape Upstart peninsula, Jun 1967, Hinson CU4 (BRD; Stonehaven Bay, Hook Is., Jul 1985, Warrian CW706 (BRI). Distribution and habitat: L. brachyandrum has a discontinuous distribution from northern New South Wales to northern Queensland, generally along rivers and creeks. However, in several localities in North Queensland (examples cited above), it inhabits steep rocky slopes or even cliff-faces. The hillside plants are completely smooth-barked, while the creek-dwelling plants almost always have rough bark at their bases, but in other respects, they do not appear to differ in any significant way. The respective habitats, while seemingly very different, are alike in that they are protected from fire. Perhaps this is an important determinant of its distribution. 4, Leptospermum parviflorum Valeton, Bull. Dep. Agric. Indes Neerl. 10: 39 (1907); Icon. Bogoriense 3: 93, t. 238 (1907). Type: New Guinea. Archip. Ind. G. Syap., Wichmann 52 (holo: L!). Shrub or tree, 3-12 metres high. Bark type not recorded by collectors but appearing smooth and deciduous on herbarium specimens; young branchlets pubescent, stem flanges present, conspicuous. Leaves alternate, sessile, discolourous, linear, 20-45 < 2.0-4.5 mm, apex acute to acuminate, margins recurved in dried material, ‘dark green’ (fide Foreman LAE60470, Van Royen 4798) above, the lower surface much paler, densely silky-pubescent even on older leaves. Inflorescence consisting of 3—4 axillary bracteolate monads; bracts and bracteoles brown, oblong, shed well before anthesis. Flowers 5-7 mm in diameter; pedicels 1.0-1.5 mm long; hypanthium densely pubescent, 2.0-2.5 mm long, sepals obtuse, pubescent; petals orbicular, colour unknown; stamens c. 30, with small parallel anther cells; style inset, stigma capitate; roof of ovary glabrous except for short erect hairs at base of style and along valve margins, ovary 3-locular. Fruit thin-walled, pubescent, hemispherical, 1.5-2.0 X 2.0-2.5 mm, with valves not extending above the rim of the hypanthium, 3-locular, sepals persistent. Seeds and chaff identical, brown, cuneate, striate, c. 0.8 * 0.4 mm. Selected specimens: Indonesia. Irian Jaya. Ransiki, Feb 1957, Avangold 2260 (L); Boepoel to Merau R., Merauke district, Aug 1954, Van Royen 4798 (A,L); between Boepoel and Tanas, Aug 1956, Leefers BW3224 (L,SING). Papua New Guinea. Kewa River, Sakoer, Jul 1941, Anta 72 (A,L,SING); Misool, Sorong, near Fakal, Sep 1948, Pleyte 1082 (BRILL,SING); 10.5 km west of Arufi, Morehead subdistrict, Jul 1974, Foreman LAE60470 (A,BRI,L,QRS); upper Wanggoe River basin, c. 47 miles [76 km] N of Weam Patrol Post, Aug 1967, Paijmans 333 (L). Distribution and habitat: L. parviflorum is endemic to the island of New Guinea, occurring both in Irian Jaya and in Papua New Guinea. It grows on the banks of rivers and streams, mostly at altitudes of less than 50 metres. Flowering period: July — September. Affinities: L. parviflorum is most closely related to L. purpurascens, These species share the following characters; stem flanges, discolourous leaves with dense appressed hairs on leaf undersides, strongly recurved leaf margins on dried specimens and densely pubescent floral hypanthia. However, L. parviflorum differs by its longer leaves with acute apices. Note: The type consists of two pieces, on separate sheets, and each has a tag bearing the number 52. The collection 1s undated but Valeton gave the year of collection as 1903. §, Leptospermum purpurascens J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 355 (1989). Type: Queensland. Cook DIsSTRIcT: 12°24’S, 143°07’E, southern end of Temple Bay in upper reaches of an unnamed creek between Glennie and Hunter inlets, 8 June 1978, JR. Clarkson 2196 (holo: NSW 7.y¥.; iso: BRI). 648 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 ROT SBON sp. “Mt Tozer’, Thomas & McDonald, Rare & Thr. Plants of Qld 38 (1989). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to a small area on Cape York peninsula in far northern Queensland, in the vicinity of Iron Range. It grows on rocky granitic hillsides. 6. Leptospermum luehmannii Bailey, Queensland Fi. 2: 592 (1900); Agonis luehmannii (Bailey) C. White & Francis, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 22: 21 (1920). Type: Queensland. MORETON Districr: Top of Glass House Mountain, October 1884, F.M. Bailey 4 (holo: BRI). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to skeletal slopes of trachyte hills and mountains between Elimbah and Beerwah, north of Brisbane. In recent years, this species has been reported as occurring in the Numinbah Valley (Lebler 1979; Stanley & Ross 1986: pine op eee However, those records all relate to L. trinervium (Smith) J. Thompson (Bean 1991). 7. Leptospermum speciosum Schauer, in Walp., Rep.,Suppl. 1: 923 (1842); Agonis speciosa (Schauer) C. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 53; 218 (1942). Type: Queensland. MORETON District: in Nova Cambria australi, Moreton Bay, 1824, A. Cun- ningham Herb. no. 38 (?, n.v.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea (3): "357 (1989). Distribution and habitat: Confined to coastal areas from Fraser Island in Queensland to Iluka in northern New South Wales, growing 1n swamps or heathlands. 8. Leptospermum whitel Cheel, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 65: 199 (1932); Agonis elliptica C. White & Francis, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 22: 16 (1920), non Leptospermum ellipticum Endl. Type: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Beerwah, WD. Francis s.n. (holo: BRI). Distribution and habitat: Confined to coastal areas from Rainbow Beach in Queensland to Coffs Harbour in New South Wales. It grows in swampy Banksia or Eucalyptus forests. 9. Leptospermum trinervium (Smith) J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 366 (1989); Melaleuca trinervia Smith in White, Voyage to New South Wales: 229, t. 24 (1790). Type: New South Wales. [Port Jackson, White] “‘t. 24, Whites voyage”, Sheet 878.11 (top L.H.) herb. Smith (LINN 2». y.), fide J. Thompson, loc. cit. L. attenuatum Smith, Trans. Linn, Soc. London 3: 263 (1797). Type: New South Wales: Port Jackson, 1795, Mr White, Sheet 878.9, R.H. specimens (lecto: LINN, photo). Distribution and habitat: This widespread species extends from Rockhampton, Queens- land to the East Gippsland district of Victoria. It grows commonly in dry sclerophyll forest in sandy soils, and also in heathland. 10. Leptospermum lamellatum J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 384 (1989). Type: Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 21 miles [34 km] SE of Bedourie Homestead, 14 October 1963, N.H. Speck 1843 (holo: NSW; iso: BRI',CANB). Additional specimens: Queensland, MITCHELL DISTRICT: Sandstone Wall, White Mountains NP, 20°27’S, 145°54’E, Jul 1991, Cunimiing 11257 (BRD). SouTtuH KENNEDY District: 4 km N of ‘Springvale’ homestead, west of Clermont, Sep 1990, Bean 2375 (BRI,NSW). LEICHHARDT District: Strike ridge south of Tomahawk Ck, east of Zig Zag Range, ‘Peak Vale’ holding, May 1981, Godwin s.n. (QRS). MARANOA DISTRICT: beside Redford road, N of Mt Hotspur, near ‘Hungry Downs’, 26°01’S, 147°30’E, Jun 1990, Grimshaw CHR6 (BRI). DARLING Downs DISTRICT: 12 km NW of Western Creek Forestry station, via Milmerran, Nov 1989, Bean 1166 (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Queensland, extending from the White Mountains N.P., west of Townsville to the Milmerran area in the south of the state. It 1s found on ridges in shallow sandy soils, usually derived from sandstone. 11. Leptospermum microcarpum Cheel, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 57: 126 (1923). Type: New South Wales. Copmanhurst, November 1917, £. Cheel [NSW 154747] (lecto: NSW), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 379 (1989). Bean, Leptospermum 649 Distribution and habitat: Occurs in coastal areas from Kilkivan in southern Queensland to Grafton in New South Wales, and also extends west to beyond Warwick. It inhabits shallow soils on rocky hills and mountainsides. 12. Leptospermum brevipes F. Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 125 (1855). Type: Victoria. Buffalo Creek, 6 March [18]53, F. Mueller, MEL 1539307 (ecto: MEL; isolecto: K,MEL), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 382 (1989). Additional specimens: Queensland. DARLING Downs District: Bracker State Forest, S of Inglewood, Dec 1990, Bean 2740 (AD,BRI,MEL,NSW); Herries Range, southern end of 8.F. 444, south-west of Warwick, Dec 1990, Bean 2795 (BRI,NSW). Distribution and habitat: Extends from the Warwick-Inglewood districts of Queensland, throughout New South Wales, to north-eastern Victoria. It grows in poor forests on rock outcrops and rocky hillsides, especially on granite. 13. Leptospermum neglectum J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 383 (1989). Type: Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 17 km west of Paluma, 9 September 1982, E.AZ. Jackes & B.R. Jackes s.n. (holo: NSW), fide J. Thompson Joc. cit. Leptospermum sp. 1, Stanley & Ross, Fl. S.E. Queensl. 2: 130 (1986). Additional specimen: Queensland. Coox District: Mount Mulligan, c. 40 km NW of Dimbulah, Apr 1985, Clarkson 5916 (BRI,L,MEL,NSW,PERTH,QRS). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Queensland and extends from Mt Mulligan in the north to Tiaro in the south. It grows both in eucalypt forest and on rocky hillsides with little soil development. 14, Leptospermum sericatum Lindley in Mitchell, J. Exped. Trop. Australia: 289 (1848); L. stellatum forma sericatum (Lindley) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 454 (1928). Type: Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: near the Pyramids [Mt Playfair district], 5 September 1846, 7. Mitchell (holo: ?, n.v.; topo: BM, photo!). Distribution and habitat: Confined to sandstone habitats in the Leichhardt district of Queensland, including Carnarvon Gorge, Blackdown Tableland and Isla Gorge. It grows on sparsely vegetated sandstone slopes, often rooting into crevices in the rocks. 15, Leptospermum parvifolium Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 3: 263 (1797). Type: New South Wales. Port Jackson, 1795, Dr White (holo: LINN n.v.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 363 (1989). Additional specimen: Queensland. DARLING Downs District: Coolmunda Dam, east of Inglewood, Dec 1990, Bean 2733 (BRILMEL,NSW). Distribution and habitat: The location given above is the only one known for this species in Queensland. However, it 1s widespread in New South Wales to as far south as the Nowra district. It grows in poor sandy soils on hillsides in dry sclerophyll forest. 16. Leptospermum venustum A. Bean sp. nov, affinis L. semibaccato Cheel folis latioribus, ramulis persistenter pubescentibus, floribus majoribus hypanthio longiore, fruc- tibus majoribus interdum 6-locularibus differt. Typus: Queensland. BURNETT DISTRICT: “Melrose’ Station, 15 km west of Eidsvold, 14 August 1990, A.R. Bean 2112 (holo: BRI, iso: AD,CANB,K,L,MEL,NSW,PERTH,SING). Spreading shrub, 1.5-2.5 m high, with arching branches; bark rough, grey, scaly, closely adhering, persistent throughout; branchlets with spreading hairs up to 2 mm long, stem flanges absent. Leaves alternate, sessile or with petiole up to | mm long, concolourous, ereen, broadly elliptical, 6-13 < 3-4 mm, 3-5-veined, oil glands numerous, conspicuous; leaf base cuneate, apex acute; young leaves with long marginal hairs, glabrescent. Inflorescence consisting of single flowers, borne on short side-branches; floral bracts red- brown, glabrous, completely enclosing mature buds, shed just prior to anthesis. Flowers 18-25 mm in diameter, pedicels absent or very short, hypanthium silky pubescent, 3-4 mm long; sepals triangular, pubescent; petals deep pink fading to pale pink, orbicular, glabrous; stamens 30-40, all about the same length; anthers versatile, cells about 0.75 mim long, parallel, opening by narrow slits, gland conspicuous, globular, dark-brown: a tee eA ag Leistwed SEAMS ESA ee TS 650 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 style slightly inset, stigma capitate; roof of ovary tomentose, ovary 5{6)-locular. Fruits fleshy or succulent when fresh, globular-truncate, 5(6)-locular, 6-7 X 7-8 mm, when dried brown and wrinkled, c. 5 X 6 mm; sepals persistent. Seeds dark brown, obovoid, conspicuously reticulate, c. 1.2 X 0.6 mm. Unfertilised seeds pale yellow, linear. Fig 1. Specimens examined: Queensland. BURNETT District: | km N of Little Morrow Creek crossing, on Eidsvold to Cracow road, Jul 1990, Foerster 7000 (AD,BISH,BRI,CANB,CBG,CONN,DNA,HO,K,L,LAE,MEL,MO, NSW,PERTH, PNH, PR PRE, ORS, US); Eidsvold, Banc oft S.n. [AQ 041731] (BRD: 30.9 km from Eidsvold towards Cracow, N side of road, Sep 1985, Bean 283 (BRI): 20 km W of Eidsvold, Jul 1989. Bean 1103 (BRD). Distribution and habitat: L. venustum is confined to a relatively small area west of Eidsvold where it grows on granitic hillsides and slopes, or beside small watercourses. It grows in eucalypt woodland often dominated by Eucalyptus petalophylla Brooker & A. Bean or E. baileyana F. Muell. On moister sites, Lophostemon suaveolens (Solander ex Gaertner) Peter G. Wilson & Waterhouse may be present. Flowering period: July — October. Affinities: L. venustum is closely related to L. semibaccatum; both species have rather fleshy fruits and silky-hairy hypanthia. L. venustum differs from that species by its broader leaves, persistently hairy branchlets, larger flowers and fruits, and longer floral hypanthium. Conservation status: The suggested status is 2R, as defined by Briggs and Leigh (1988). Etymology: This species is named for its very beautiful floral display. Note: Because of its large, prominently displayed pink flowers, L. venustum is a very attractive plant, and should be introduced into cultivation. Limited trials by the author suggest that it is adaptable to garden culture. 17. Leptospermum semibaccatum Cheel, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 65: 203 (1932). Type: New South Wales: Wallis Island, Tuncurry, 11 May 1925, E. Cheel s.n. [NSW 154729] (lecto: NSW n.¥.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 365 (1989). Additional specimen: Queensland. Port Curtis DISTRICT: Deepwater N.P., 40 km east of Miriam Vale, Oct 1989, Gibson TO1860 (BRI). Distribution and habitat; Confined to coastal areas from Deepwater N.P. to Forster in New South Wales. It is a common component of sandy coastal heathlands. 18. Leptospermum arachnoides Gaertner, Fruct. Sem. Pl. 1: 175, t. 35 (1788). Type: the illustration in the above publication, based on a specimen in the Banksian herbarium (BM), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 428 (1989). Distribution and habitat: It has a very restricted distribution in Queensland (in the Stanthorpe area), but is widespread in New South Wales. It grows in poorly drained. heathland or adjacent eucalypt forests. 19. Leptospermum liversidgei R. Baker & H.G. Smith, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 39: 124, t. 2 (1906). Type: New South Wales, Ballina, March 1905, D.W. Munro s.n. (lecto: NSW), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 395 (1989). Distribution and habitat: Grows only in coastal areas from Bundaberg, Queensland to Port Stephens in New South Wales. It inhabits sandy or peaty soil, in swampy heathlands. 20. Leptospermum oreophilum J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 404 (1989). Type: Queensland. MoreETON District: Ngungun, Glasshouse Mountains, 13 June 1951, Z.A.S. Johnson s.n. [NSW 154760] (holo: NSW), fide J. Thompson loc. cit. Leptospermum sp. ‘Glasshouse Mountains’, Thomas & McDonald, Rare & Thr. Plants of Queensland 38 (1989). Additional specimen: Queensland. MORETON DisTRicr: Mt Coolum, 3 km south of Coolum Beach, Jul 1983, Sharpe 3334 & Batianoff (BRI). Bean, Leptospermum 651 Distribution and habitat: This is a rare species confined to Mt Coolum and to several peaks of the Glasshouse Mountains. It grows on skeletal slopes on these extinct volcanic peaks, 1n montane heath communities. 21. Leptospermum polygalifolium Salisb., Prodr. 350 (1796). Type: juxta Port Jackson [New South Wales], legit Dav. Burton (holo: ?K n.yv.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 396 (1989), L. flavescens Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 3: 262 (1797). Type: New South Wales: Port Jackson, 1795, Mr White 878.8 (holo: LINN, photo), Distribution and habitat: Extends from Cape Flattery on Cape York peninsula in Queensland to south of Sydney in New South Wales, and up to 500 km inland. It grows . a diversity of habitats, including heathlands, rocky hillsides and in dense eucalypt orest. Note: This is a very complex and variable species. Thompson (1989) recognised six subspecies, and while it is true that some distinct forms do exist, there appears to be widespread intergradation between them. Furthermore, some subspecies, as typified by Thompson, are very similar indeed. For these reasons, I advocate the use of L. polygalifolium s. lat. only, until more intensive study is done on the species. 22. Leptospermum variabile J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3):; 403 (1989). Type: Queensland. MoRETON District: Mt Gillies, about 20 km SW of Rathdowney on Mt Lindesay Highway, 18 October 1978, P.R. Sharpe 2438 (holo: NSW; iso: BRI). Distribution and habitat: Occurs on mountains of southern Queensland near the border with New South Wales, and into northern New South Wales. It grows on skeletal hillsides of volcanically-derived mountains, in heathland or low woodland. Note: While the populations of L. variabile from the Macpherson Range and adjacent areas (including the type locality) are distinctive and worthy of recognition, other populations included by Thompson (1989) in L. variabile are very difficult to separate from L. polygalifolium. In her species key, Thompson has used an anther character to separate these species (couplet 40). However, due to the amount of variation in the anthers of L. polygalifolium, it is unwise to rely on this character to distinguish them. My examination of L. variabile in the field revealed that it has quite flaky, loosely adhering bark, in contrast to the scaly, tightly adhering bark of L. polygalifolium: hence bark may prove to be a better discriminator between these difficult species. 23. Leptospermum novae-angliae J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 405 (1989). Type: New South Wales: top of Bald Rock Mountain, 15 miles [24 km] north of Tenterfield, 31 March 1962, E.F. Constable 2074 (holo: NSW n.y.) fide J. Thompson Joc. cit. Leptospermum sp. 2, Stanley & Ross, Fl. of S.E. Queensl. 2: 132 (1986). Distribution and habitat: In Queensland, it is known only from the Girraween N.P. near Stanthorpe, where it grows in shrubland on exposed granitic slopes. The species extends to west of Coffs Harbour in New South Wales, in similar situations. 24, Leptospermum minutifolium C. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 57: 26 (1947). Type: Queensland, DARLING Downs DISTRIcT: base of Mount Norman via Wallangarra, November 1944, Mrs AZ.S. Clemens (holo: BRI). Distribution and habitat: In Queensland, known only from Girraween N.P. and near Christie Target; in New South Wales it extends south to about Armidale. It grows in eucalypt forest, often near watercourses. 25, Leptospermum juniperinum Smith, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 3: 263 (1797); L. scoparium var. juniperinum (Smith) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 453 (1928). Type: New South Wales: Port Jackson, 1795, J. White s.n., herb. Smith 878.17 (holo: LINN n.y.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 418 (1989). Distribution and habitat: Extends from Fraser Island in Queensland to Ulladulla in New South Wales. In Queensland it is confined to coastal areas in Melaleuca forests, heathlands a Fe EN Cate LE EE EEL EE ET ME BR TENE REE AO NE AEM MM aaa SE Ee el ne a toe enact 652 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 or sedgelands, but in New South Wales it reportedly also grows on sandstone escarpments (Thompson 1989). 26. Leptospermum recurvum J.D. Hook, Icon. Pl: t. 893 (1852). Type: Borneo: Kina Balu, abundant, from 7000-8500 feet, whitening the top of the mountain, H. Low (holo: K n.yv.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 391 (1989). Specimens examined: Indonesia. Borneo. Kinabalu National Park, Sabah, Jul 1966, Weber 54680 (A,SING), East Pinnacles, Mt Kinabalu, Mar 1964, Chew & Corner 5877 (BRD; Gurulau Spur, Mt Kinabalu, Dec 1933, C emens 50616 (A), Sulawesi. top of Kamboeno, Jul 1937, Eyma 1362 (A, L); Mt Roroka Timbu summit, May 1979, Van Balgoey 3323 (L); G. Rantemario, Jun 1937, Emya 691 (L). Distribution and habitat: L. recurvum occurs on the upper slopes of Mt Kinabalu in Borneo and on the highest mountains of Sulawesi (Celebes), in shallow soils, in dense shrubland or low forest. Note: L. recurvum has been regarded as being endemic to Mt Kinabalu in Borneo (Merrill 1921; Thompson 1989), but specimens from the higher mountains of Sulawesi are similar to those from the type locality. The leaves of the Sulawesi specimens are not as strongly recurved, and are somewhat thinner, but are Nee eon typical. Lee & Lowry (1980) record that on Mt Kinabalu, ‘LZ. flavescens’ [= L. javanicum| and L. recurvum grow within about 30 metres of each other at Carson’s Camp. and that an exhaustive search in this area failed to reveal any morphological intermediates between the two taxa. Therefore it seems that L. javanicum and L. recurvum are genetically isolated on Mt Kinabalu. Some L. javanicum specimens from Sulawesi approach L. recurvum in leaf dimensions, and it is not clear whether or not there is a gradual transition from typical L. javanicum to L. recurvum in Sulawesi. 27. Leptospermum javanicum Blume, Bijdr. 1: 1100 (1826); Macklottia javanica (Blume) Korth., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 1: 196 (1847); L. flavescens var. javanicum (Blume) King, J, Asiat. Soc. of Bengal 70(2) (1901); Mat. for a Fl. Malay. Pen. 12: 69 (1901). Type: Java. in cacumine montis Gede (holo: L!, iso: L!). Glaphyria nitida Jack, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 14: 128 (1823), non Leptospermum nitidum J.D. Hook. Type: Gunong Bunko, Sumatra (7.¥.), fide E.D. Merrill, Jack’s genera and species of Malaysian plants, J. Arnold Arbor. 33: 226 (1952). Leptospermum alpestre Blume, Bijdr. 1: 1100 (1826). Type: in declivitatibus altioribus montis Gede. (holo: L n.v.), fide J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 390 (1989). L. floribundum Junghuhn, Java 1: 578 et in Nat. en Geneesk. Arch. Neer]. Indie 2: 37 (1845). Type: Java. ‘javanicae alpinae’ (holo: L!). Tree to 6 metres high; bark fibrous; branchlets pubescent, stem flanges prominent, expanded and extending beyond leaf-base. Leaves alternate, sessile, strongly discolourous, dark green above, elliptical to obovate, 10-30 = 4-9 mm, midrib impressed above, apex obtuse; young leaves silky pubescent below, especially along margins and midrib, old leaves glabrous. Inflorescence consisting of single flowers borne on short side branches, floral bracts and bracteoles persistent, present around mature buds and shed just prior to anthesis, Flowers 15-20 mm in diameter, pedicels 0-1 mm long; hypanthium silky- pubescent; sepals obtuse, margins densely ciliate; petals white. Fruits woody, conspicu- ously domed above bowl-shaped base, 5-locuiar, 4-5 X 6-7 mm, sepals not persisting. Selected specimens: Burma. Myinmolekat, Mergui district, Jan 1930, Parker 3112 (A). Indonesia. Sumatra. Gunong Singgalang, Feb 1933, Holttun: 28106 (SING); Mt Tanggamus, Lampung province, May 1968, Jacobs 8233 (A); Mt Losir, Feb 1937, Steenis 8569 (SING). Malaya. Pahang, Bentong, Genting highlands, Sep {979, Bremer 1613 (A); Mt Uli Kah, Selangor, Malaya, Feb 1969, Flenley 4 (A); Padang Luas, G. Tahan, Jun 1923, Kloss 12199 (SING), Gunong Benom, Pahang, Mar 1967, ‘Whitmore FRI3B288 (A, SING). Java. Gunong Gedeh, Apr 1938, Steenis 10613 (BREIL). Borneo. Mesilau Caves, Sabah, Mar 1964, Chew & Corner 4664 (A,BRI SING): Marai Parai Spur, Mt Kinabalu, Nov 1915, Clemens 10934 (A); Bukit Raya, Jan 1983, Nooteboom 4610 (A,BRI). Philippines. Mt Apo, 7000Ft (2100m], near Sulphur spring, Nov 1946, Edano 1460 (A); Mt Canlaon, Negros Occidental, Apr 1954, Edano 22007 (A): Mt Pulog, Luzon, Mar 1948, Celestino 4335 (A,SING). Sulawesi. Gunong Rantemario, Feb 1981, Smith 681 (L); Pokapin-djang, Jun 1937, -Eyma 604 (A,L). Distribution and habitat: L. javanicum extends from Burma to western Malesia, including Sumatra, Malaya, Java, Borneo, Philippines and Sulawesi. It 1s absent from the Lesser Sunda Islands and the Moluccas. It grows at altitudes of between 1500 and 3000 metres, Bean, Leptospermum 653 according to herbarium specimen label data. This is, generally speaking, higher than the altitudes occupied by L. amboinense. Affinities: L. javanicum is closely related to L. recurvum (see note under that species), and to L. wooroonooran. It may be distinguished from L. wooroonooran by its pubescent floral hypanthium, larger fruits, and strongly discolourous leaves with an obtuse apex. Some specimens of L. javanicum from Sulawesi, e.g. Whitten 1985 (L), Eyma 604 (A,L), have obovate leaves about 14 mm long, only 1. 5-2.0 times longer than broad, and with dense golden hairs on the undersides. This may represent a distinct taxon, but there is presently insufficient material on which to base a decision. 28. Leptospermum wooroonooran Bailey in Bailey & A. Meston, Rep. Exped. Bellenden- Ker: 40 (1889). Type: Queensland. CoOK DISTRICT: South Peak, Bellenden-Ker, 22 June 1889, FM. Bailey (holo: BRI). Additional specimen: Queensland. Cook District: Devils Thumb, Oct 1981, Godwin s.n. (QRS). Distribution and habitat: This species is confined to two small disjunct areas of northern Queensland. One is the Mossman Gorge-Devils Thumb-Main Coast Range area west of Mossman, and the other is along the Bellenden Ker range south of Gordonvale. It inhabits high-altitude microphyll ‘cloud’ forests. 29. Leptospermum amboinense Blume, Bijdr. 1: 1100 (1826); Macklottia amboinensis (Blume) Korth., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 1: 196 (1847). Type: Moluccas. Amboina, collector unknown (holo: L). L. annae Stein in eg, Gartenflora 34: 66 (1885). Type: Mt Apo, Philippines, February 1882, Dr. A, Schadenbere (1.¥.). L. flavescens var. angustifolia Ridley, Fl. Malay Pen. 1: 713 (1922). Type: Malaya. Kedah Peak (n.¥.). L. petersonii subsp. lanceolatum J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 394 (1989). Type: New South Wales, cultivated Castle Hill [Sydney] from seed ex Herberton dist., September 1965, C. Debenham s.n. (holo: NSW!, iso: BRI). Tree to 9 m high; bark rough, grey to brown, fibrous, longitudinally fissured, persistent throughout; branchlets glabrous, stem flanges prominent, broad, sometimes extending beyond leaf base. Leaves alternate, sessile, slightly discolourous or concolourous, pale to mid-green, narrowly elliptical, 18-30 x 3-5 mm, midrib scarcely visible, not impressed above; apex acute or obtuse; young leaves with silky appressed hairs on underside, glabrescent. Inflorescence consisting of single (rarely up to 4) flowers borne on short side-branches; floral bracteoles and bracts shed well before anthesis. Flowers 12-18 mm in diameter; pedicels 0-1 mm long; hypanthium glabrous or occasionally pubescent, obconical to hemispherical; sepals obtuse, margins ciliate; petals white. Fruits sessile, woody, conspicuously domed above an obconical to hemispherical hypanthium, (4)5- locular, 3-4 X 4.0-5.5 mm, sepals not persistent on fruit. Seeds and chaff identical, brown, linear, striate, c. 2.0 X 0.2 mm. Selected specimens: Indonesia. Sumatra. Brastagi, Dec 1930, oa Seta as CF25120 (SING). Malaya. Gunong Ledang (Mt Ophir), Jul 1969, Whitmore FRI12354 A SING); Gunong Panti, Johore, Dec 1970, Shukor ASi (BRI): Gunong Jerai (Kedah Peak), Jan 1964, Burkii/ HMB3324 (SING), Lesser Sunda Islands. Manau near Ruteng, W. Flores, Apr 1965, Aostermans & Wirawan 594 (A,L); summit of Gunong Ranaka, Flores, Mar 1973, Verheijen 3359 (L). Borneo. Mt Santubong, Sarawak, s.d., AVjoberg 238 (A); Summit of Mt Retak, Brunei, Jan 1989, Wong WKM820 (SING). Philippines. Surigao Province, Apr 1919, Ramos & Pascasio 34493 (BRI, NSW); Baklayan, Mt Apo, Mindanao, Nov 1946, Edafio 1371 (SING): Dinagat Island, Mindanao, May 1931, Ramos & Conyocar 84062 (A, SING). Sulawesi. South slope of Mt Bonthain, Jul 1976, Meijer 11042 (L). Moluccas. Manipa Island, May 1940, Curran 321 (A); Kp. Waai, Gunong Salahoetoe, Ambon, Oct 1938, Biuwalda 6207 (A); Kaibobo- Oernitoe, W. Ceram, Feb 1938, Eyrna ‘2980 (SING). Australia, Queensland. Cook DISTRIcT: Hoop Pine area, near Mclvor, Sep 1960, Smith 11147 (BRI); Big Tableland, near Cooktown, Jul 1952, Flecker 14258 (BRI). NoRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Frederick Peak, 25 km SW of Townsville, May 1991, Bean 3205 (BRD); Roma Peak, 40 km S of Bowen, Jun 1991, Bean 3364 (BRI,K,L,MEL,NSW,SING). Distribution and habitat: L. amboinense is widespread in Malesia, occurring in Malaya, Sumatra, Borneo, Sulawesi, the Moluccas, Flores and the Philippines. Its altitudinal range in Malesia is 50-2000 metres, according to herbartum specimen label data. In general this is below the altitudes occupied by L. javanicum although their altitudinal ASR AREY - 654 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 ranges certainly overlap. The species also grows in coastal areas of northern Queensland, from Cooktown to Bowen. It inhabits shallow soils, often adjacent to wet sclerophyll forest or rainforest. It is possibly absent from Java, as I have not seen any authentic L. amboinense specimens from there. Affinities: L. amboinense cannot convincingly be separated from ZL. petersonii subsp. lanceolatum J. Thompson and are thus considered conspecific. The leaf dimensions of Australian material are well within the range of those of L. amboinense in Malesia. Sunilarly, flowers of the two taxa are, on average, the same size and characteristics of their hypanthium, anthers and ovary do not differ significantly. There is no significant difference between the fruits of Australian and Flores material; they are the same size and shape, and in both cases the domed apex is highest away from the style. L. amboinense is very closely related to L. petersonii Bailey, but the latter has been maintained at the species level here, as the two can be separated on leaf and fruit characters. L. petersonii has broader fruits with a flat or shallow base when open, and leaves which are usually lemon-scented and have a minutely retuse apex. L. amboinense can readily be distinguished from L. javanicum by its narrower, almost concolourous leaves, usually glabrous floral hypanthium, early shedding bracts and smaller fruits. Note: A form of L. amboinense from Big Tableland near Cooktown is unusual in that it has 2~4 flowers per inflorescence. 30. Leptospermum petersonii Bailey, Queensland Agric. J. 15: 781 (1905). Type: Queens- land: Wilsons Peak, January 1905, W.J. Peterson (holo: BRI!; iso: NSW). Additional specimens: Queensland. WIDE BAY DISTRICT: Mt Tinbeerwah, 6 km west of Tewantin, Dec 1990, ae 2820 (BRI,NSW); DARLING Downs District: Red Rock Gorge, near Ballandean, Jan 1940, Smith 742 (BRI Distribetion and habitat: L. petersonii extends from Mt Tinbeerwah to near Port Macquarie in New South Wales. It grows on rocky escarpments and watercourses, usually adjacent to wet sclerophyll forest. Thompson (1989) refers to the distribution of L. petersonii [subsp. petersonii] extending north to Fraser Island. This record is apparently based on a single specimen which is held at BRI. On the label, 1t is stated that the plant was probably cultivated. Furthermore, the deep sandy soils of Fraser Island would be an unusual habitat for L. petersonii, which in Queensland is otherwise confined to skeletal rocky slopes. It is therefore more likely that Mt Tinbeerwah represents the northern limit of the species. 31. Leptospermum gregarium J. Thompson, Telopea 3(3): 411 (1989). Type: New South Wales: 10 km from Ebor on Guyra road, 23 July 1981, J. Thompson 4196 (holo: NSW 2.¥.), fide J. Thompson /oc. cit. Additionai specimen: Queensland. DARLING Downs DtsTricr: Girraween National Park, Portion 125, between Bald Rock and South Bald Rock, Aug 1977, Grimshaw s.n. [AQ 438016] (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Very rare in Queensland, known only from within a few kilometres of the New South Wales border. In the latter state, it extends throughout the northern tablelands and into parts of the western slopes. It grows in high-altitude heathy swainps. Multi-access key to the Leptospermum species of northern Australia and Malesia Instructions: Select a character. Decide which character state 1s appropriate for the Leptospermum specimen you wish to identify. List the numbers adjacent to that character state. The numbers represent the species as listed in the text. Select a second character, choose the appropriate character state, and list the second set of numbers below the first. Compile a ‘current’ list comprising those numbers common to both lists. Select a third character, choose the appropriate character state and compare this third set of numbers with the current list. The numbers common to both of these lists becomes the new current list. Identification is achieved when only one number remains. Note that some closely related species pairs cannot always be distinguished using this key. In these cases, it will be necessary to resort to the dichotomous key or species descriptions. Also note that the ‘Distribution’ character should not be used for cultivated plants of unknown origin. Bean, Leptospermum Character Distribution (Queensland Pastoral Districts) Stem Flanges Leaf length (largest leaves) Bark Type Leaf apex. Floral hypanthium Fruit diameter Number of loculi in fruit Sepals persistent in fruit? Character State Moreton or Wide Bay Darling Downs outside these Districts Present Absent <9 mm 9-15 mm >15 mm smooth, deciduous papery/fibrous, loosely attached fibrous/stringy, firmly attached scaly, not fibrous, closely adhering obtuse or minutely retuse acute, not prickly acute, prickly glabrous pubescent <5 mm >3 mm Three Four Five or more Yes No 655 Species possessing that character state 3,6,7,8,9,11,13,17,19,20,21,22,25,30 3,9,10,11,12,15,18,21,23,24,30,31 1,2,3,4,5,9,10,13,14,16,17,21,26,27,28,29 3,4,5,14,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31 1,2,6,7,8,9, 10, 11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19 5,11,14,15,16,17,18,19,21,23,24,25,26,31 5,9,11,12,13,16,17,20,21,22,23,25,27,28,31 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10,12,13,20,22,27,28,29,30 2,3,4,5,6,3 1 3,7,8,9,10,11,22,31 1,8, 14,15,20,24,26,27,28,29,30 12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,21,23,24,25 5,6,9,12,13,14,17,19,21,24,26,27,29,30 1,2,3,6,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31 2.4.5.7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,25,27,31 2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,26,28,29 1,7,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,27,28,29,30,31 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11,17 9.10,11,12,13,15,17,19,29 1,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25. 26,27,28,29,30,31 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,29,30 19,20,21,22.23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31 (2 CCC AGC Gent CO AC Gin ROC CC. CLC CCC OCO LLC ELSA CPO ao CAGE RP Ea cpa nL gach 1992 Austrobaileya 3(4) 656 cl ‘#1 ‘ : ar ' 4 ” M4 bad - vo ‘ 4 r 4% i ‘ : » * te »” ” we ™ * . 4 \y ry ” * ‘ 4 ee ae TNr «oF a ft * hy » h ‘te » 4 * ¥ by + 6 + « * toe ff x oe ON uM} ' f) ’ a ow , 4 wo Wd a » ry w ” \ s 4 4 + ‘ cy * hy * ry a i » * | Le , 4 " ¢ »,” ‘ ' » 4 \ > f) - * Pol 4 * » ee 4 ia 5 4 + * ‘ 4, ; % 14 + # ” ™ * * wn 4 * ” * * bat) » w r Pu * ¥y any * v ¥ ¥ Wy, oe +, r " 4 Pou Tay OM, * He hh rf hale aa h he ' nh hay tn ; an *. Site tag Pe mh or et a at rth nau ain ea we = = . wei a ae ete ' » * + +r aoe Ty + Pia oa yy wa ely res a aed a4 aah * - av nee a4 ae attes * el =p uP ere tre rs w * wena fe ae aan cael eH e cr’) aie’, wee" a Cd a. fal 44 Pe al “ey ”» ” » ” * , 4 * a avn to's , +3 08 ) d i Wa 4 a f + on He ey ‘ » i at ’ wig X t X 3. rut t : B. flowering G. fi dum flowering twig X 1.5. F. flower x 3. G, Bean 2112. F Forster 7000 i Leptospermum pall | EF, ges X 6. ; E, with stem flan D, Bean 2949 A. twig ower X 3. D. fruit X 3. Leptospermum venustum b) i : i B,C, Bean 1068 5 3 ptospermum peterson » Bethe C, fl A, Thompson 4156 [5 Bean, Leptospermum 657 10. 11. 12. {3. 14. L5. Dichotomous key to the Leptospermum taxa of northern Australia and Malesia . Largest leaves more than 18 mm long ........ 0. 0... ce ce ee ee 2 Largest leaves less than 18 mm long... .. .. .. ww we ew ee ee ee ee ee) «6 . Stem flanges present, conspicuous ww 6. we ee 3 Stem flanges absent or scarcely visible .. .. 0.0. 0... cee ee ee ee 8 . Fruits <4 mm in diameter, 3-locular, not domed; 3~8 flowers per inflorescence; bark smooth, at least on branches .. . —e 4 Fruits >4 mm in diameter, (4)5-locular, « domed; | flower per infloresc- ence; bark rough throughout Re pene f -) Bai Pi am 5 . Hypanthium glabrous; leaves concolourous; roof of ovary _ glabrous... . LL. brachyandrum Hypanthium pubescent; leaves discolourous; roof of F ovary hairy along valve margins tL oe pees She tet eee: . L. parviflorum . Sepals glabrous at anthesis; fruits 7-10 mm in diameter ........ —_L. variabile Margins of sepals hairy at anthesis; fruits 4-7 mm in diameter Ree 6 . Leaves 4-7 times longer than wide .. 2. 6. ee ee 7 Leaves 2-4 times longer than wide .... 1.1... ce ce ee ee ee ee ee ee ODT . Leaf apex obtuse or acute; fruits 4.0-5.5 mm in diameter, (4)5-locular, base of open. fruit usually. hemispherical. . L. amboinense Leaf apex minutely retuse; fruits 5~7 mm in diameter, 5-locular, base of open fruit bowl-shaped or almost flat Poaceae tate eth L. petersonii . Pedicels >8 mm long . Le we be ek ee ee ee ee ee ee © pallidum Pedicels absent or up to 4 mm long | Pet Phas ee 9 . Fruits 3-locular;, inflorescence 3- or more-flowered .................. 10 Fruits 4-5-locular; inflorescence 1~-2-flowered aetna Gan ae See ee ee as Ge | LA Flowers and fruits in sessile clusters, bark rough ow ww ww ww ww ee we ew MT Flowers and fruits in axillary racemes; bark smooth ................. 12 Inflorescence 15-20-flowered; leaves 7-11 mm wide, base obtuse L. speciosum Inflorescence 4-6-flowered; leaves 4-5 mm wide, base cuneate ...... L. whitei Leaves dark green, apex obtuse; plants growing on rocky hillsides L. luehmannii Leaves pale green, apex acute; plants growing along watercourses .. . Leaves 1.0-4.5 mm wide; fruits 2.0-3.5 mm across L. madidum subsp. sativum Leaves 4.5-9.0 mm wide; fruits 3.5—-5.0 mm across IL. madidum subsp. madidum Bark grey, scaly, closely adhering; fruits with a shallow dome, stigma >2 times width of style... | L. neglectum Bark brown, papery, loosely adhering; £ fruits without a dome, , stigma <2 times width of style ee . Sia in . ee ss. Leaves 8-15 times longer than wide; pedicels 2-4 mm long .. L. lamellatum Leaves 4-6 times longer than wide; pedicels 1.0-1.5 mm long .. L. trinervium ‘NNN NN MUNN SN nnnnannnnnnnnnniiN sinus X wun Nox summa 1 ain bx oS Hmmm ummm sum No NX As XG I a 658 16. ee 18. 19, 20. 21. 22. 23. 24, 25. 26, Zeb 28, aay 30. 31. 32. Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 EAVES DELI ys ors fp SES RT eh eet AG. Bobthie uA cate Wy RE "ed Bene cy, gala deg | SS SGAVES HOUSDEIORTY oy, it dea lems bye ake Richens alan bie see Ge a wane 20 SECT TIANIBES, PYESENE: 5. ak cee eee acd GR Us A RO at Bla 0 peal De wwe 18 Siem. Panges BORNE gg ke ace vig Hea ee SRR Ota Vee Wea pear pe 29 Leaves 2-3 mm wide; fruits 5.0-6.5 mm long .......... L. novae-angliae Leaves 0.8-1.5 mm wide; fruits 3—4 mm long ee as hae 1. juniperinum Old leaves hairy; fruits 6.5-8.0 mm in diameter .......... JL. arachnoides Old leaves glabrous; fruits 3-4 mm in diameter ye ree L. microcarpum Stem flanges present, conspicuous .......... 0.2.02. 0. ce eee ee ee ee) DI Stem flanges absent or scarcely visible .......................... 30 Largest leaves. 2G mitt lone... ae bl ee ay edn Gethweda ctas 4. bf 22 Larges eaves -- OTRO TOT a lliacny cbysin eaten rein Se ae fy earns MOS Leaves strongly recurved; margins of sepals hairy ............ LL. recurvum Leaves not recurved; sepals glabrous throughout... ___ ... L. minutifolium Fruit not woody or domed, sepals persisting ...................... 24 Fruit woody and domed, sepals not persisting ................ .. .. 935 Bark smooth; fruit 3-locular; leaves 2.5-4.0 mm wide wane L. purpurascens Bark rough; fruit 5-locular ; leaves 1.5-3.0 mm wide oe ee. 6 dL, Sericatum Bark + smooth; papery layers shed from hypanthium of fruit .. L. gregarium Bark rough; hypanthium of fruit without papery layers ......—s—adwws—s«&s—~s s&s (asa) OG Margins of sepals hairy at anthesis; leaves mostly >4 mm wide ........ 9 27 Sepals glabrous at anthesis; leaves <4 mm wide ................ ..._ 28 Leaves concolourous, strongly 3-veined, apex acute; floral hypanthium glabrous 3 L. wooroonooran Leaves discolourous, not markedly 7. veined, apex usually obtuse: floral hypanthium usually pubescent... .......... 0... ee L. javanicum Base of open fruit almost flat; leaves 3.5-4.0 mm wide... .. LL. oreophilum Base of open fruit hemispherical to obconical; leaves 1-4 mm wide QQ Bark papery or fibrous, loosely adhering; leaves 13-22 mm long; fruits 7-10 mm in diameter... . L. variabile Bark scaly, closely adhering; leaves 6-15 mm long: fruits 5-8 mm in diameter og ee ee ee ee ee ess. L polygalifolium Sepals not persisting on fruit; leaves lemon-scented ets L. liversidgei Sepals persisting on fruit; leaves not lemon-scented ................ 3{ Fruit succulent, becoming wrinkled after seed shed, sessile ............ 32 Fruit dry, thin-walled, not wrinkled after seed shed, pedicellate ........ 33 Leaves 3-4 mm wide; floral hypanthium 3.5-4.0 mm long; dehisced fruits 5-6 mm long, 5(6)-locular 7: . L. venustum Leaves 1.5-3.0 mm wide; floral hypanthium: 2.0-2.5 mm m long; dehisced fruits 4~5 mm long, (3)4— 5-locular i,t i L. semibaccatum Bean, Leptospernium 659 33. Leaves 3-5 mm long .........................,.... LL. parvifolium Leaves bole mit Tene, . oo, i. Bes Se. ee tre Fk et SS ub ae eben ta nk an 34 34. Valves not projecting above rim of fruit; bark papery a ee L. trinervium Valves projecting above rim of fruit; bark scaly 3 35. Leaves 6-10 mm long; floral bracts persisting to anthesis ...... L. sericatum Leaves 10-18 mm long; floral bracts not persisting to anthesis 36. Pedicels c. 1 mm long, fruit dome about half hypanthium length L. neglectum Pedicels 3-4 mm long, fruit dome about a ana to siiomuncimoanis Wetret ee nae a easels hoe ee ee ea ek ee .......... LL. brevipes Acknowledgements I would like to thank the Directors of A, DNA, L, NSW, PERTH and SING for the loan of their herbarium material and types, and the directors of BRI, JCT and QRS for access to their herbaria. The Director of the Queensland Herbarium kindly provided working space and processed loans. I am grateful to Will Smith who provided the illustrations, to Les Pedley for the latin diagnoses, to Philip Sharpe for translating the original description of L. annae, to Peter and Ann Radke for field assistance and to Estelle Ross who commented on a draft of this paper. References BACKER, C.A. & BAKHUIZEN VAN DEN BRINK, R.C. (1963). Flora of Java 1: 346. Groningen: Noordhoff. BAILEY, F.M. (1900). The Queensland Flora. Brisbane: Diddams & Co. BEAN, A.R. (1991) The Distribution of Leptospermuin luehmannii Bailey. The Queensland Naturalist. 31: 37. BRIGGS, B.G. & JOHNSON, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in Myrtaceae -— Evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 102(4): 157-256. BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or threatened Australian plants. 1988 revised edition. Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service. Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service. BROCK, J. (1988). Top End Native Plants. Hong Kong: John Brock. CORNER, E.J.H. (1940). Wayside Trees of Malaya, Voi 1. Singapore: Government Printer. maar a B.A. (1979). The Leptospermums of South-eastern Queensland. Queensland Agricultural Journal. 105: ~77. LEE, D.W. & LOWRY, J.B. (1980). Plant speciation on tropical mountains: Leptospermuim (Myrtaceae) on Mount ‘Kinabalu, Borneo. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 80: 223~242. MERRILL, E.D. (1921). A Bibliographic sar agama of Bornean Plants. Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal ‘Asiatic Society. [Special Number]: 436 STANLEY, T.D. & ROSS, E.M. (1986). Flora of South-eastern Queensland. Volume 2. Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary Industries. STEENIS, C.G.G.J. VAN (1972). The Mountain Flora of Java. Leiden: E.J. Brill. THOMPSON, J. (1983). Redefinitions and Nomenclatural Changes within the nn ae suballiance of Myrtaceae. Telopea 2(4): 379-383. THOMPSON, J. (1989). A Revision of the genus Leptospermum (Myrtaceae), Telopea 3(3): 301-448. VAN STEENIS-KRUSEMAN, M.J. (1950). Flora Malesiana Series 1, Vol. |. Malaysian Plant Collectors and Collections. p. LXXXVI- LXXXVIIL Djakarta: Noordhoff-Kol ff nv. Accepted for publication 6 February 1992 Austrobaileya 3(4): 661-664 (1992) : 661 THE CIRCUMSCRIPTION OF ADIANTUM DIAPHANUM BLUME (ADIANTACEAE), THE FILMY MAIDENHAIR FERN Peter D. Bostock Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia Summary The circumscription of Adiantum diaphanum Blume with respect to A. setulosum J, Smith is discussed. It is concluded that the two are conspecific and that the earlier name A. diaphanum should be retained. The applicability of frond hairs to the taxonomy of Adiantum is reviewed and the conclusion reached that hair morphology is a reliable taxonomic character but that, with few exceptions, lecation and density of occurrence of hairs on the various frond surfaces are characters of dubious value. Introduction Adiantum diaphanum Blume (the accepted name for the filmy maidenhair fern in Australia) is a delicate fern with a widespread distribution in the Malesian-Pacific region. In Austraha, it rarely occurs far from water (in some situations it 1s a seasonally or sporadically inundated rheophyte), commonly growing on rocks or soil along creeks and rivers in closed forest. The taxon occurs along the east coast from Cape York to Victoria and on Norfolk Island. Its extra-Australian distribution encompasses New Zealand, southern China (Hainan), Vietnam, Malesia, Taiwan and Japan; as well, it extends eastward in the Pacific as far as Fiji (Hooker 1858; Brownlie 1969, 1977; Brownsey & Smith-Dodsworth 1989; Pichi Sermolli 1991), Recently, Price (1987, 1990) reinstated the name Adiantum setulosum J. Smith, long considered a synonym of A. diaphanum; he restricted the usage of the latter name to Javan plants (which he stated, incorrectly, bear glabrous indusia), and applied the former name to plants from the remainder of the range. Iam unhappy with this cavalier treatment of the filmy maidenhair fern, and offer the following arguments 1n support of ie retention of Adiantum setulosum J. Smith in the synonymy of Adiantum diaphanum Blume. Discussion Two interesting morphological features characterise the filmy maidenhair fern. One presumed constant character, which serves to separate this fern from all other species of Adiantum, is the proliferous nature of the roots (Brownsey & Smith-Dodsworth 1989, Pichi Sermolli op. cit.). Although small tubers similar to those found on the roots of this species also occur on the roots of A. novae-caledoniae Keys. (reported by Page 1979), and confirmed by me after examination of herbarium specimens at the National Herbarium. of New South Wales (NSW)), A. diaphanum is apparently the only species in the genus to form clonal colonies by proliferation from root buds. The other feature which is diagnostic of A. diaphanum is the presence of dark setae between the veins on the lamina of ultimate segments, and the corresponding presence of similar setae on the outer surface of the soral flap (often loosely called ‘industum’ or ‘false indusium’). The setae are quite rigid, straight or slightly curved, thick-walled, unicellular above the associated, somewhat bulbous, epidermal cell (see Zimmer (1989) for micrographs), and may be quite evenly distributed over the lamina, or confined to the proximal basiscopic portion of the adaxial surface of the pinnule. On rare occasions some setae are present on rachises, which are otherwise normally glabrous. One form of the taxon, moderately well represented among herbarium specimens, has sparsely distributed robust setae on the adaxial lamina surface, but the abaxial lamina surface is best described as hirsute, with a few robust setae intermixed with very numerous shorter and thinner hairs; for example, a mean density of 17 shorter hairs per mm, in contrast to a mean density of 0.75 robust setae per mm? (Andrews 229 & Dockrill, BRI, 4 pinnules sampled). Brownsey (1987) indicates that this is the common form of the species in New Zealand. tt tt See et a he 662 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Previously, Brownsey (1987) reported the presence in New Zealand of colonies of this fern in which all or the majority of plants were glabrous. He appealed (op. cit.) for field workers to record the proportion of glabrous to non-glabrous colonies, and gave some brief statistics on his and fellow workers observations in New Zealand. During my revision of Australian genera of Adiantaceae (other than Cheilanthes) for the ‘Flora of Australia’, I have examined more than 135 specimens of Adiantum diaphanum (including 75 from Australia) from most of the range of this species (the principal exceptions were Vietnam, China, Malaysia, Japan and Fiji). Only one herbarium specimen (Papua New Guinea, Carr 11943, CANB) was entirely devoid of setae. On about one- third of the remaining specimens the soral flaps were glabrous, but some (or all) pinnules bore at least one seta on their lamina. Some colonies representing the latter form (sometimes bearing only one seta on a frond) have been found in the Upper Tallebudgera valley south of Brisbane (Bostock & McDonald s.n., Dec 1990, BRI), in close proximity to more typically hairy plants. The type of Adiantum diaphanum held at L consists of three sheets all apparently labelled as such by Blume, by comparison with his handwriting sample in van Steenis- Kruseman (1950). Sixteen separate plants are present on the sheets, and are morphol- ogically quite similar. All individuals on the type sheets which retain their roots bear root tubers, and all specimens have setae on both lamina and soral flaps, albeit quite sparsely. The implication by Price that the type of A. diaphanum Blume has glabrous indusia 1s therefore erroneous. Of 47 other Leiden Herbarium specimens I examined, all from the Malesian region, 17 were without setae on the soral flaps, although none were completely devoid of setae on the lamina. Geographically, these 47 specimens covered the major islands of Taiwan, Sumatra, Java, Timor, Flores and New Guinea. Javan specimens, excluding the type, accounted for 18 specimens of the 47, and 8 of these bear glabrous soral flaps. This is at variance with the statement by Price (op. cit.) that all plants from Java, the origin of Blume’s type, have glabrous soral flaps. There is no justification whatsoever for using the name A. diaphanum Blume solely for plants with glabrous soral flaps. Parallels to the pattern of trichome distribution in A. diaphanum may be found in other Australian/New Zealand species of Adiantum. For example, Adiantum formosum R. Br, exists in two forms, identical except that in one form the abaxial lamina surfaces are finely hirsute and in the other, the lamina surfaces are glabrous. Both forms bear multicellular, antrorse hairs on the adaxial surface of the rachises and petiolules. No pattern can be found in the distribution of the two forms in Australian samples. Of two New Zealand specimens seen by me, one was glabrous abaxially (Manawatu Gorge, 40°25’S, 175°45’E, Oct 1977, Given 10552 & Purdie, CANB), the other, hairy (s. /oc., c. 1860, ? Hooker J.D. [HO102726], HO). One cultivated specimen of Adiantum hispidulum var. whitei (Bailey) P. Bostock examined (Mt Petrie, Apr 1986, Peach s.n., BRI) lacks hairs on the frond, except among the sporangia (a unique feature of this taxon apparently linked to the aberrant deltoid form of the lamina) (Bostock 1987). Adiantum hispidulum normally has a helicoid lamina bearing pale, mostly multicellular hairs on both adaxial and abaxial surfaces, including the adaxial (outer) surface of the soral flap. Two specimens of another, as yet unnamed, variant of A. hispidulum, from northern Australia, previously identified as A. aethiopicuim L., are also glabrous on all surfaces, including the lamina, except for the presence of whitei-type setae among the sporangia (Russell-Smith 2661, 3916 & Lucas, both DNA). In addition, the holotype of A. tenue var. bicolor Domin (= A. hispidulum Sw.) (Domin 356, PR), has glabrous soral flaps and, atypically for A. hispidulum s.1., very sparsely hairy lamina and rachis surfaces. Yet another form of trichome variation in A. hispiduliuim s.l., that 1s, variation between taxa in the relative frequencies of occurrence of lamina hairs of different size classes, has been dealt with by Parris (1980) in her discussion of the relationship between A. hispidulum Sw. and A. pubescens Schkuhr. Although evidence from genetic analysis techniques is lacking, e.g. from isozyme studies, the available circumstantial evidence suggests that only one (in Adiantum diaphanum and A. formosum) or a few gene loci (Adiantum hispidulum) are involved in the observed patterns of lamina and rachis hairs. Whether this interpretation is correct or not, I believe that it 1s not valid to use distribution patterns of lamina hairs, i.e. Bostock, Adiantum diaphanum 663 presence/absence or numbers of hairs per mm/’, as a principal or indeed sole character for separation of taxa at the species level in Adiantum. This is particularly the case in A. diaphanum, which shows similar admixtures of genotypes, as expressed 1n the pattern of distribution of setae, in many widely separated regions. However, the morphology of lamina and rachis hairs, where these are present, 1s demonstrably constant and, in conjunction with other morphological features, can clearly separate the above-mentioned species of Adiantum. Taxonomy Adiantum diaphanum Blume, Enum. pl. Javae, fasc. 2: 215 (1828). Type: Linga Jattie, Java, [Oct 1824, fide van Steenis-Kruseman (1950)], Blume 649 (L. 908.275-1003, 908.275-1004, 908.275-1019) (holo: L!). Adiantum setulosum J. Smith, Comp. Bot. Mag. 72: 22 (1848). Type: cultivated plant, introduced in 1845 to Royal Gardens, Kew, from Norfolk Island, by Dr. McWilliam (holo: BM, #.y¥.). Adiantum tenue var. commutatum Domun, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 153 (1913), syn. nov. Type: Picnic Creek, south of the Russell River, north Qld, 1910, K. Domin Iter Australiense 357 [PR 523609]. (lecto: PR! [left hand specimen, here designated; the detached frond on the right hand side ts of A. hispidulum Sw.}). [Adiantum affine auct. non Willd. (1810): Hook., Sp. fil. 2: 32 (1858); Adiantum diaphanum var. affine (Hook.) van Ald. van Ros.. Malayan Ferns 323 (1908); K. Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 151 (1913)}]. Other synonyms may exist (for examples, see Brownsey et a/., 1985 and Brownsey, 1987), but they are secondary to the arguments presented ‘here. A. setulosum J. Smith is considered synonymous with A. diaphanum Blume and rejected on the grounds of priority. Illustrations: W.J. Hooker, Spec. fil. 2: t. 80C (1858); F M. Bailey, Lithogr. ferns Queensland 62 (1892); Duncan and Isaac, Ferns and allied plants of Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia Fig. 13.4, 13. 8, 13.10 (1986). Roots proliferous, bearing small + barrel-shaped tubers. Rhizome erect, tufted, c. 3 mm diameter; scales concolorous, golden-brown, with an entire margin and a prominent apical seta. Fronds tufted, to 36 cm long. Stipes to 18 cm long, smooth adaxially, scabrous abaxially. Lamina 5-18 cm long, 2-13 cm broad, subpedate, hastate or narrow- triangular, l-pinnate, or 2- (rarely 3-) pinnate at the base and 1-pinnate above, mem- branous. Rachises glossy, glabrous or very rarely bearing a few setae, flexuose. Decom- pound basal pinnae, when present, 1-3 (rarely more), narrow-triangular, [- or 2-pinnate. Ultimate segments dimidiate, rectangular to subtrapeziform, with shallowly lobed and often broadly-curved distal margins, becoming cuneate-flabellate in apical segments, sparsely to very sparsely setose adaxially and hirsute to sparsely setose (rarely glabrous) abaxially; setae dark brown, unicellular, acicular, straight or slightly curved. Veins dark brown near the petiole, elsewhere pale. Sori 1-10 along distal margins, usually 1 per lobe. Soral flaps orbicular to subreniform, deeply immersed in the lobe, glabrous or bearing unicellular setae similar in form to those of the lamina. Spores yellow; perine scabrous; diameter 25.6-51.9 uw (mean 33.9 u from 25 spores measured from each of 4 specimens). Selected specimens. Taiwan. Shakko, Dec 1913, Faurfe 251 (L). Borneo. Mt Kinabalu, Dec 1913, Clemens 27513 & Clemens (L). Sumatra. s. /oc., Korthals cL 908.275- 1015] (L). Java. M. Tenggen, Zollinger 2576 (L). Timor, s. loc., 1882-1883, Forbes 3864 (L). Flores. Rangat (Ko) Liang, Sc/himitutz F97 (L). Moluccas. Ceram [‘Seram’], near Saunula, 3°15'S, 129°29’E, Jul 1968, Kato C-11397 ef ail. (L). Bali. Kintamani, Apr 1950, Holstvoogd 876 (L). Papua New Guinea. Koitaki, Apr 1935, Carr 11943 (CANB); Wau, Croff 661 (BRI, LAE); Kainantu, Jul 1969, Henty LAE72446 & Katik (BRI, LAE). Australia. Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: near Cape Tribulation, 16° 16'S, 145°28’E, Jun 1988, Forster 4376 & Tucker (BRI,CBG,L,NSW), SFR 675, Little Mulgrave River, 17°08’S, 145°43E, May 1975, Andrews 229 & Dockrill (BRI). MORETON DISTRICT: gully 6 km W of Landsborough, 26°48’S, 152°54’E, Mar 1986, Bostock 210 (BRD. New South Wales. Mooball, c. 1 km N of town on Pottsville Rd, 28°25/S, 153°32’E Apr 1983, Jones 1003 (BRD; Norfolk Id, Mt Pitt Reserve, 29°O1’S, 167°57’E, Jun 1986, Duncan 86088N (MEL). Victoria, Deadlock Ck, tributary of Tarwin R., 38°10°S, 146°00’E, Mar L977, Duncan 77114 (MEL). New Zealand. Haruru Stream, c. 30 km NW Aukland, Rodney County, North Is., 36° 34/8. 174°30’E, May 1979, Gardner 2417 (HO). New Caledonia. s. /oc., s. coll. #135 [AQ142462] (BRI). ms es ov a EMA A A A OH NH A A A MG BN A AM A BG MG ON AM A a MM at et he AAG ee een ne ee nnn nn enn nn en ee ne en ne en no nN EN et ee ee Ee et TE EN En EE EN NM EN MN MBE SOM NANO ME MEU MAM MOR A ESSA LANA MEN 664 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Acknowledgments I am grateful to Paul Forster and Rod Henderson for their helpful comments on the manuscript, to Patrick Brownsey for information on the morphology and distributions of New Zealand Adiantum taxa, and to the Directors of AD, CANB, CBG, DNA, HO, L, MEL, PR and QRS for the loan of Adiantum specimens. I also thank David Jones (CBG) as well as the many members of the Fern Study Group, Society for Growing Australian Plants (Qld Region), for their help in providing specimens. References BOSTOCK, P.D. (1987). Rediscovery and status of Adiantum whifei Bailey (Adiantaceae). Austrobaileya 2: 360- 364. BROWNLIE, G. (1969). Fasc. 3, Pteridophytes. In A. Aubreville, Flore de la Nouvelie-Caledonie et dependances. Paris: Museum National d’Histotre Naturelle. BROWNLIE, G. (1977). The pteridophyte flora of Fiji. Beihefte zur Nova Hedwigia 55. Vaduz: J. Cramer. BROWNSEY, P.J. { are Polymorphism in Adiantuin diaphanum—help wanted. New Zealand Botanical Society Newsletter 10: 13-15. BROWNSEY, P.J., GIVEN, D.R. & LOVIS, J.D. (1985). A revised classification of New Zealand pteridophytes, with a synonymic checklist of species. New Zealand Journal of Botany 23: 431-489. BROWNSEY, P.J. & SMITH-DODSWORTH, J.C. (1989). New Zeaiand ferns and allied plants. Auckland: David Bateman Lid. HOOKER, W.J. (1858). Species filicum, Vol. 2. London: W. Pamplin. PAGE, C.N. (1979) The diversity of ferns. An ecological perspective. Chapter 2. In A.F. Dyer, The experimental biology of ferns. London: Academic Press. PARRIS, B.S. (1980). Adiantum hispidulum Swartz and A. pubescens Schkuhr (Adiantaceae: Filicales) in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Botany 18: 503-506. PICHI SERMOLLI, R.E.G. (1991). The pteridological collections of the G.R.S.T.S. expedition to the coastal region of north-eastern Queensland. Webbia 45(2). 317-379. PRICE, M.G. (1987). Review of ‘Iilustrations of Pteridophytes of Japan Vol. 5°. American Fern Journal 77(3): 108. PRICE, M.G. (1990), Philippine fern notes. Contributions from the University of Michigan Herbarium 17: 267- 278. VAN STEENIS-KRUSEMAN, M.J. le Malaysian plant collectors and collections. Flora Malesiana Ser. |, Vol. |. Djakarta: Noordhofl-Koiff. ZIMMER, B. (1989). Frond trichomes and scales as a taxonomic tool in Adiantum. pps. 285-292 In: Proceedings of the International Symposium on Systematic Pteridology. Beying: China Science and Technology Press. Accepted for publication 17 March 1992 Austrobaileya 3(4): 665-668 (1992) 665 NOTES ON LYCOPODIELLA HOLUB (LYCOPODIACEAE) IN NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND R.J. Chinnock State Herbarium of South Australia, Botanic Garden, Adelaide 5000 Australia Summary Five species of Lycopodiella occur in Australia including L. limosa here déscrttied as new and compared with ZL. sé} pentina (Kunze) B. Ollg. A key to the Australian species and distribution maps are provided. An unusual growth form in Lycopodiella serpentina is discussed. 1. Lycopodiella limosa Chinnock, sp. noy. haec ab Lycopodtiella serpentina foliis in ramos prostratos 6-11 mm longis: foluis in ramos strobiliferos verticillatis vel subverticillatis, mnternodus 7-8 mm longis; sporophyllis marginibus nonciliatis, irregulariter laceratis vel dentatis differt. Typus: Queensland, Cook DISTRICT: Canal Creek, Cape York Peninsula, 4 September 1979, B. Gray 1511 (holo: QRS). Vegetative branches prostrate, creeping, adpressed to substrate, with thick white dichotomously branched roots at intervals along the undersurface; leaves isophyllous, densely crowded along branches, absent from undersurface, erect, narrowly linear- triangular, acuminate, thick, margins entire, 6-11 mm long, 1.0-1.8 mm wide at base. Strobiliferous branches undivided, erect; leaves markedly reduced compared with those on vegetative branches, whorled or subwhorled. lanceolate-triangular, base thickened, 3.5-4.0 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide at base, internodes between successive leaf whorls/ subwhorls 7-8 mm long, leaves not overlapping. Strobilus to 5.5 cm long, about 3 mm wide; sporophylls free to base, imbricate, in alternating whorls of four, ovate, acuminate, margins scariose, nonciliate, irregularly lacerate or irregularly coarsely toothed in basal part, 2.5-2.8 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide. Sporangia isovalvate, reniform, 0.7-1.0 mm long, 1.2-1.4 mm wide. Fig 1 Specimens examined: Australia. Queensland, CooK District: N of Jardine River about 26 km S of Bamaga, Oct 1971, Dodson s.n. (BRI); between east coast and Escape River, Aug 1978, Paijmans 3063 (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Lycopodiella limosa is known only from northern Cape York Peninsula, Queensland where it occurs in swampy areas in open forest and in shady organic swampy soils in Melaleuca/Gahnia and Grevillea/Melaleuca/Banksia low shrubland. Etymology: The species derives its name from its preference for muddy soils in swamps. Lycopodiella Holub is one of four genera recognised by Ollgaard (1987) in his revision of the Lycopodiaceae. The genus consists of about 40 species found in moist temperate and tropical regions of the world but with the majority of species found in the Americas. Five species occur in Australia extending across northern Australia down the east coast to Victoria and Tasmania and with scattered occurrences in south-west Western Australia and South Australia (see Maps 1-5). Lycopodiella limosa belongs to Lycopodiella sect. Caroliniana (Bruce) B. Ollg. and is closely allied to L. serpentina, the only other Australian species in this section. Of the remaining three species L. lateralis and L. diffusa belong to Lycopodiella sect. Later pees (Holub) B. Ollg. and L. cernua in Lycopodiella sect. Campylostachys (K. Muller) B. Ollg. The Australian species can be distinguished as follows: 1. Strobili nodding, terminal on large dendroid branchlet systems ...... L. cernua Strobili erect, terminal or lateral . Se ah ey gts AIS, 28 aches a Gone eT 2. Branches prostrate adhering to substrate; strobili terminal on undivided erect branches AN ee: 3 Branches prostrate or erect, not adhering to substrate: strobili lateral .... .. 4 666 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 te. oe aes eft a ie SEU 4 bd Gee Ses Eki Sse OT a ee cue - ee m La et ‘" ; melee igang A, Malge a rs ib Ng 2.5mm See 4 cm <a tteorak hee Fee wa alta ni a my i. ata ial Pn, ay Fal i ae <3 i = : i me . ej .. Piel ee be co: a a ee a a ee Se eee el ns : wl Me tt. Won f £43 * ee Ny * Epa! ie. a 4 vache Coa, eS ™ al . cot “me ‘an , S, ~" 2 rs wk a 1 hy eed beret Oy ", Fars5y eee ala: Fa r ae ' the ant 4com : me ited ge been A. te, bene hs Bay pe ee | et eine dasnorst oy Fig. 1. Lycopediella limosa: A. habit of plant with enlargement of branch showing leaves displaced away from undersurface (compare with enlargement G). B. portion of strobiliferous branch showing non-imbricate leaves. C. portion of strobilus. D. adaxial view of sporophyll showing sporangium, irregular margin and coarse teeth in basal part. Lycopodiella serpentina: E. abaxial view of sporophyll showing prominently ciliate margin. F. habit of plant. G. habit of plant with atypical development of the strobiliferous branch. A-D, Gray 1511; E,F, Nash AD97411267; G, Kenning, 27 Oct 1976, BRI. Chinnock, Lycopodiella 667 3. Leaves >6 mm long, sporophyll margins non ciliate, but irregularly lacerate or toothed, leaves, on strobiliferous branches much reduced, internodes long... L. limosa Leaves <4.5 mm long, sporophyll margins ciliate, leaves on strobiliferous branches similar to prostrate branches, internodes short, leaves aver pple KO ee, che ee es JERE Nhe BAe ad L. serpentina 4. Branches prostrate, spreading, dichotomously branched; strobili erect, standing above the branches .. . | L. diffusa Branches erect, undivided or forked several times: strobili erect, over- topped by vegetative shoots Pee oe rs Sem ee dak eee es L. lateralis 2. Lycopodiella serpentina (Kunze) B. Ollg. During a study of specimens of Lycopodiella serpentina an atypical growth form of the strobiliferous branch was encountered. Normally the branch is terminated by a strobilus but in two collections from Queensland, one from Stradbroke Island (Kenning, 27 Oct 1976, BRI) and the other from near the Hopevale-Starke road on the track to Mclvor River, north eastern Queensland (Clarkson 5332, AD,BRI), the apex of the strobili revert to the vegetative aie? and develop for another 8-10 cm before terminating in secondary strobili (see Fig. 1G). As far as I am aware this phenomenon has not been reported elsewhere for Lycopodiella serpentina. Acknowledgements I thank Dr G. Guymer (BRI) and Dr B. Hyland (QRS) for the loan of specimens and Mr G.R.M. Dashorst for preparing the illustrations. This work was partially funded by an Australian Biological Resources Study Grant. Reference OLLGAARD, B. (1987). A Revised classification of the Lycopodiaceae s. lat. Opera Botanica. 92: 153-178. Accepted for publication 10 February 1992 “ ‘mre es wes wen“ MN HM A a eA A MMH MHA a A A AA ty A A GN A A 668 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Maps 1—5. Distribution of Lycopodiella spp. 1. L. limosa. 2. L. serpentina. 3. L. diffusa. 4. L. lateralis. 5. L. cernua. Austrobaileya 3(4): 669-681 (1992) 669 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN GRASSES 6*. ALEXFLOYDIA, CLIFFORDIOCHLOA AND DALLWATSONIA, THREE NEW PANICOID GRASS GENERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA Bryan K. Simon Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia Summary Three new panicoid genera, namely Alexfloydia from northern New South Wales, and Cliffordiochioa and Dalbwatsonia from the Cook Pastoral District of Queensland, are described as new and compared with related genera of the Paniceae. New species described are Alexfloydia repens, Cliffordiochloa paryispicula and Daliwatsonia felliana and details are given of their morphology and anatomy. Introduction A number of classifications of Panicum and allied genera have been proposed in the past (Chase 1908, 1911; Hitchcock & Chase 1910, 1915; Stapf 1917-1934; Hsu 1965; Butzin 1970; Brown 1977; Zuloaga & Soderstrom 1985; Clayton & Renvoize 1986; Zuloaga 1987) but a satisfactory scheme is far from appearing and depends on world- wide studies of generic limits of the Paniceae based on characters from many sources. Three panicoid grass species, 1n which the spikelets are laterally compressed and the fertile lemma is membranous, have been a focus of my attention recently during an updating of my key to Australian grasses (Simon 1990). The lateral spikelet compression and the possession of a membranous upper lemma necessitates a more detailed exam- ination of current views on the boundaries of the genus Panicum. Lateral compression and a non-indurate upper lemma are considered to be non-Panicum characters in the keys of Clayton and Renvoize (1986) and Watson and Dallwitz (1988), whereas Zuloaga and Soderstrom (1985) appear undecided whether the consistency of the upper lemma (‘anthecium’) was a character of generic importance in determining the classification of Panicum aristellum. J am of the opinion that these three species, on the basis of their laterally compressed spikelets and membranous upper lemmas, should be described as new genera. They key out unsatisfactorily in existing keys to genera (Watson & Dallwitz 1988; Clayton & Renvoize 1986; Simon 1990) so designation of distinct generic rank for them seems a rational decision. This follows on from the recent tradition of checking the credentials of suspected new grass genera using the computer identification programs ONLINE (Pankhurst & Aitchison 1975) and later INT KEY (Watson & Dallwitz 1988) on Watson’s automated generic descriptions of the grass genera of the world. Examples are the genera Cyperochloa Lazarides & L. Watson (Lazarides & Watson 1987) and Clausospicula Lazarides (Lazarides, Lenz & Watson 1991). The current (1991) version of INTKEY also maintains the integrity of a number of grass genera erected since the published 1988 version, including the genera A/vimmia Calderon ex Soderstrom & Londono, Arundoclaytonia Davidse & Ellis, kuthryptochloa Cope and Planichioa B. Simon. Another example of the use to which Watson’s automated generic descriptions of grass genera has been put is the correct taxonomic placing of a fossil grass (Thomasson, Nelson & Zakrzewski 1986). Comments from Dr. Les Watson regarding the status of the three new panicoid genera in this paper lend further weight to the selection of generic rank for these taxa. “Ive had a preliminary attempt at making diagnostic descriptions and comparisons with seeming relatives etc., via INTKEY, and my impression is that they are all defensible as genera. The problem, of course, 1s Panicum, which somewhere manifests every state of every pertinent character.” The automated descriptions of Watson include completes descriptions of leaf blade anatomy under headings Abaxial leaf blade epidermis and Transverse section of leaf blade, physiology, culm anatomy. The three new genera were all subjected to the standardised anatomical sectioning at Les Watson’s laboratory by his technical assistant Jill Hartley and are reported in this paper in the *continued from Austrobaileya 3(4): 585-607 (1992) CS aro roa ce ca rE slat gaa Cee OES me penn meme emmys mt tone iin din BE DM ng tae eM EM ENN EDN RR WN Mentone tame na ummm a tiedta dnl tu ele dhe anc aie ‘ 670 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 standard format of Watson and Dallwitz (1988). Although abaxial leaf blade epidermal strips were prepared successfully and photographed for samples of all three of the new genera, a transverse section of the mid-lamina good enough for photographic reproduction was obtained only for Alexfloydia repens. Alexfloydia B. Simon This grass, known locally as Floyd’s Grass, was brought to the attention of naturalists in the Coffs Harbour area of New South Wales in the late 1980s. A specimen of it had been taken by Mr Alex Floyd of the New South Wales National Parks and Wildlife Service, Coffs Harbour, to Dr Surrey Jacobs of the New South Wales National Herbarium, Sydney, in late 1987. At the time Dr Jacobs was of the opinion that the specimen belonged to an unknown genus. In 1988, logging on land east of the Pacific Highway east of Bonville, where this grass was known to occur, was stopped. This was the result of an awareness campaign by local conservationists to protect this rare grass and endangered avifauna. It 1s only known from three localities, two east of Bonville and one south of Boambee (A. Floyd pers. comm.). The vegetation in the two habitats from ere collections have been made differs to some degree, as seen from the collector’s notes below. Material was sent to me in 1988 and I identified it as Panicum sp. Floyd 3429 in the Queensland Herbarium and in my key to Australian grasses (Simon 1990). I have since been informed by Mr Floyd that this number is not one of his collecting numbers, but as the specimen has already been cited as such it will be referred to as Floyd [3429]. Using INTKEY this grass keys to Arthropogon Nees, but it differs from that genus by its glumes not being awned. It keys to Anthenantia P. Beauv. in the key to genera of the Paniceae in Clayton and Renvoize (1986), but that genus has hairy spikelets rather than glabrous ones as in this taxon. It keys to couplet 209 in Simon (1990) and no further as the lower glume is two-thirds as long as the spikelet, whereas the couplet provides the choices of the lower glume being either as long as the spikelet or up to half the spikelet length or absent. In Webster (1987) it keys to couplet 25, leading to the genera Rhynchelytrum Nees and Melinis P. Beauv. — now both placed in Melinis (Zizka 1988) — but differs by the upper glume being 9-nerved as opposed to 5—7-nerved in the latter genera. Alexfloydia B. Simon, gen. noy., Panico L. affine, sed lemmate membranaceo et spicula complanato laterali, Arthropogo Nees affine, sed sine glumis aristis, Anthenantio P. Beauv. affine, sed spicula glabro differt. Typus: 4A. repens B. Simon. Plants stoloniferous, sparingly branched, terminated by a solitary inflorescence, 3-4- noded. Internodes shorter than the associated leaf sheaths. Sheaths compressed. Ligule a fringe of hairs. Leaf blades flat, linear, glabrous, smooth, with smooth margins and a prominent white midrib. Inflorescence a panicle of 3~6 spikelets and a short main axis, smooth. Pedicels not distinctly angled, smooth, straight. Disarticulation at the base of the spikelet. Callus not differentiated and not prolonged into a stipe. Spikelets adaxial (with the lower glume facing the pedicel), laterally compressed, elliptic in outline. Glumes unequal, chartaceous, smooth: lower glume ovate, 5~7-nerved, glabrous, acute; upper glume long, elliptic, 9-nerved, rounded on the back. Rachilla not pronounced between the glumes. Lower floret male, anthers 3: lemma elliptic, 9-nerved, chartaceous, glabrous, acute; palea elliptic, 2-nerved. Upper floret perfect: lemma oblong, obscurely 5-nerved, glabrous, yellow, firmly membranous or thinly cartilaginous, striate, acute; palea oblong, per oa similar to the lemma, entire, smooth. Lodicules 2, free, membranous. Anthers 3. One species, northern New South Wales. Etymology: The genus is named for Mr Alex Floyd, who has collected all the known material of this grass and has drawn attention to its rarity. Alexfloydia repens B. Simon, sp. nov. Gramen stolonibus, culmis 18-24 cm altis, 3-4 nodis. Laminae foliorum laeve, 0.5-6 cm X [-1.5 mm, marginibus laevibus, costis albis. Panicula spiculis 3~6 gerens: axis c. Simon, Australian Grasses 6 671 Fig.1. Alexfloydia repens. A. habit X 0.5. B. spikelet, lateral view. C. lower glume. D. upper glume. E. lower lemma, dorsal view. F. lower palea with stamens, ventral view. G. upper lemma. H. upper palea, showing lodicules at base and stamen filaments. (B-H, all X 12). From type specimen. 672 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 1.5 cm longus et laevis. Pedicelli 4-7 mm longi. Disarticulatus ad basem spiculae. Spiculae adaxiales, lateraliter complanatae, ellipticae in ambitu, 3-3.5 X 1.5 mm. Glumae inaequales, chartaceae, laeves: gluma infera c. 2 mm longa, ovata, 5~7-nervata, acuta: gluma supera elliptica, c. 3 mm longa, 9-nervata, rotundata in dorso, pilis tuberculatis sparsis ad medium. Flosculus inferus masculus: lemma ellipticum, 9-nervatum, charta- ceum, glabrum, acutum; palea elliptica, 2-nervata, acuta. Flosculus superus perfectus, flosculum inferum longior: lemma c. 1.5 mm longa, luteum membranaceum, laeve, oblongum, acutum; palea membranacea, laevis. Typus: New South Wales, NORTH COAST DIvIsION, Boambee, Cordwells Creek, Dutton’s Estate, Portion 40, 30°20’45”S, 153°04’407E, 7 April 1991, A.G. Floyd 2165, ground cover with some Ottochloa gracillima, Gahnia Clarkei and Fimbristylis ferruginea in the king tide zone above Aegiceras corniculatum and Avicennia marina mangrove forest, weak soft trailing mat grass up to 20 cm tall, canopy of Callistemon salignus with Parsonsia straminea a common liane (holo: BRI(AQ 540193); iso: BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW). Fig. 1. Culms 18-24 cm tall. Ligule c. 0.2 mm long. Leaf blades 0.5-6 cm X 1-2 mm. Inflorescence main axis c. 1.5 cm long. Pedicels 4-7 mm long, not distinctly angled, smooth, straight. Spikelets 3.0-3.5 X 1.5 mm. Glumes: lower glume c. 2 mm long, upper glume c. 3 mm long, sometimes with a few tubercle-based hairs at the mid-region. Lower floret: anthers 2.5 mm long: lemma c. 3 mm long; palea as long as the lemma. Upper floret perfect, shorter than the lower floret: lemma c. 1.5 mm long; palea as long as the lemma. Lodicules 2, c. 0.5 X 0.3 mm long. Anthers c. 0.8 mm long. Caryopsis not seen. Specimens examined: New South Wales. NORTH COAST DIVISION: Boambee, Floyd 2165 (type - for details see above) (BRI,CANB,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW); Pine Creek, east of Bonviile, 30°23/ 15”S, 153°04’00’E, understorey to tall Casuarina glauca forest in sub-saline semi-wetland, soft carpet with no other ‘ground cover or shrub layer, Oct 1987, Floyd [3429] (BRI,CFSHB); Cordwells Creek, Dutton’s Estate, Portion 40, 30°20'45”S, 153°04’40’E, in the king tide zone above Aegiceras corniculatum and Avicennia marina mangrove forest, Oct 1991, Floyd 2166 (AD,B,BRL.CBG,NSW,PERTH,PRE, US). Conservation status: 2K (Briggs & Leigh 1988). Etymology: The species is named for its creeping habit. Notes: The spikelets of some of the specimens are insect infected, giving parts of the floret a distorted appearance. Anatomy Abaxial leaf blade epidermis: Costal/intercostal zonation conspicuous. Papillae absent. Long-cells markedly different in shape costally and intercostally, the costals much narrower; of similar wall thickness costally and intercostally (thin walled). Intercostal ZONES with typical long-cells. Muid-intercostal long-cells rectangular, having markedly sinuous walls. Microhairs present, elongated, clearly two-celled, panicoid type, 50-65 microns long, 10-15 microns wide at the septum; apical cells about 40-50 microns long; apical cell/total length ratio about 0.7-0.8; total length/width ratio at septum 3-6. Stomata common, 30-40 microns long; subsidiaries non-papillate, parallel sided, dome shaped and triangular (low to medium, predominantly more or less triangular with the apices truncated to various extents), including both triangular and parallel-sided forms on the same leaf; guard-cells overlapping to flush with the interstomatals. Jntercostal short-cells absent or very rare. Macrohairs infrequent, intergrading with long prickles, 1- 2(—3)-celled. Crown cells absent. Costal zones with short cells. Costa/ short-cells conspic- uously in long rows. Costal silica bodies present and well developed, ‘panicoid-type’, consistently elongated nodular, not sharp-pointed. Fig. 2A & B. Transverse section of leaf blade, physiology, culm anatomy: C,. Anatomical organisation conventional. XyMS-. PCR sheath outlines uneven. PCR sheath extensions absent. Mesophyil not /sachne-type, without ‘circular cells’, not traversed by colourless columns, without arm cells, without fusoids. Leaf blade adaxially flat. Midrib conspicuous (by virtue of a conspicuous abaxial keel, an arc of enlarged adaxial epidermal! cells and some colourless mesophyll), with one bundle only or having complex vascularisation (depending on the interpretation of the minor bundles flanking the median), with colourless tissue adaxially (in the form of a few large cells contiguous with the bulliform epidermis). Lamina symmetrical on either side of the midrib. Bulliforms not in discrete, regular Simon, Australian Grasses 6 = eeveb ase tee ey fetetatey ge ware ca rate ents cane PES Eriee ee cere eee eee ee eee ee eee ee eee cere ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ere ere err rer erry. Fit dieeree ve ee et recess aaEe RE : ier SHEE Hite F Ae TISAI Rare ITT elle SEE : a : : . ots Manet xe F HEE = 2 PUES ‘. ees oe, Pesci Toh Ist - seers tT ee ots i eter ers BIST te ee Pesci sete . Sunhine a : Teh peheteneen ty ; = : a tates fo SRB ee SAME T Earner ases roetiosnpeeeesite te TeAnES HEISE ni ieee TEM ae ctetieiet = bets Ae i ieerety Ig Tron cers 3 Tere = ls we aie ete aes Naveen erecedseew eves Seereere, : wee : te ne ttt iH . : : : SIieegiiene ares im 7 et elt a SIP SRT PSG te BESTE IDEs : = eee beet the es . Terre ree “aes Weer rere See SESH matt Seek a - yore weer C, m om He s 5 : Ent: eatin er Ha are sence et renee hares a ETE Se in Srereee 34 ferott SATE = Seeley Sree SSE. 3 Perey DERE! etriivige, fee ns eae see Sete rie Ete tate ts = = BASTANTE a 2 Tf oe Wels TST ES, eres Manate: Ee js ee SEE Ee Feria eects ee feshinnihs3 Peenoet ae HELD hed, weseie Pistestels Tye : : oa wie ef : - ; Se ; RESIN eee sn ere pees Mitre ronss = = : merits 4 atpeartaneee ieee “. DEE oe Why ee Et a SOTEE . Hy eet Tatts pat roe aS sAdagead + Fig. 2. Alexfloydia repens: A. microhair on the abaxial leaf blade epidermis. B. abaxial leaf blade epidermis. C. transverse section of part of the mid-lamina (midrib excluded). Adaxial surface uppermost. 674 Austrobaileya 3(4); 1992 adaxial groups (the adaxial epidermis mainly bulliform), nowhere involved in bulliform- plus-colourless cell arches. Many of the smallest vascular bundles unaccompanied by sclerenchyma. Combined sclerenchyma girders absent (the sclerenchyma restricted to a large abaxial strand in the keel and small adaxial and abaxial strands with the major laterals). Sclerenchyma all associated with vascular bundles. Fig. 2C. Cliffordiochloa B. Simon This grass has been collected only twice from the same locality in the Johnstone Shire of the Cook District of northern Queensland. It 1s an aquatic grass and although mentioned by the collector to be ‘spreading quickly’ it has not been collected outside the type locality. Using INTKEY (Watson & Dailwitz 1988) it keys to Sacciolepis Nash from which it differs by its spikelets not being saccate. It keys to couplet 81 in the key to genera of the Paniceae of Clayton and Renvoize (1986), leading to the genera Arthropogon Nees and Reynaudia Kunth; it differs from the former by the lower glume not being awn-like and from the latter by the lower glume not being bilobed. It keys to Digitaria Haller in Simon (1990) but differs from that genus by the lateral compression of the spikelet and the lower glume being at least one third the spikelet length. It keys to couplet 25 in Webster (1987), leading to Rhynchelytrum Nees and Melinis P. Beauv. in Webster (1987) but differs from them in that the spikelets are much smaller and the upper glume has fewer nerves. In Simon (1990) it was recorded as Whiteochloa sp. D. Mitchell 11, but it differs from that genus by the rachilla between the florets not being pronounced and the upper lemma being hyaline and not indurate. It is also superficially close to Cyrtococcum Stapf but that genus has a crested apex on the upper lemma. It differs from Dallvatsonia B. Simon by the upper lemma tightly enclosing the upper palea, the 1-nerved lower glume and much smaller spikelets which are distinctly paired. Finally it differs from all the above-named panicoid genera with which it has been compared, by the upper floret having only two stamens, an unusual situation in the Paniceae and only known in one other genus, Reynaudia Kunth from Cuba (Watson & Dallwitz 1988). Cliffordiochloa B. Simon, gen. nov., Whiteochloae C.E. Hubb. affine sed sine rhachilla conspicua inter flosculos et lemmata supera hyalina, Sacciolepi Nash affine sed sine spicula saccata, Digitariae Haller affine sed gluma infera longiore, Cyrtococco Stapf affine sed sine apice lemmatis cristato, Dal/watsoniae B. Simon affine sed lemmate supero arcte paleam superam includenti arcte, eorum omnibus staminibus duobus differt. Typus: C. parvispicula B. Simon. Weak perennial. Culms erect, tufted, sparingly branched towards apex, terminated by a solitary inflorescence, 4-6-noded. Internodes longer than the associated leaf sheaths, which are compressed. Ligule a membrane. Leaf blades flat, linear, glabrous, with smooth margins. Inflorescence a panicle with main axis, long and scabrous. Primary branches spreading, not whorled, and scabrous on the margins. Pedicels distinctly angled, scabrous, straight, with glabrous apices. Disarticulation at the base of the spikelet. Callus not differentiated. Spikelets adaxial, to 50 on a typical lowermost primary branch, laterally compressed, elliptic. Glumes unequal, membranous, glabrous: lower glume not fused with the callus, deltoid, 1 nerved, smooth, scabrous on keel; upper glume elliptic, pinched at apex, 3- sub 5-nerved, rounded on the back. Rachilla not pronounced between the glumes. Lower floret sterile; lemma elliptic, membranous, glabrous, acute and pinched at apex; palea narrowly elliptic, as long as the lemma, acute. Upper floret perfect, shorter than the lower floret, not stipitiform; lemma white, hyaline, smooth, elliptic, rounded on the back, glabrous, apically rounded; palea hyaline, smooth. Anthers 2, brownish mauve. One species, Cook Pastoral District, Queensland. Etymology: The genus is named for Professor H.T. (Trevor) Clifford (University of Queensland) who has done much work on classification of grass genera and who collected much of the early data on Australian genera used by Watson and Dallwitz in their computer generated keys to Australian and later world grass genera. Simon, Australian Grasses 6 675 Fig. 3. Clifordiochloa parvispicula: A, habit X 0.5. B. portion of panicle X 6. C. spikelet, lateral view. D. lower glume, E. upper glume. F. lower lemma. G. lower palea. H. upper lemma. I. upper palea with young ovary and stigmas. J. anthers. (C—J, all x 25). From type specimen. 676 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Cliffordiochloa parvispicula B. Simon, sp. nov. Gramen perenne infirmum. Culmi erecti, caespitosus, 60-80 cm alti, 4-6-nodi. Laminae foliorum planae, 5-15 cm X 2-3 mm, lineares, glabrae, marginibus laevibus. Axis paniculae 10-20 cm longus, scaber. Rami 4-10 cm longi. Disarticulatus ad basem spiculae. Spiculae adaxiales, lateraliter complanatae, ellipticae in ambitu, c. 1.5 X 0.5 mm. Glumae inaequales, membranaceae, slabrae: gluma infera c. 0.5 mm longa, deltata, 1-nervata, laevis, scabra in nervo: sluma supera c. 1.5 mm longa, elliptica, 3-sub 5- nervata, rotundata in dorso. Flosculus inferus sterilis: lemma ellipticum, membranaceum, glabrum, acutum; palea anduste elliptica, acuta. Flosculus superus perfectus, flosculum inferum ‘brevior, non stipitiformis: lemma c. 1.2 mm longum, album, hyalinum, ellip- ticum, laeve, slabrum, rotundatum ad apice; palea hyalina, laevis. Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Mena Creek Valley, Johnstone Shire, on property of E.W.-and A. Holder, Mena View, Mena Creek, 17°4-’S, 145°5~’E, confined to water channels, thick mat, spreading quickly, 26 January 1983, D.J. Mitchell 11 (holo: BRI(AQ 349007): iSO: CANB). Fig. Culms 60-80 cm tall. Ligule c. 0.5 mm long. Leaf blades 5-15 cm X 2-3 mm. Inflorescence with main axis 10-20 cm long. Primary branches 4-10 cm long. Pedicels 0.5-1.5 mm long. Spikelets c. 1.5 X 0.5 mm. Glumes: lower glume c. 0.5 mm long; upper glume c. 1.5 mm long. Lower floret: lemma c. 1.5 mm long; palea as long as the lemma. Upper floret shorter than the lower floret; lemma c. 1.2 mm long, palea hyaline, smooth. Anthers c. 0.5 mm long. Caryopsis not seen. Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DistTricT: Mena Creek, Johnstone Shire on E. Holder’s Property, 1 7°4- ‘S, 145°S5S~’E, undulating foothill country, Mar 1983, Aditchell s.n. (BRL CANB); DJ. Mitchell 11 (type — for details see above) (BRL CANB). Conservation status: 2K with a possibility of it being 2V as it has only been collected from the type locality (Briggs & Leigh 1988). Etymology: The species 1s named for its small spikelets. Anatomy Abaxial leaf blade epidermis: Costal/intercostal zonation conspicuous. Papillae absent. Long-cells markedly different in shape costally and intercostally, the costals much narrower; of similar wall thickness costally and intercostally (the walls of medium thickness). Intercostal zones with typical long-cells. Mid-intercostal long-cells rectangular, having markedly sinuous walls. Microhairs present, elongated, clearly two-celled, pani- coid-type, 30-45 microns long, 5-10 microns wide at the septum; apical cells 20-30 microns long. Microhair apical cell/total length ratio 0.4—-0.6; total length/width ratio at septum 4-6. Stomata common, 20-30 microns long; subsidiaries non-papillate, low dome-shaped to triangular or parallel-sided by extreme truncation of triangles, including both triangular and parallel-sided forms on the same leaf; guard-cells overlapping to flush with the interstomatals. Intercostal short-cells common, in cork/silica-cell pairs or many solitary, sometimes silicified. Intercostal silica bodies mostly cross shaped. Crown cells absent. Costal short-cells conspicuously in long rows. Costal silica bodies present rn well developed, ‘panicoid-type’, nearly all dumb-bell shaped, not sharp pointed. Fig. A. Transverse section of leaf blade, physiology, culm anatomy: C,. XyMS+. Mesophyll with radiate chlorenchyma, /sachne-type, without ‘circular cells’, not traversed by colourless columns, without arm cells, without fusoids. Midrib conspicuous, with one bundle only or having complex vascularisation (depending on the interpretation of the midrib), without colourless tissue adaxially. Lamina symmetrical on either side of the midrib. Bulliforms in discrete, regular, adaxial groups, in simple fans (these large), nowhere involved in bulliform- plus- colourless cell arches. All the vascular bundles accompanied by sclerenchyma. Combined sclerenchyma girders present (with all the primary bundles, the minor bundles mostly with adaxial and abaxial strands). Sclerenchyma all associated with vascular bundles. en see mi om Sart rarke Simon, Australian Grasses 6 Saree aes fo a a WN So t,t Sts Se a a a a Hae a a a a a eae a ae a Patt et Etsy Sens = a . iH HIN SeF? Te ister ks : cheeereates 4 eetiet geleteleiwaietl ts SEABEESARE I Te stele s o ‘beet Boe Stet FE : eae eeneye * rstit sigthe Ee Saget tant tatet aster, HERES TBR ET wy BERT ESL oe > Sears : é sk seetetet ties Batterson) Tene nae eae AAT SRO ais HISAEASEEE sees il sere v, Coreatre WeTR eb isse erate “sete : wuts wale 2 a f - ‘ A *e * Peiistihes TER Ginn HS - ae ed she setalvaunanes Ys pera teins Spee sete SRE eee ETI eres Urine Pett eeteleree TASER iinir nee Reeve Lee = Te > rer, TRS: SENS - eeaths DEE ewes made LITA Lyre ee oe Beigel tisetucicetes. : mr ADT Se te a pelt ett WB FSISTEET * SSS een ie , wake : s 5 ees ats 2 Seat, a pettat este testeret te: HTS BITRE Riri FE : Paced een ant reres eed wt err ERSTE RISES, HEE oF : STE 4 SEE Te Trey Hh 5 : we a ai a riptsieve Tats TAIN beeen Le 83 a 3 H eats Bee z Wade Eersriie H 7 we a Serres RIED sy gs cat Sietee nr Hi aaa . etre tae i = % ve. rw biped ay SSIES HEEENEINS Fae ee a SEMIN cone} Peas SESilliies AR che Peete, suites su pirate Sree HAG DEE “e eee Sat HIRES TH i : SURES eed eo ne = "oo reteneeeteenre tists Sele deiees see eeee feet ate Erte TalaseTr SoA eset wae aie: BEM? Sat Detevecess Fig. 4. A. Cliffordiochloa parvispicula: abaxial leaf blade epidermis. B. Dalhwatsonia felliana: abaxial leaf blade epidermis. | 678 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Dallwatsonia B. Simon This grass was submitted to the identification unit of the Queensland Herbarium in May 1991 and at the outset it looked different and interesting. Using INTKEY (Watson & Dallwitz 1988) it keys to Sacciolepis Nash from which it differs by its spikelets not being saccate. In the key to genera of the Paniceae in Clayton and Renvoize (1986) it keys to the second half of couplet 97, leading to Anthenantia P. Beauv., except that its upper lemma is membranous rather than “firm to the tip”. Also it differs further from that genus by its spikelets being glabrous and by having a lower glume. It is also similar to Whiteochloa C.E. Hubb. but it differs from that genus by the rachilla between the florets not being pronounced and the upper lemma being hyaline and not indurate. It differs from Cliffordiochloa B. Simon by its upper lemma only loosely enclosing the upper palea, by its upper floret with 3 stamens, by its 5-nerved lower glume and its much larger spikelets which are not distinctly paired as in that genus. Dallwatsonia B. Simon, gen. nov., Whiteochloae C.E. Hubb. affine sed sine rhachilla inter flosculos et cum lemmatibus superis hyalinisa, Sacciolepi Nash affine sed sine spicula saccata, Anthenantiae P. Beauv. affine sed lemmate supero mem- branaceo, spiculato glabro, cum glumo infero, Cliffordiochioa B. Simon affine, sed lemmate supero paleam superam laxe includenti, gluma infera 5-nervata, staminibus tribus, spiculis multis grandioribus multis differt. Typus: Da//watsonia felliana B. Simon. Plants perennial. Culms erect, tall, sparingly branched, terminated by a solitary inflo- rescence, 7-noded. Internodes slightly longer than the associated leaf sheaths, which are keeled. Ligule a fringed membrane with the fringe extremely short, entire. Leaf blades flat, linear-lanceolate, glabrous, with smooth margins. Inflorescence a panicle, scaberulous. Primary branches spreading, not all whorled, scaberulous on the margins. Pedicels 0.1- 4.0 mm long, not distinctly angled, scabrous, straight with apices glabrous. Disarticulation at the base of the spikelet. Callus not differentiated, not prolonged into a stipe. Spikelets adaxial, c. 35 on a typical lowermost primary branch, laterally compressed, lanceolate, single or indistinctly paired. Glumes unequal, membranous, glabrous: lower glume ovate, 5-nerved, smooth, rounded on the back; upper glume lanceolate, 6—7-nerved, rounded on the back, slightly pinched at apex. Rachilla slightly pronounced between the glumes. Lower floret sterile; lemma lanceolate, membranous, glabrous, acute and slightly pinched at apex; palea a narrow, linear membrane. Upper floret perfect, slightly shorter than or the same length as the lower floret, not stipitiform: lemma long, white, membranous, smooth, lanceolate, rounded on the back, glabrous, acute; palea membranous, smooth. Lodicules very small. Anthers 3. One species, Cook District, Queensland. Etymology: The genus 1s named for Dr Mike J. Dallwitz, Division of Entomology, CSIRO, who has pioneered the DELTA system (Dallwitz & Paine 1988), used worldwide in the taxonomic study of many biological groups, and Dr Leslie Watson, Taxonomy Laboratory, Research School of Biological Sciences, Australian National University, who, with Dallwitz, has used DELTA extensively in preparing automated descriptions and keys to grass genera of the world (Watson 1987; Watson & Dallwitz 1988) and who has encouraged many other people to use DELTA for the study of grass species. The INTKEY version of DELTA assisted greatly in the analysis of the three new genera in this paper. Dallwatsonia felliana B. Simon, sp. nov. Gramen perenne. Culmi erecti, ad 130 cm alti, c. 7-nodi. Laminae foliorum planae lineares-lanceolatae, 15~30 cm X 3.5-7.0 mm, glabrae, marginibus laevibus. Axis pani- culae ad 22 cm longus, scaberulus, ramis 4-10 cm longis, marginibus scaberulis. Disar- ticulatus ad basem spiculae. Spiculae adaxiales, lateraliter complanatae, lanceolatae, 3.5- 40 X 1.5 mm. Glumae inaequales, membranaceae, glabrae: gluma infera 1.0-1.5 mm longa, ovata, 5-nervata, laevis, rotundata in dorso; gluma supera lanceolata, c. 3.5 mm longa, 6-7-nervata, rotundata in dorso. Flosculus inferus sterilis: lemma lanceolatum, c. 3.5 mm longum, membranaceum, glabrum, acutum; palea anguste, linearis, c. 2 mm longa, membranacea. Flosculus superus perfectus flosculum infernum aequans vel brevior, non stipitiformis: lemma lanceolatum, c. 3.5 mm longum, album, membranaceum, laeve, Simon, Australian Grasses 6 679 \ 4 by 4 i Fig. 5. Dallwatsonia felliana: A. habit X 0.33. B. portion of panicle X 3. C. spikelet, lateral view. D. lower glume. E. upper giume, dorsal view. F,G. lower lemma, ventral and dorsal views respectively. H. lower palea. I. upper lemma. J. upper palea. K. young ovary and stigmas. (C-L, all * 12.5). From type specimen. 680 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 glabrum, rotundatum in dorso, acutum; palea membranacea, laevis. Typus: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Rokeby National Park, Langi Lagoon, 25 km N of Ranger Station, 13°27’/S, 142°41’E, 30 April 1991, fringe and bank of a permanent freshwater lagoon, an occasional PTAass to 1 m growing in 10 cm of water, D.G. Fell 2295 (holo: BRI(AQ 540192); iso: CANB,K). Fig. 5. Culms to 130 cm tall. Ligule c. 0.5 mm long, Leaf blades 15-30 cm X 3,.5-7.0 mm. Inflorescence with main axis to 22 cm long. Primary branches to 6 cm long. Pedicels 0.1-4.0 mm long. Spikelets 3.5-4.0 X 1.5 mm. Glumes unequal: lower glume 1.0-1.5 mm long; upper glume c. 3.5 mm long. Lower floret: lemma 3.5 mm long: palea c. 2 mm long. Upper floret slightly shorter than or the same length as the lower floret: lemma c. 3.5 mm long. Lodicules very small. Anthers c. 1.5 mm long. Caryopsis not seen. Specimen examined: Queensland. Coox District: Feil/ 2295 (type — for details see above). Conservation status: 1K (Briggs & Leigh 1988). Etymology: The species is named for David Fell, Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service, Cairns, who collected the type specimen, the only material of it known so far. Anatomy Abaxial leaf blade epidermis: Costal/intercostal zonation conspicuous. Papillae absent. Long-cells markedly different in shape costally and intercostally, the costals much narrower, of similar wall thickness costally and intercostally (the walls of medium thickness). Intercostal zones with typical long-cells. Mid-intercostal long-cells rectangular, having markedly sinuous walls. Microhairs present, elongated, clearly two celled, panicoid- type (broad, almost balanoform), 30-45 microns long, 8-10 microns wide at the septum; apical cells 25-30 microns long; apical cell/total length ratio about 0.7-1.0; total length/ width ratio at septum 5.0-5.5. Stomata common, 25-35 microns long; subsidiaries non- papillate, dome-shaped and triangular; guard-cells overlapping to flush with the intersto- matals. Jntercostal short-cells common, in cork/silica-cell pairs (mostly), or some solitary, sometimes silicified. Intercostal silica bodies mostly more or less cross shaped, with a few small intercostal prickles. Crown cells absent. Costal zones with short-cells. Costal short-cells conspicuously in long rows. Costal silica bodies present and well developed, ‘panicoid-type’, short to medium dumb-bell shaped or nodular (a few only), not sharp- pointed. Fig. 4B. Transyerse section of leaf blade, physiology, culm anatomy: C,. XyMS+. Mesophyll seemingly /sachne-type in places, without ‘circular cells’, not traversed by colourless columns, without a cells, without fusoids (but most of the intercostal zones with a well defined aerench matous region in the middle). Leaf blade ‘nodular’ in section to adaxially flat. Adi idrib conspicuous (the keel large and abaxially prominent), having a conventional arc of bundles only (the large median accompanied on either side by several small laterals), with colourless tissue adaxially. Lamina symmetrical on either side of the midrib. Bulliforms in discrete, regular adaxial groups, in simple fans, nowhere involved in bulliform-plus-colourless cell arches. All the vascular bundles accompanied by sclerenchyma. Combined sclerenchyma girders present (with all or most of the lateral bundles), forming ‘figures’ (some of the configurations somewhat I-shaped). Sclerenchyma all associated with vascular bundles. Acknowledgements I am very grateful to Dr Leslie Watson for having the anatomical descriptions and photographs prepared in his laboratory by Jill Hartley and for noting some additional morphological characters, to my colleague at the Queensland Herbarium, Rod Henderson for reading the manuscript and providing improvements and to Dr. Surr ey Jacobs for his referee’s comments. The fine illustrations were prepared by Will Smith, ilustrator at the Queensland Herbarium. Simon, Australian Grasses 6 681 References BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 revised edition. Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service. BROWN, W.Y. (1977). The Kranz syndrome and its subtypes in grass systematics. Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club 23: 1-97, 126-130. BUTZIN, F. (1970). Die systematische Gleiderung der Paniceae. Willdenowia 6(1): 179-192. CHASE, A.S. (1908). Notes on genera of Paniceae, III. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 21: 175-188. CHASE, enh atte Notes on genera of Paniceae, IV. Proceedings of the Biological Society af Washington 24: 103-160. CLAYTON, W.D. & RENVOIZE S.A. (1986). Genera graminum — Grasses of the World. Kew Bulletin Additional Series XU. London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office. DALLWITZ, M.J..& PAINE, T.A. (1988). User’s guide to the DELTA system. A general system for processing taxonomic descriptions, 4th edition. CSIRO Division of Entomology Report No. 13. Canberra: CSIRO. HITCHCOCK, A.S. & CHASE, A. (1910). The North American species of Panicuin. Contributions from the United States National Herbarium 15: 1-396. HITCHCOCK, A.S. & CHASE, A. (1915). The North American species of Panicunt. Contributions from the United States National Herbarium 17: 459-539, HSU, C.C. (1965). The classification of Panicum (Gramineae) and its allies, with special reference to the characters of lodicule, style-base and lemma. Journal of the Faculty of Science, University of Tokyo, section 3 (Botany) 9: 43~150. LAZARIDES, M., LENZ, J. & WATSON, L. (1991). Clausospicula, a new Australian genus of grasses (Poaceae, Andropogoneae). Australian Systematic Botany 4: 391-405. LAZARIDES, M. & WATSON, L. (1987). Cyperochioa, a new genus in the Arundinoideae Dumortier (Poaceae). Brunonia 9: 215-221. PANKHURST, R.J. & AITCHISON, R.R. (1975), An online identification program. In R.J. Pankhurst (ed.), Biological Tdentification with Computers. London: Academic Press. SIMON, B.K. (1990). A key to Austrahan grasses. Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary Industries. STAPF, O. (1917-1934). Gramineae. In D, Prain (ed.), Fiora of Tropica! Africa, 9. London: L. Reeve. THOMASSON, J.R., NELSON, M.E. & ZAKRZEWSKI, R.J. pee A fossil grass (Gramineae: Chioridoideae) from the Miocene with Kranz Anatomy. Science 233: 876-878. WATSON, L. (1987). Automated taxonomic descriptions of grass genera. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C.S. Campbeli & M.E. Barkworth (ed.), Grass systematics and evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press. WATSON, L. & DALLWITZ, M.J. (1988). Grass Genera of the World. Illustrations of Characters, Descriptions, Classification, Interactive Identification, Information Retrieval. Canberra: Research School of Biological Sciences, Australian National University. WEBSTER, R.D. (1987). The Australian Paniceae (Poaceae). Berlin-Stuttgart: J. Cramer. ZIZKA, G. (1988). Revision der Melinideae Hitchcock (Poaceae, Panicoideae). Bibliotheca Botanica 138: 1-149. ZULOAGA, F.0. & SODERSTROM, T.R. (1985). Classification of the outlying species of New World Panicum (Poaceae: Paniceae). Srrithsonian Contributions to Botany 59. ZULOAGA, F.O. (1987). Systematics of New World species of Panicum (Poaceae: Paniceae). In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C.S. Campbell & M.E. Barkworth (ed.), Grass systematics and evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press. Accepted for publication 6 February 1992 Austrobaileya 3(4): 683-722 (1992) 683 REVIEW OF THE GENUS OLDENLANDIA L. (RUBIACEAE) AND RELATED GENERA RALIA IN AUST! David. A. Halford Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia Summary Australian Rubiaceae previously referred to Oldenlandia and/or Hedyotis and Synaptantha are referred to Oldentandia, Synaptantha, Kohautia and Hedyotis. Keys to recognized genera and species are given. Twenty species of Oldenlandia, two species of Synaptantha and four species of Hedyotis are recorded for Australia. Two new species, Oldenlandia Kechiae and O. spathulata, one new subspecies, O. mitrasacmoides subsp. nigricans, and one new variety, Synaptantha tillaeacea var. hispidula are diagnosed and described. Oldenlandia leptocaulis, O. laceyi, O. largiflorens, O. thysanota, O. delicata, O. argillacea, O. mitrasacmoides subsp. trachymenoides and Synaptantha scleranthoides are new combinations based on Hedyotis leptocaulis Halford, H. laceyi Halford, H. largiflorens Halford, H. thysanota Halford, H. delicata Walford, H. argillacea Halford, H. trachymenoides F. Muell. and H. scleranthoides F. wage respectively. Lectotypes are designated for Hedyotis galioides, Hi. polyclada, H. coerulescens, H, mitrasacmoides, H. trachymenoides and Synaptantha tillaeacea. Introduction Oldenlandia L., in the Rubiaceae tribe Hedyotideae Cham. & Schlecht., occurs throughout the tropical and warm subtropical regions of the world, with its largest diversity in Africa. Estimates of 100 (Verdcourt 1976) to 300 (Mabberley 1989) species have been made for the genus worldwide, with the lower estimate probably closer to the actual number recognizable. There has been confusion over the delimitation of Oldenlandia L. and Hedyotis L. ever since they were described by Linnaeus in his “Species Plantarum’ (1753). Linnaeus included four species in Oldenlandia, namely O. uniflora, O. umbellata, O. biflora and O. corymbosa, and its name was later lectotypified by Hitchcock (1929) by O. corymbosa. Hedyotis included three species, namely H. auricularia, H. fruticosa and H. her pe and its name was later lectotypified by Chamisso and Schlechtendal (1829) by H auricularia. Although H. auricularia 1s one of the species Linnaeus listed under Hedyotis in his first edition of ‘Species Plantarum’, Bremekamp (1939, 1952) queried the selection of the type of H. auricularia as lectotype because Linnaeus described the fruit of H’ edyotis as dehiscent and the fruits of this species are indehiscent. Bremekamp proposed the replacement of H. auricularia with H. fruticosa as type as the latter is the only species described by Linnaeus fitting the generic description of Hedyotis in his ‘Genera Plantarum’ (1754). Bullock (1958) agreed with this decision, This relectotypification of Hedyotis was not accepted by Fosberg (1943), Rogers (1987) or Smith and Darwin (1988). However Fosberg and Sachet (1991) have more recently accepted Bremekamp’s relectotypification. Although this matter cannot be considered resolved I will accept Bremekamp’s choice of H. fruticosa. The early taxonomic literature regarding these closely related genera has been reviewed by Fosberg (1943), Bremekamp (1952) and Rogers (1987). Australian History The treatment of O/denlandia and related genera has varied considerably in the various floras of Australia as 1t has in other parts of the world. The first record of Hedyotis in Australia was in Mueller’s Fragmenta (1863) where he described seven new species. Bentham (1866) listed nine species of Hedyotis for Australia. One of these, H. auricularia, was described from Indian material, another was described as a new species, H. elatinoides, based on a specimen of Drummond’s from Western Australia, while the rest were the species from Mueller’s earlier work. Bentham commented that he had initially considered that there were sufficient characters to distinguish O/deniandia from Hedyotis. However, he considered the Australian species to be somewhat intermediate between these two genera and followed Torrey and Gray (1841) and Wight and Arnott (1834) in accepting the broader concept of Hedyotis. He tat a Be at ea a ttt SY Ey SY NM ree et tte tga at tec tetttne e eee eee ee Ne AN MEN ERE NA EM MEME 684 Austrobaileya 3(4); 1992 The species previously treated by Bentham under the name Hedyotis were referred by Hooker (1873) to Synaptantha, Didentiniiz Hedyotis or Anotis although none of the necessary new combinations were formally made for them. Synaptantha was circum- scribed as a new genus to include H. tillaeacea F. Muell. He distinguished it by its 3/4 superior capsule and its marcescent rotate corolla together with the persistent staminal filaments. He retained H. auriciularia under Hedyotis and placed 4. galioides F. Muell. and H. scleranthoides F. Muell. under Oldenlandia. Those Australian species with dorsiventrally flattened seeds (H. trachymenoides F. Muell., H. mitrasacmoides F. Muell. and H. pterospora F. Muell.) were placed in the genus Anotis. Mueller (1874, 1876) described another three new species of Hedyotis for Australia. Later Mueller (1882) transferred all Australian species of Hedyotis to Oldenlandia, probably believing this to be the correct name for the aggregate genus. Bailey (1900) recognized Synaptantha, Oldenlandia and Hedyotis for Queensland though the characters he used to distinguished between O/denlandia and Hedyotis are not clear. More recently, Schwarz (1927) described two new species of Oldenlandia, O. tenuissima and O. mol- lugoides, from the Northern Territory. Domin (1929) followed Hooker (1873) and made two new combinations in Anotis, and incorrectly attributed others in Anotis to Hooker (1873). Recent regional floras (Marsden 1981; Stanley & Ross 1986) have recognized the monotypic genus Synaptantha and Hedyotis in the broad sense. Generic delimitation There have been a number of regional studies outside Australia which have examined the relationship of Oldenlandia, Hedyotis and closely related genera within their regions. Unfortunately there has been disagreement about the resultant generic delimitations. Fosberg (1943) and Fosberg and Sachet (1991) considering the Micronesian and Polynesian taxa, and Lewis (1961, 1962) considering the North American taxa, adopted a broad concept of Hedyotis merging several closely related genera, including Oldenlandia, with it. They concluded that characteristics of the seed, flower and fruit that had been traditionally used to delimit the genera were inconsistent within taxa and of minor diagnostic significance. They maintained Oldenlandia as a subgenus of Hedyotis. More recent work on North American taxa by Terrell (1975, 1990, 1991) and Terrell and Lewis (1990) concluded that there were fundamental differences in habit and morphology of inflorescence, flower, capsule and seed together with cytological evidence that supports maintaining the genera as distinct. In his revision of the African species of Oldenlandia, Bremekamp (1952) took a narrow view of the genus, maintaining Oldenlandia as separate from Hedyotis and describing a number of smaller genera. He considered the genus Hedyotis to be a distinct Asian taxon based on H. fruticosa. Lewis (1965) and Verdcourt (1976) considered some of Bremekamp’s segregate genera not worthy of recognition and adopted a more con- servative treatment of the tribe Hedyotideae while retaining a number of the palynol- ogically and morphologically distinct genera including Oldenlandia and Hedyotis. Recently Maheswari Devi and Krishnam Raju (1990) reported on the embryological features of eight species from four sections of Hedyotis as treated by Wight and Arnott (1834). Within their concept of the genus Hedyotis, Wight and Arnott (1834) combine a number of closely related genera including Oldenlandia. Maheswari Devi and Krishnam Raju concluded that the broad generic concept of Wight and Arnott was not supported by their data. They considered that section Diplophragma, which includes H. fruticosa, the type of Hedyotis, should be retained as distinct genus from the other sections of Hedyotis sensu Wight and Arnott. As pointed out by a number of workers (e.g. Verdcourt 1976; Terrell 1975), the genus Hedyotis, when treated in the broad sense, is very polymorphic and cumbersome. I believe there is sufficient morphological and embryological evidence to indicate that the merging of these closely allied taxa into one very large genus 1s not warranted. It is more desirable, especially in reference to the Australian material, to recognize a number of narrowly circumscribed genera most of which are well defined and easily recognizable. However, applying the generic limits used for Oldenlandia in African and American accounts (Bremekamp 1952; Terrell 1990) to the Australian material would require at least two additional genera to be established to accommodate the variation in the Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 685 presently-known species. I believe it is premature to describe new genera before a more complete assessment of relationships of the Australian taxa to the Asian taxa 1s made. In this treatment I have taken a broader view of the genus O/den/andia than that used by Bremekamp (1952) and Terrell (1990). But even so, the Australian species previously included in the genus Hedyotis are still separable into four genera namely Oldenlandia L., Spnaptantha J.D. Hook., Exallage Bremek. and Kohautia Cham. and Schlecht. The genera of Hedyotideae in Australia may be distinguished using the following key. 1. Fruit cartilaginous splitting septicidally into 2 indehiscent cocci or indehiscent BY . Hedyotis Fruit thin walled, crustaceous, loculicidally dehiscent, sometimes splitting septicidally but only above persistent calyx lobes and never into two IHGEDISCCRTEGCCL a geass cee Gan LEM ott af eh Be ie See oe Be 2 2. Flowers 5-merous; fruit mitriform; flowers in terminal compact corymbiform cymes .. Ophiorrhiza Flowers 4-merous: fruit not ‘mitriform: flowers in terminal or axillary, lax, pn eta or corymbiform cymes, sometimes in fascicles or solitary at nodes mS, ee eee Oe ns Pk Seen em aN es, On mee Bro WM seme ela ob ak 3 3. Corolla tube less than 0.3 mm long; corolla often persistent on fruit; fruit 1/2 to 2/3 superior .. . . Synaptantha Corolla tube more than 0.5 mm long: corolla not persistent on fruit; fruit no: more than half’supertor 0... ek ee ee ce ee ee we we 4 4. Corolla tube cylindrical with two distinct widths; anthers and stigma included, the latter always overtopped by anthers; anthers inserted in top of tube: flowers isostylous .. . . Kohautia Corolla tube cylindrical with only one distinct width or funnel- shaped; anthers and/or stigma exserted or if both included then anthers over- topped by the stigma; flowers icici Ree rene or protandrous ...... Ce ee ee ee ee a. a, QI dentandia The genera Kohautia and dshtow'tes have been treated by Halford ( 199la & 1991b respectively). Materials and Methods Descriptions have been prepared from dried herbarium specimens or material preserved in a 70% alcohol, glycerol and water mixture. Herbarium holdings of Australian material at AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K (collected prior to 1927), MEL, NSW, PERTH and QRS have been examined, Selected material of non-Australian taxa from Africa, India and Malesia from K and L was also examined. All taxa dealt with here except for O. crouchiana, O. polyclada, O. pterospora, O. tenelliflora var. papuana and Hedyotis novoguineensis have also been observed in the field. The conservation status of each taxon has been coded using the criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988). All material cited has been seen unless otherwise stated. Terms used to describe the various parts of flowers, fruit or seed are here defined. Beak: That portion of the capsule above the insertion of the persistent calyx lobes. Calyx-tube: Refers to that part of the calyx fused to the ovary. Geniculate corolla lobes: At anthesis the corolla lobes are erect in the lower part spreading perpendicularly only some distance from the base of the lobes. At the knee (the bend) there is a transverse line of dense short soft hairs. Obloid: Three dimensional shape; a parallelepiped (1.e. brickshape) with rounded corners and edges. (Marchant ef a/. 1987) 686 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Oldenlandia Oldenlandia L., Sp. pl. 1: 119 (1753), Gen. pl., ed. 5, 55 (1754). Type: Oldenlandia corymbosa L. Hedyotis L. sensu Benth., Fl. Austral. 3: 403-406 (1866), in part. Annual herbs or rarely herbaceous perennials; stems erect, procumbent or rarely prostrate. Leaves opposite, entire, sessile or shortly petiolate. Stipules interpetiolar, adnate to leaf- bases, membranous, mostly produced into triangular lobes; margins usually fimbriate. Flowers in terminal or axillary, lax, paniculiform or corymbiform cymes, sometimes in fascicles or solitary at node. Flowers small, 4-merous, protandrous, isostylous (or het- erostylous — not in Australia). Calyx-tube turbinate, globose or obloid, rarely ribbed; lobes distinct, sometimes joined at base into a short free tube. Corolla white, pale mauve, blue or pink, hypocrateriform or narrowly infundibular; lobes valvate. Stamens with filaments attached on corolla tube at or below sinus between corolla lobes. Anthers dorsifixed. Ovary 2 locular, 4/5 to 9/10 inferior; ovules 2 to numerous on fleshy, globose or obloid placentas. Placenta peltately attached centrally or near base of septum by short stalk. Style terete or filiform; stigma mostly bifid, sometimes capitate, rarely conical. Capsule crustaceous, with loculicidally dehiscent beak. Seeds mostly numerous, obconic, truncate obconoidal, meniscoid, scutelliform, cerebriform or obovoid, sometimes becom- ing mucilaginous when moistened; surface variously patterned. Distribution: In Australia the genus occurs predominantly north of the Tropic of Capricorn, with several species extending down the east coast to the Moreton District, Queensland, and two species occurring in the southern regions of the Northern Territory. Twenty species occur in Australia; 19 species are native, of which 14 are endemic, and | is introduced. No attempt has been made in this paper to place the Australian taxa of Oldenlandia into a infrageneric classification. However, it 1s possible to distinguish in them five sroupings based mostly on seed morphology. The relationships between these groupings and their relationship to the infrageneric classification developed by Bremekamp (1952) for the African Oldenlandia have not been determined. Group 1. O. corymbosa, O. polyclada, O. tenuifolia, O. subulata, O. galioides, O. tenelliflora and O. kochiae. Flowers isostylous. Seeds obconic to depressed obconic, mostly slightly laterally. compressed, obdeltate to shallowly obtriangular in outline, becoming mucila- ginous when moistened; hilum near centre of ventral surface; surface reticulate or reticulate-areolate. Fig. LA. Group 2. O. mitrasacmoides and O. pterospora. Flowers isostylous. Seeds meniscoid or scutelliform, oblong or broadly elliptic in outline, becoming mucilaginous when mois- tened; hilum situated on a conspicuous central ridge; surface reticulate-areolate or reticulate-foveate. Fig. 1B-D. Group 3. O. crouchiana, O. spermacocoides, O. spathulata and O. biflora. Flowers isostylous. Seeds cerebriform or transversely ellipsoidal, transversely elliptic, depressed. ovate or depressed obovate in outline; not becoming mucilaginous when moistened: hilum near centre of ventral surface on seed; surface reticulate-foveate or scrobiculate. Fig. 1E-G. The first three species appear to be more closely related to one another than to O. biflora. Group 4. O. leptocaulis, O. delicata, O. laceyi, O. thysanota and O. largiflorens. Flowers protandrous. Seeds truncate obconoidal, irregular in outline, not becoming mucilaginous when moistened; hilum near centre of ventral surface in shallow depression; surface reticulate-foveate. Fig. 1H. A natural group quite distinct from the remainder of the Australian Oldenlandia. Preliminary investigations of pollen show that they have 6- to 9-colporate pollen distinct from the rest of the Australian O/denlandia whose pollen is 3- or 4-colporate. Group 5. O. argillacea and O. coerulescens. The position of these species appears somewhat uncertain. Their habit, floral and fruit morphology reveal that these two species are closely related. However, seed morphology would place them in Groups 1 and 2 respectively. WEE eh anette tener ence ELSE N ELE: « Cem a et ie cent od anny ae Henne ee Sl ee Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera Nrtate ae hatte: ae i: mntrees ae i : : : Freeney i z cal TES S vo! irate reg : : : nee a ee = " ; AV AiR iea nee ee fee ; : Sets ne a ret Wate AE at ¥ Ma A NE AM Gate a He AG eee Stier cae oe ae ene Peed fetes oe se ect wt tM to a te ato Be a att ate a tA ae te a ee tt ae sar : c ta te Tete Abba? b FARE En Clr bert haa: et Baits Bere “ ace ve. = = Sera, peeraaesl Ses Lae Ponte ee ee PISS eS A ge hae tee Fieygiee FEE Eee 2 Ze a tated Hee Ny rght ee rate eid mini s ae Ue. y. ies eierpeto eters ee he Prete, err see eno eee cnt i = chy ASE irate este ort ee = f, : ae: of coe Site rte oe eee eee sige Hae Sern 5 TOL NS, eaters mite? S eet ee hates nae tet cia far eae Seen Fig. 1. Scanning electron micrographs of Oldenlandia seeds (oblique adaxial view). A. O. galioides (Halford H147). B. O. mitrasacmoides subsp. mitrasacmoides (Halford H19). C. O. mitrasacmoides subsp. trachymenoides (Halford H3). D. O. pterospora (Nelson 6). E. O. spermacocoides (Byrnes 715). F. O. spathulata (Halford Q466). G. O. biflora (Sharpe et al, 4475). H. O. laceyi (Halford H72). 688 L. Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Key to Australian species of Oldenlandia Corolla lobes geniculate with a line of hairs at knee only end Z Corolla lobes spreading from base, straight or evenly recurved with hairs — present or absent at base of corolla lobes ...... FOM5, 2 iy0 chan be 6 . Capsule subglobose or turbinate-obovoid, not markedly longer than broad 3 Capsule obloid or obloid-ellipsoidal, markedly longer than broad ........ 4 . Flowers in subsessile fascicles; leaves linear, narrow elliptic or oblanceo- late, 15-35 mm long, 1-8 mm wide. WA, NT 12. O. spermacocoides Flowers in pedunculate lax cymes; peduncles 1-3 cm Jong: leaves haem’ or oblong-elliptic, 15-60 mm long, 5-20 mm wide. Qld 1, O. biflora . Herbs to 20 cm tall; branchlets stout, tetragonous or tetraquetrous; corolla with tube 1.0-—1.5 mm long and lobes 3.0-6.5 mm long; capsule obloid, 3.5-6.0 mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide; seeds cerebriform. WA 10. O. crouchiana Herbs to 40 cm tall; branchlets terete or obtusely 4-angled, somewhat tetragonous when young; corolla with tube 0.5-1.0 mm long and lobes 2.0-4.5 mm long; capsule ellipsoidal or obloid-ellipsoidal, 2.5-5.0 mm long, 1.5-3.0 mm wide; seeds obconic or somewhat scutelliform ...... 5 . Seeds depressed obconic, shallowly obtriangular in outline; hilum near centre of ventral surface. WA, NT, Qld 8. O. argillacea Seeds somewhat scutelliform, broadly elliptic i in outline: hilum on lon- gitudinal ridge on ventral surface. Old... | . 9. QO. coerulescens . Throat of corolla tube densely bearded or with a distinct line of hairs at base of corolla lobes .... .. i", 7 Throat of corolla tube glabrous or tube ¢ internally hairy \ without distinct line. of. hairs .at throat. ....... Paley lb ha i] . Seeds scutelliform: hilum on longitudinal ridge on ventral surface ...... 8 Seeds cerebriform, obconic or truncate obconoidal, never § obaaalas hilum near centre of ventral surface ee ee eh a ee eee ae ee 9 . Flowers on unequal, stout pedicels; capsule depressed obovoid, deeply furrowed along dissepiment; beak emarginate; ovules 2 to 6 per locule. WA, NT 15. O. pterospora Flowers on + equal, “slender pedicels; capsule subglobose, ovoid-globose or depressed obovoid, slightly furrowed at dissepiment; beak rounded or truncate; ovules more than 10 per locule. WA, NT, Qld Re ae ee cree ele teed tend ohare ate ei ees MUN tang Fates 14. O. mitrasacmoides . Corolla tube less than 2mm long... .. .. .. wo we we ee 10 Corolla tube longer than 3 mm. NT meeihse oe wl Plage ogni’ ee thysanota . Prostrate or decumbent herbs, occasionally forming a mat; flowers axil- lary, either solitary or in 2- to 7-flowered umbel-like corymbs. WA, NT, Qld 2. O. corymbosa Weakly ascending herbs: flowers terminal, in a irregular dichasially b branched cymes. WA... .. . ee eA 13. OQ. kochiae . Flowers in lax terminal cymes . Diets: 12 Flowers axillary, either solitary or in subsessile or pedicellate fascicles .... 16 . Capsule obloid-ellipsoidal, 5-10 mm long; corolla lobes spathulate, 6-8 mm long. Qld 11. O. spathulata Capsule globose to subglobose, less than 4 mm diameter: corolla lobes 4s, TONE. Elie nays exec hee yeast a seth gh Gieiiie wan oe Wee MGM RIA ath ty 13 Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 689 13. Decumbent herbs; branchlets rooting at nodes; flowers not ile seeds obconic, laterally compressed. Qld ve 5. O. subulata Erect or ascending herbs; branchlets not rooting at nodes: flowers pro- tandrous; seeds truncate obconoidal Pane od Lewin Bate rL dh oT Bleed, fle eas mi 2 14 14. Plants to 50 cm tall; leaves to 6 cm long; corolla tube longer than 6 mm; capsule 2-3 mm diameter. WA, NT 16. O. largiflorens Plants to 30 cm tall; leaves 1-4 cm long: corolla tube less than 5 mm long or if longer then the capsule 1.5-2.0 mm diameter ............ #15 15. Corolla infundibuliform; staminal filaments 0.5-1.0 mm long; calyx lobes 0.5-1.5 mm long. NT... .. 18. O. leptocaulis Corolla hypocrateriform; staminal filaments 0.2-0.5 mm long: calyx lobes 0.5-1 mm long. WA, NT, Qld 2... 0... ee 17. O. laceyi {6. Flowers solitary in leaf axils or 1f more than one, with rudiments of a branchlet between them; leaf apex acute, never with mucro... ee 17 Flowers in subsessile axillary or terminal fascicles or if solitary then leaf APOE TUCO Ss os hve acta pee le eek Se sue coe bo de cee Srin Seba eg, ee 17. Indumentum on stems and leaves retrorse. WA toe ee ae es 20. O. delicata Indumentum, if present, on stems and leaves erect or antror se mies. AGS. 18 18. Capsule subglobose, 2.5-3.5 mm diameter; beak broad, calyx lobes 2-3 mm long; corolla infundibular to campanulate with tube 1.5-3.5 mm long. Qld. ere 19 asenle ovoid-globose, 1,5-3.0 X 1,0-3.0 mm, slightly compressed: beak narrow; calyx lobes 1.0-1.5 mm long; corolla tubular to narrow infun- dibular with tube 0,5-1.5.mm, long.. WA, NT, Qid.......... 3. 0. galioides 19. Pedicels slender, 6-25 mm long, papillose. Qld ............ 5, O. subulata Pedicels stout, 2-10 mm long, glabrous. NT, Qld .......... 4, O. tenuifolia 20. Low spreading herbaceous perennial; stems much branched, becoming woody with age; flowers terminal in fascicles of 2-8 or solitary; pedicels 3-6 mm long. Qld... .. 6. QO. polyclada Procumbent annual; stems ‘sparingly branched: ‘flowers axillary in sub- sessile cymes; pedicels to | mm long. Qld _ 7. O. tenelliflora var. papuana 1, Oldenlandia biflora L. Sp. pl. 1: 119 (1753); Hedyotis biflora (L.) Lam., Encycl. 1: 272 (1791); Thecagonum biflorum (L.) Babu, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 213-214 (1969). Type: Ceylon, Hermann (holo: BM, photo BRI). Hedyotis racemosa Lam., Encycl. 3: 80 (1789). Type: Sonnerat s.n. (holo: P-LA, microfiche BRI). Spreading prostrate to decumbent annual herbs; divaricately branched; branchlets stout, obtusely 4-angled, glabrous sometimes scabridulous along ribs. Leaves elliptic to narrow elliptic or oblong-elliptic, 15-60 mm long, 5-20 mm wide, somewhat succulent, scabri- dulous along margin and midvein above, glabrous below, attenuate at base, obtuse or acute at apex; petiole !-3 mm long, sometimes scabridulous. Stipule-sheath 2-3 mm long, glabrous or sparsely pubescent, produced into triangular lobe; margin fimbriate. Inflorescences terminal or axillary, few-flowered cymes; peduncles 10-30 mm long; pedicels 5-10 mm long; bracts subulate or oblong, 1-4 mm long. Calyx-tube turbinate, somewhat angular sometimes ribbed, 1.0-1.5 mm long, 1.0-1.7 mm wide; lobes triangular, [.0-1.5 mm long, glabrous, scabridulous on margin. Corolla white or occasionally pale blue; tube short, 0.5-—0.8 mm long, not exceeding calyx lobes, glabrous; lobes linear, 2- 3 mm long, geniculate at c. 1/3 of their length from tube, with a transverse line of hairs on lobes at knee. Filaments 0.2-0.5 mm long; anthers globose, 0.4-0.6 mm long. Ovules numerous in each locule. Style 0.5 mm long, glabrous; stigma simple, filiform to narrowly conical, c. 0.8 mm long. Stamens and style exserted from corolla tube but enclosed by OCR COR TC rrr i Hale ine bib at tank hte LeeLee ibe Lee tee eae Re er a eke hk he hed nee ae elem hae cb a ime eae se Bar iy ei beri eae a a ee era core 690 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 lobes, overtopped by ring of hairs on lobes. Capsule turbinate-obovoid, 2.5-4.5 mm long 3,0-3.5 mm wide, laterally compressed, glabrous, sometimes 4-ribbed; calyx lobes erect; beak, c. 0.5 mm long, truncate, not exceeding calyx lobes. Seeds 3 or 4 per capsule, pba ellipsoidal, c. 0.5 mm wide; surface brown, scrobiculate. Figs 1G & 3C, D E. Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: Dauan Island, Murray Group, 9°25’S, 142°32’E, Jul 1974, Heatwole & Cameron 800 (BRI); Murrays Island [Murray Isiands], undated, Cha/niers [MEL 115168} (MEL); Arthur Creek on the track from Batavia Downs to Meluna, c. 21 km SSW of Batavia Downs, [12°50’S, 142°36’E, Jul 1985, Clarkson 6089 (BRI); Endeavour River, 1770, Banks & Solander (BRI); New Holland [Endeavour River], 1770, Banks & Solander [MEL 1151 He (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, Persietz 287 (MEL). NorTuH KENNEDY DIsTRIcT: Cleveland Bay, 1882, Berthand [MEL 115162] (MEL). SourH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Turtle Bay, Carlisle Island, 35 km N of Mackay, 20°47/S, [49°17’E, Sep 1986, Sharpe & Batianoff 4418 (BRI); Port Mackay, undated, Dietrich 478 (MEL). Port Curtis District: Fitzroy River, undated, Bowman sn. [MEL [15111] (MEL); Rockhampton, undated, Thozet 574 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: O. biflora occurs from India through New Guinea to Samoa and north to the Marshall Islands. In Australia it 1s found along the eastern coast of Queensland from Cape York to Rockhampton and on offshore islands (Map 1). It grows in seas and forests which fringe streams or intertidal areas on moist or swampy soils. Conservation status: This species is not considered rare or threatened at present. 2. Oldenlandia corymbosa L., Sp. pl. 1: 119 (1753); Hedyotis corymbosa (L.) Lam., Encycl. 1: 272 (1791). Type: Drawing in Plumier, Nov. Pl. Gen. t. 36. (1703), lecto fide Verdcourt, Fl. Trop. E. Africa, Rubiaceae 309 (1976). Decumbent or prostrate annual herbs, divaricately branched; branchlets terete or ribbed, glabrous, smooth or scabridulous on ribs. Leaves subsessile or shortly petiolate, linear to narrowly elliptic, 10-30 mm long, 1.0-5.5 mm wide, discolorous, glabrous or sparsely covered with minute scabrous hairs above and on margin, glabrous below, attenuate at base, acute at apex. Stipule-sheath 1-2 mm long, glabrous or rarely with a few scattered minute scabrous hairs, truncate or produced into triangular lobe; margin with 2 or 3 laciniae up to 2 mm long. Inflorescences 2—7-flowered umbel-like corymbs or flowers solitary in leaf axils, both kinds present on one plant; peduncle 3-17 mm long; pedicels 1-7 mm long, both glabrous or with a few scattered minute scabrous hairs; bracts minute. Calyx-tube subglobose, c.1 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes triangular, 1.0-1.5 mm long, keeled, scabridulous on margin and keel. Corolla white, glabrous outside; tube cylindrical, 0.5-1.0 mm long; lobes ovate, 0.5-1.5 mm long, with a line of hairs at base of lobes. Stamens included; filaments c. 0.2 mm long; anthers shortly oblong, c. 0.4 mm long. Ovules 35-40 per locule. Style 0.2-0.5 mm long, glabrous or hirtellous; stigma bifid; lobes subulate, c. 0.2 mm long, erect, spreading at apex, clavate hairs on inner surface of lobes. Capsule depressed ovoid or broadly ovoid, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 2-—2.5 mm wide, slightly furrowed along dissepiment, glabrous; calyx lobes erect, slightly recurved at apex; beak scarcely raised, truncate, not exceeding calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, obconic to sae obconic, laterally compressed, c. 0.3 mm long; surface light brown, reticulate- areolate. O. corymbosa has a pantropical distribution but probably is only native to Africa and India. Australian distributional data is presented under varieties. There are a number of varieties described but only two are recognizable in Australia. 1. Capsule depressed ovoid; flowers solitary or in 2—7-flowered umbel-like corymbs; style glabrous)... .. .. 6. 2. we ee ee we ee we eye.) Var. corymbosa Capsule broadly ovoid to subglobose; flowers solitary or in 2-flowered cymes at the nodes, never in groups of 3-7 flowers; style hirtellous ee ee te ee ee es) Var, caespitosa 2a. Oldenlandia corymbosa var. corymbosa Distinguishing characters are as set out in the above key. Fig. 2A-C. Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 691 *, . + Fg beg, ri a F, ap ep OE hs oe te ss, fe 44 44 ‘4 * a fr ra ¥ Fig. 2. Oldenlandia corymbosa var. corymbosa: A. branchlet with inflorescences X I. B. flower X 8. C, side view of fruit x 8. Oldenlandia galioides. D. branchlet with flowers and fruit < {. E. flower X 8. F. side view of fruit x 8. Oldenlandia subulata: G. branchiet with flowers and fruit x 1. H. flower X 4. I. side view of fruit x 4. A- C, Haiford Q850; D-F, Halford H66; G-I, Halford Q851. ts SS 692 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 Selected specimens: Western Australia. GARDNER DISTRICT: Amax base camp, Mitchell Plateau, 14°49’S,125°S1’E, Jun 1976, Hnatiuk MP82 (PERTH). DAMPIER DIsTRicT: One Arm Point, M. Dampierland, 16°26’S, 123°05’E, Nov 1987, Carter 145 (PERTH); Broome, 17°58’S, 122°t4’E, May 1986, Kenneally 9740 (PERTH). Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF REGION: Point Stuart, 12°21’S, 131°49’E, Jan 1958, Tulloch s.n. (DNA); A.I.B., Mitchell Street, Darwin, 12°24’S, 130°50’E, Jun 1964, Nelson 1010 (BRI, DNA); Mapela Creek, Mudginberri Station, {2°27'S, 132°53’E, May 1983, Dunlop & Taylor 6164 (BRILNSW); Oenpelli, 12°18’S, 133° O4E, Sep 1948, Specht 1084 (AD, BRI,CANB, MEL NSW), Katherine, Boab Caravan Park, 14°28’S, 132°16’E, Apr 1989, Halford Hi0 (BRI). Queensland. CooK DisTRIcT: Badu Island, Torres Strait, Jan 198Q, Garnett 367 (BRI); Thursday Island, Dougias Street in main shopping centre, 10°35'S, 142°137E, Apr 1986, Clarkson 6466 (BRI); Weipa camping grounds, 12°41’S, 141°S53’E, Aug 1987, Halford 1112 (BRI, MEL NSW): Lizard Island, near airport, 14°40’S, 145°28’E, Oct 1988, Batianoff 10350 (BRI): Cooktown, cricketfield, 15°28’S, 145°15’E, May 1989, Halford H127 (BRI,K); Abbott Street, Cairns, Jun 1941, Barnard 20 (BRI,CANB); Georgetown, C.E. Green Park, 18°17’S, 143°39'E, May 1990, Halford 0265 (BRI, MEL). NorTH KENNEDY District: Townsville — West end at base of Castle Hill, Feb 1980, Stanley 8041 (BRI). SouTH KENNEDY District: Collinsville area, May 1985, A¢clvor s.n. (BRD); Finch Hatton, 21°02’S, 148°38’E, May 1975, Andrews & Simon S4 (BRI). LEICHHARDT Distict: Mount Coolon, 21°23’S, 147°20°E, May 1990, Halford Q195 (AD,BRI); Emerald, 6 Opal Street, 23°31’S, 148°10’E, May 1989, Halford H145 (BRI,MEL). Distribution and habitat: The first record of O. corymbosa var. corymbosa in Australia was in 1933 as a weed in the streets of Cairns, Queensland. It is now widespread across northern Australia from Broome to Kununurra in Western Australia, Darwin to Katherine in the Northern Territory and along the east coast from Cape York to near Mackay in Queensland (Map 2). It grows in lawns, garden beds and other disturbed areas. 2b. Oldenlandia corymbosa var. caespitosa (Benth.) Verdc., Kew Bull. 30: 298 (1975); Oldenlandia herbacea (L.) Roxb. var. caespitosa Benth., in Hook., Niger Fl. 403 (1849); Oldenlandia caespitosa (Benth.) Hiern, Fl. Trop. Afr. 3: 61 (1877). Type: [Africa.] Liberia, Cape Palmas, Voge/ 51 (holo: K, photo BRI). Distinguishing characters set out in the above key. Specimens examined: Queensland. PORT Curtis District: North Rockhampton, Feb 1980, Stanley 479 (BRI); Rockhampton, Riverside Municipal Caravan Park, 23°22’S, 150°32’E, May 1990, Halford O1s4 (BRI); {1 km SE of Miriam Vale on road to Agnes Water, 24°22’S, 151°40! E, May 1990, Halford QI51 (BRI); Rosedale, N.C. line, Nov 1932, Dovey 168 (BRI). BURNETT District: Monto Golf Club, Mar 1976, Romano [AQI17759] (BRI). WIDE Bay District: Buss Park, next to Council Chambers, 24°52’S, [52°21/E, Mar 1990, Halford Z152 (BRI,K); 23 km SW of Bauple, Glen Echo Road crossing, Munna Creek, Halford Q297 (BRI, DNA). Distribution and habitat: O. corymbosa var. caespitosa 1s native of Africa and India. In Australia it grows in coastal districts from Rockhampton to just south of Maryborough (Map 2); usually in lawns, on roadsides and other disturbed areas. It was first collected in Australia at Rosedale near Bundaberg in 1932. Notes: Bremekamp (1952) kept this as a distinct species however Verdcourt (1975) disagreed with this treatment arguing that although the extremes of O. corymbosa and O. caespitosa are very different there are many specimens difficult to place and he sunk O. caespitosa as a variety of O. corymbosa. B. Verdcourt (comm. via ABLO (T. Macfarlane)) commented that the Australian material that I had sent to Kew for verification of identification was in fact intermediate between the usual African form of O. corymbosa var. corymbosa and O. corymbosa var. caespitosa. There is some debate as to whether there are distinct varieties in this plexus or not. Sivarajan and Biju (1990) considered O. corymbosa var. caespitosa unworthy of varietal distinction after studying Indian material and material under cultivation. As the Australian material is quite distinct and easily separable from Australian O. corymbosa var. corymbosa 1 have retained it under the name O. corymbosa var. caespitosa. 3. Oldenlandia galioides (F. Muell.) F. Muell, Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882); Hedyotis galioides F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 38 (1863). Type: [Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF REGION:] near Adam [MacAdam] Range along the rivulets, October 1855, Mueller (ecto (here designated): K(top right hand element)). Sprawling, procumbent to ascending, diffuse, annual herbs; branchlets slender, terete or weakly ribbed, glabrous, smooth or minutely tuberculate, often rooting at nodes. Leaves linear to narrow elliptic, (S—)10-30 mm long, (0.2-)0.5-3.0 mm wide, lamina flat or shghtly recurved or revolute at least in dry state, glabrous or sparsely covered with minute scabrous hairs, attenuate at base, acute at apex. Stipule-sheath 0.5—1.0 mm long, glabrous, smooth or minutely tuberculate, occasionally produced into triangular lobe, 1.0-1.5 mm long, sometimes bifid; margin entire or fimbriate. Flowers solitary in leaf Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 693 WA. SMITH Fig. 3. Oldenlandia spermacocoides: A. branchlet with inflorescences X 1. B. side view of capsule X 6, Oldenlandia bifiora: C. branchlet with inflorescences < 0.75. D. side view of capsule X 6. E. flower X 6. A,B, Halford H56; C, Sharpe ef ai. 4475: D,E, Clarkson 6089. Matta AMG By MANNA mc tm No a Kt Wat Wt A Ae He a 694 Austrobatleya 3(4): 1992 axil or 1f more than one, with rudiments of branchlet between them; pedicels capillary, 3-17 mm long, not as long as leaves, minutely tuberculate. Calyx-tube subglobose, 0.7- 0.9 mm diameter, scabridulous; lobes triangular, 0.8-1.5 mm long, keeled, scabridulous on margin. Corolla white, tubular to narrowly infundibular, glabrous outside; tube 0.7- 1.5 mm long, glabrous inside and at throat; lobes linear, 0.5-1.0 mm long. Stamens subsessile; anthers linear, 0.3-0.7 mm long. Ovules 45-60 per locule. Style 0.8-1.5 mm long, glabrous; stigma bifid; lobes subulate, c. 0.5 mm long. Capsule ovoid or ovoid- globose, 1.5-3.0 mm long, 1.0-3.0 mm wide, glabrous or with minute scabrous hairs, laterally compressed; calyx lobes erect; beak O.5-0.7 mm iong, not protruding above calyx lobes, splitting loculicidally, occasionally secondarily splitting septicidally but only above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, obconic, laterally compressed, c. 0.3 mm long: surface pale brown, reticulate-areolate. Figs 1A & 2D-F. Selected specimens: Papua New Guinea, WESTERN PROVINCE: Lake Daviumbu, Middle Fly River, Aug 1936, Brass 7533 (BRI). Western Australia, GARDNER DISTRICT: Near Camp Creek, Mitchell Plateau, 14°52’S, 125°46’E, May 1978, Kenneally 6641 (PERTH). FITZGERALD DISTRICT: ‘Pentecost Downs’, Royston Creek, 16°05’S, 127°20’E, Jun 1982, Jacobs 4427 (NSW). CANNING DISTRICT: Gookeys Tank, South Esk Tablelands, 20°15’S, 126°34’E, Apr 1979, George 15438 (DNA,PERTH). FORTESCUE DisTRIcT: Yule River, Woodstock Station, Apr 1958, Burbidge 5955 (AD, CANB,PERTH). Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF REGION: Ritjirriur Swamp, Elcho Island, 11°58’S, 135°37’E, Jul 1975, Latz 6123 (DNA); Hemple Bay, Groote Eylandt, 13°44’S, 136°42’E, May 1948, Specht 362 (AD,BRI,CANB,MEL); South Bay, Bickerton Island, 13°45’S, 136°06’E, Jun 1948, Specht 474 (AD, BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW,PERTH); Gulf of Carpentaria, Maria Island, 14°52’S, 135°44’E, Jul 1974, Dunlop 2814 (DNA,NSW); 29 miles [46.7 km] W of Tamubirni [Tanumbirini] Homestead, 16°22’S, 134°56’E, Jun 1971, Henry 10 (DNA). CENTRAL NORTHERN REGION: Wartupunyu Rockhole, 22°48’S, 131°33’E, Jan 1972, Latz 2132 (AD,CANB,DNA,NSW,PERTH). Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Sabai, Torres Strait, 9°23’S, 142°35’E, May 1971, Lawrie 8 (BRI); Archer River, Wenlock-Coen Road, 13°27’S, 142°56’E, Jul 1948, Brass 19735 (CANB); 90 miles [i44.8 km] W of Musgrave Telegraph Office, Jun 1968, Ped/ey 2680 (BRI,MEL). BURKE DisTricr: Mornington Island, 16°29’S, 139°34’E, Jun 1963, Tindale & Aitken sn. (AD); Sybella Creek, 17 km S of Mt Isa, 20°53’S, 139°27’E, May 1987, Harris 174 (BRD. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRIicT: Murray Falls, 18°09’S, 145°49’E, Aug 1987, Halford 1127 (BRI). Port Curtis District: N of S end of Curtis Island, towards Connor Bluff, Mar 1966, Blake 22571 (BRI). MoRETON District: Park Ridge, 15 miles {24 km) S$ of Brisbane, 27°43’S, 153°02’E, Feb 1978, Sharpe & Elsol 216 (BRI). Distribution and habitat: O. galioides is widespread across northern Australia from Chester Range, Western Australia to the east coast of Queensland and south to Brisbane (Map 3). It also extends into the Western Province of Papua New Guinea. It grows usually in moist soils, in swamps, along creek banks and beds, and on the edge of ephemeral and permanent waterbodies in woodlands, forests and grasslands. Conservation status: This species 1s not considered to be rare or threatened at present. Typification: Mueller in his protologue refers to material he collected around Victoria River during the Gregory Expedition of Northern Australia and a Bowman specimen from the vicinity of Broad Sound. In the MEL herbarium there is 1) a Mueller specimen [MEL 61483] from the “Lower Victoria River, May 1856’ which consist of four fruiting fragments and two flowering fragments; 2) a specimen [MEL 61482] with a slip of paper label ‘117 Broadsound’ believed to be tn Bowman’s hand. At Kew there is a Mueller specimen ‘Near Adam [MacAdam] range along riverlets, Oct 1855, F. Mueller” The Kew sheet 1s chosen as lectotype because it is part of the original material and is a better specimen than the ones at MEL. The element in the top right is selected as lectotype iene it matches the protologue and has flowers, fruit and leaves all on the one element. Notes: O. galioides has affinities with O. herbacea from India and Africa. O. galioides is distinguishable by its sprawling, procumbent to ascending habit, and its ovoid or ovoid-globose capsules with a narrow beak that does not extend beyond the persistent calyx lobes. Smith and Darwin (1988) commented that O. galioides may not be distinct from O. tenuifolia. O. galioides is easily distinguished by its tubular or narrowly infundibular corolla tube and its ovoid or ovoid-globose capsules. 4. min erg — N. Burman, FI. Ind. 37 t. 14 f. 1 (1768). Type: Java, D. Pryon holo: G). Oldenlandia tenutfolia J.R. & G. Forster, Fl. Ins. Austr. Prodr. 11 (1786), nom illeg. Type: [Vanuatu.| Tanna, /.R. & G. Forster (holo: BM n.y.). Hedyotis tenuifolia Smith, 1n Rees, Cycl. 17 (1811). Type: [Vanuatu.] Tanna, JR. & G. Forster (holo: LINN, microfiche BRI). Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 695 Oldenlandia aparine S. Moore, J. Bot. 65: 243 (1927). synon. nov, Type: Papua New one [GULF PROVINCE:] Ihu, Vailala River, 20 February 1926, L./. Brass 1017 iso: BRI). Decumbent annual herbs, sparingly branched; branchlets glabrous, rarely papillose at base, often rooting at nodes. Leaves sessile, linear rarely narrowly elliptic to narrowly obovate, 20-50 mm long, 1-5 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely covered with minute scabrous hairs along margins and on lamina near apex, attenuate at apex and base. Stipule-sheath c. 1 mm long, truncate or produced into triangular lobe with usually 2 or 3 laciniae near apex. Flowers axillary, solitary; pedicels usually stout, somewhat reflexed in mature fruit, 2-10 mm long, glabrous. Calyx-tube globose, 1.5 mm diameter, slabrous; lobes triangular, 1.0—1.5 mm long, glabrous, scabridulous on margin, colleters sometimes present between lobes. Corolla infundibular to broadly tubular, glabrous outside; tube 2.3-2.5 mm long, glabrous at throat; lobes ovate, 1.5~2.5 mm long. Stamens exserted; filaments 0.3-1.0 mm long; anthers linear, c. 0.7 mm long. Ovules numerous in each locule. Style exserted, 2~3 mm long, glabrous; stigma bifid; lobes clavate, 0.5- 1.3 mm long. Capsule subglobose, 2.5-3.5 mm diameter, glabrous, not markedly furrowed along dissepiment; calyx lobes erect; beak 0.4-0.8 mm long, rounded, not protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, depressed obconic; surface brown, reticulate. Selected specimens: Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF REGION: Girraween Lagoon, 4 km E of Stuart Highway along Girraween road, 12°31’S, 131°O5S’E, Apr 1983, Briges 779 (BRI); Jabiru, Retention Dam 1, 12°40’S, 132°54’E, Apr 1983, Henshall 4009 (DNA,MEL); Channel Point, 13°08’S, 130°15’E, Oct 1986, Clark & Wightman 12 (DNA). Queensland, Cook DISTrIcT: near Cooktown, May 1970, Blake 23287 (BRLMEL,NSW). Nortu KENNEDY DISTRICT: Braemeadows, Ingham, Feb 1962, Webb & Tracey 5865 (BRI). Distribution and habitat: O. tenuifolia occurs from Channel Point to Jabiru, Northern Territory and near Cooktown and Ingham, Queensland (Map 4), and eastern Malesia. s grows on damp soils in Melaleuca swamps, tropical wet grasslands, or monsoon orests. Notes: Burman (1768) described O. tenuifolia based on a specimen collected by Pryon from Java. Forster (1786) further interpreted O. tenuifolia based on material he and his father collected on Tanna, Vanuatu (New Hebrides). Smith (1811) considered the Pryon specimen to belong to the Linnaean H. herbacea (O. herbacea) while he used the Forster specimen for a new species H. tenuifolia. The Pryon specimen is only a small fragment but has a well preserved flower which shows a broad tubular corolla and a rather stout glabrous pedicel. In contrast O. herbacea (H. herbacea) has a narrow cylindrical corolla and slender pedicels. I disagree with Smith’s statement that Burman’s species belongs to H. herbacea and 1 consider the Pryon and Forster specimens to belong to the same taxon which is distinct from the Linnean species O. herbacea (H. herbacea). The correct name for this taxon is Oldenlandia tenuifolia N. Burman. In flower and seed morphology O. tenutfolia N. Burman closely resembles O. subulata Korth. However, O. tenuifolia 1s distinguishable by its stout, glabrous pedicels which are mostly reflexed when with fruit, its axillary, solitary flowers and its sparsely branched stems. It is somewhat variable in pedicel length and appears to intergrade with O. brachypoda DC. which occurs in India and Malesia. Investigations into this species complex may reveal that these taxa would probably best be considered at subspecific rank. 5. Oldenlandia subulata Korth., Ned. Kruidk. Arch, 2: 153 (1851). Type: Borneo, Poeloe- Lampei, Korthals (holo: PR(PR908219-458)). Sprawling or ascending annual herbs, sparingly branched; branchlets terete or slightly ribbed, glabrous, smooth or sparsely to moderately papillose, often rooting at nodes. Leaves sessile, linear, 2.0-5.5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely to moderately covered with scabrous hairs above, glabrous below, attenuate at base and apex. Stipule- sheath 0.5-1.5 mm long, glabrous or nearly so, produced into triangular lobe, 1.0-1.5 mm long, with usually 1-3 laciniae near apex. Flowers axillary, solitary, very rarely paired on peduncles or in lax terminal monochasial cymes; pedicels slender, 6-25-mm long, papillose. Calyx-tube globose, |-2 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes triangular to narrowly ovate, 1.0-2.5 mm long, keeled, scabridulous on margin. Corolla white rarely blue, infundibular to broadly tubular, glabrous outside; tube 1.5~3.5 mm long, glabrous 696 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 at throat; lobes oblong, 1.5-3.5 mm long. Stamens exserted from tube; filaments 1.0- 1.5 mm long; anthers linear, 0.6-1.0 mm long. Ovules 70-100 per locule. Style exserted from tube, 2.5-4.0 mm long, glabrous; stigma bifid; lobes clavate, 1.0-1.7 mm long. Capsule subglobose, 2.5-3.5 mm diameter, glabrous, not markedly furrowed at dissepi- ment; calyx lobes erect; beak 1-2 mm long, rounded, not protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, depressed obconic, laterally compressed, c. 0.3 mm long; surface pale brown, reticulate-areolate. Fig. 2G-I. Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: Unigan Nature Reserve, Weipa, Mar 1990, Forster PIF6500 & O'Reilly (BRI, DNA,MEL,K,L,PERTH,QRS), Claudie scrub, 12°45’S, 143°16’E, Apr 1988, Forster PIF4201 & Liddle (A,BISH, BRI,DNA,LAE,MO); Leo Creek, upstream from falls, on eastern fall of MclIlwraith Range, 13°40’S, [43°2¥E, Jul 1978, Clarkson 2384A (BRI); Lizard Island, 14°40’S, 145°27’E, May 1975, Brynes 3116 (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Hinchinbrook Island, little Ramsay Bay, on eastern side of island, Aug 1975, Sharpe 1597 (BRI). Port Curtis Districr: Northumberland Islands, Sep 1802, Brown s.n. (CANB); ‘Raspberry Vale’ | mile [1.6 yp from homestead, 22°34’S, {50°23’E, Apr 1945, Blake & Webb 15560 (BRI); S.F. 365, Mount Stowe, 6.5 km SE of Yarwun, 23°54’S, 151°09’E, Jun 1988, Gibson TO1360 (BRI). MorETON DIsTRIcT: On David Low Highway, Marcoola, c. 5 km S of Coolum Beach, 26°34’S, 153°05’E, May 1988, Sharpe 4801 (BRI); Near Banyo, May 1932, Blake s.n. (BRI). Distribution and habitat: In Australia O. subulata is chiefly coastal from Cape York Peninsula to South East Queensland, also on offshore islands (Map 5). It occurs on moist soils in swamps, on lagoon margins and along creek banks mostly in Melaleuca ah or woodlands, or heathlands. It has been occasionally recorded growing with O. galloides. Conservation status: This species is not considered to be rare or threatened. Notes: The collections included by me in Oldenlandia subulata had been determined previously as O. herbacea (H. herbacea) in Australia and New Guinea. I have examined collections of O. herbacea from India and Africa including the type and have found them to be quite distinct from the species considered here. In O. subu/ata the corolla is broadly tubular to campanulate, with the corolla tube scarcely longer than the erect lobes of the calyx, and the rounded apex of the subglobose-ovoid capsule shorter than the erect calyx lobes. In contrast O. herbacea the corolla is narrowly cylindrical, with the tube usually exceeding the calyx lobes by 1.5 times, and the drawn out apex of the subglobose capsule extended above the small adpressed calyx lobes. 6. Oldenlandia polyclada (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl’ 74 (1882); Hedyotis polyclada F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 146 (1874). Type: [Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY bua, Rockingham Bay, undated, Dallachy (lecto (here designated); MEL(MEL 61484)). Low spreading herbaceous perennial, densely branched; branchlets quadrangular and hispidulous when young becoming rounded and glabrous with age. Leaves sessile, linear to narrowly elliptic or narrowly obovate, 7-40 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, discolorous, glabrous or with minute scabrous hairs above, glabrous below, attenuate at base, acute at apex with mucronate, midrib prominent below. Stipule-sheath c. 1 mm long, hispi- dulous, produced into triangular lobe, 1.0-1.5 mm long; margin fimbriate. Inflorescences terminal 2-8-flowered fascicles, rarely flowers solitary; pedicels slender, 3-6 mm long, glabrous or hispidulous. Calyx-tube subglobose, c. 1.5 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes ovate-triangular or linear-lanceolate, 2-8 mm long, joined at base into free tube, entire or serrulate on margin, mucronate at apex. Corolla pale rose, infundibular to broadly tubular, sparsely pubescent outside; tube 2.5-4.0 mm long, sparsely pubescent inside: lobes linear to semi-lanceolate, 2.5-3.5 mm long, sparsely pubescent inside. Stamens exserted; filaments, 1.5-2.0 mm long; anthers linear-oblong 1.5-—2.0 mm long. Ovules c. 30-40 per locule. Style exserted, 6-7 mm long; stigma simple or bifid; lobes linear, c. 1 mm long. Capsule subglobose, 2.0-2.5 mm diameter, glabrous or nearly so, not markedly furrowed along dissepiment; calyx lobes spreading; beak c. 1 mm long, rounded, not protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, depressed obconic, obtriangular in outline, laterally compressed, c. 0.5 mm wide; testa brown, reticulate-areolate. Fig. 4. Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DISTRicT: Barrons Range, ‘Kings Plains’, SW of Cooktown, 15°37’S, 145°OSE, Jun 1983, Godwin C2420 (BRI); ditto, Godwin C2423 (BRI). NoRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: cultivated from cuttings collected from top of Tully Falls, 17°47/S, 145°34’E, undated, Hockings [AQ339001] (BRI). Distribution and habitat: O. polyclada is known only from the Barron Range, south west of Cooktown and in the Cardwell Range west and south west of Tully in Queensland Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 697 Fig. 4. Oldenlandia polyclada: A. branchlet with inflorescence x 1. B. flower <x 4, A,B, Halford Q852. (Map 6). The only habitat information for this species is from the Barron Range specimen “semi-evergreen, mixed vine thicket on limestone and sandstone, sandy loamy soils’. Conservation status: The species has a range of 340 km but has only been collected twice since the original collections were made by Dallachy last century. The species has been collected in the Tully Falls National Park. A conservation coding of 3RC is appropriate. Typification: In his protologue Mueller refers to a Dallachy specimen collected at Rockingham Bay. On examination of material from K and MEL there are four specimens collected by Dallachy that could be part of the material Mueller base this taxon on. One specimen MEL 115103 has the following notes recorded on it in Dallachy’s handwriting: ‘Friday 10 September 1869 Mount Graham Peak growing in the [illegible word] of the peak foliage a lime dark green flowers very pale pink [illegible word]’. This specimen is dated before the publication of the name; however the leaf length of most of the elements on the sheet does not match the dimensions given in the protologue (they are 4-20 mm long (mostly shorter than 8 mm long) compared to 8.5-17.0 mm long in the protologue). The other three specimens are undated with label information in Mueller’s hand ‘Rockingham Bay Dallachy’. The specimen MEL 61484 1s select as lectotype because it fits Mueller’s description and has flowers and capsules present. 7. Oldenlandia tenelliflora (Blume) Elmer var. papuana Valeton, Nova Guinea 14: 243, pl 22, fig. A, 1-5 (1925); Hedyotis tenellifiora Blume var. papuana (Valeton) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold Arbor. 26(1): 3 (1945). Syntypes: (Indonesia. Irian Jaya: | Sudabh. Swart-Fluss 1250 m in einem Acker der Papoeas, 24 Nov 1920, Lam n.2965, #.v.; Westabhang Swart-Tal 1400 m, offene Grasflache, 24 Nov 1920, Lam n. 2085, ny, Procumbent herbs; branchlets tetragonous, glabrous, smooth or sometimes tuberculate on ribs. Leaves linear, 15-40 mm long, 1~2 mm wide, glabrous or with scabrous hairs along margin and on lamina near apex, rounded or truncate at base, acute at apex with mucro; sessile or shortly petiolate, petiole 0.5 mm long. Stipule-sheath 1.0-1.5 mm long, glabrous or pubescent, truncate or rounded with 2-5 setae, 2~3 mm long. Inflorescences axillary, 2—4-flowered subsessile cymes; pedicels c. 1 mm long. Calyx-tube subglobose, c. | mm diameter, glabrous; lobes narrowly triangular, 1.5-2.0 mm long, joined at base into free tube, scabridulous on margin. Corolla white, infundibular, glabrous outside: 698 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 tube 1.5-2.0 mm long, glabrous at throat; lobes linear-oblong, 1.5-2.0 mm long, acute at apex. Stamens exserted; filaments filiform, 1.0-1.5 mm long; anthers linear, 0.8—0.9 mm long. Ovules numerous 1n each locule. Style terete, 3.0-3.5 mm long, glabrous; stigma bifid; lobes linear, 0.3-0.6 mm long. Capsule ovoid to subglobose, 2.0-2.5 mm diameter, glabrous; calyx lobes erect; beak narrow, c. 0.8 mm long, not protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds depressed obconic, laterally compressed, c. 0.5 mm wide; surface brown, reticulate-areolate. Specimens examined: Indonesia. Irian Jaya: Balim River, Dec 1938, Brass 11628 (BRI). Papua New Guinea. CENTRAL PROVINCE: Mafulu, Sep-Nov 1933, Brass $152 (BRI). PROVINCE UNKNOWN: Hayfield, Kungingini Road, Dec 1954, Womersley & Simmonds 6875 (BRI): Australia, Queensland, Cook District: Daintree River, 1890, Pentzcke [MEL 115134] (MEL). Distribution and habitat: O. tenelliflora var. papuana is recorded from New Guinea; within Australia it is known only from the Daintree River area, north of Mossman, Queensland (Map 6). No ecological information is available. Conservation status: In Australia this variety is known from one collection made 100 years ago. A preliminary search of likely localities in the Daintree River area was undertaken in September 1990 but no new collections were made. More field investigations are required before considering the species as extinct in Australia. A conservation coding of 2K is appropriate. 8. Oldenlandia argillacea (Halford) Halford, comb noy. Hedyotis argillacea Halford, Austrobaileya 3: 203 (1990) Type: Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF DISTRICT: 6 km NE of Cape Crawford Roadhouse towards Borroloola, 30 April 1989, D. Halford H93 (holo: BRI; iso DNA,K,PERTH). See Halford (1990) for a description, illustration and notes on distribution. 9. Oldenlandia coerulescens (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl 74 (1882); Hedyotis coerulescens F. Muell., Fragm. ‘4: 38 (1863). Type: [Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT:] Peak Downs, undated, Mueller (ecto: (here designated): MEL (MEL 61480); isolecto: K). Erect annual herbs to 30 cm high, usuaily much branched from near the base; branchlets tetragonous becoming terete, sometimes with minute scabrous hairs on ribs otherwise glabrous. Leaves sessile, linear to lanceolate, 15-25 mm long, 1.0-2.5 mm wide, glabrous or with minute scabrous hairs above, attenuate at base, acute at apex. Stipule- sheath 1- 1.5 mm long, truncate or produced into triangular lobe: margin entire or with 1-3 fimbriae. Inflorescences lax, terminal dichasial cymes with leaf-like bracts decreasing in size towards apex. Flowers solitary or paired at nodes; pedicels 2-10 mm long. Calyx- tube obloid-ellipsoid, 1.0-3.0 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, with minute scabrous hairs; lobes ovate, 0.7-1.3 mm long, slightly keeled, glabrous, scabridulous on margin. Corolla white, pale pink or mauve, glabrous outside: tube short 0.5-1.0 mm long, glabrous at throat; lobes linear-oblong, 2.0-4.5 mm long, geniculate at c. 1/3 to 1/4 of their length from tube, with a line of hairs on lobes at knee. Fuaments 0.3-0.5 mm long; anthers linear-oblong, 0.5-0.8 mm long. Ovules 20-50 per locule. Style terete, 0.3-1.0 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes filiform, c. 0.5 mm long, erect. Stamens and style exserted from corolla tube but enclosed by lobes, overtopped by ring of hairs. Capsule obloid-ellipsoid, 4-5 mm long, 2.5~3 mm wide, plabrous, furrowed along dissepiment; calyx lobes erect shightly recurved at apex; beak 0.5 mm long, retuse-truncate, not protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous somewhat scutelliform, broadly elliptic in outline, 0.5-0.7 mm wide; surface dark brown, reticulate-foveate. Selected specimens: Queensland. BURKE District: 54 km NNW of Hughenden, c. | km N of Lookout at Porcupine Gorge, 20°24’S, 144°28’E, May 1990, Halford Q211 (AD,BRI,DNA,MEL,PERTH). GREGory NorTH District: 6 km N of Coolibah Bore, Headingley Station, 21°08’S, 138°24’E, May 1985, Neldner & Stanley 1803 (BRI); 15 km of Winton along road to Boulia, 22°217S, 142°53E, May 1990, Hatford Q278 (BRI,K). MITCHELL District: 34 miles [54.7 km] NW of Longreach, 22, 55'S, 143°OS’E, Feb 1953, Davidson 326 (BRD; 46 km E of Longreach along road to Barcaldine, 23°31’S, 144°39’E, May 1990, Halford Q285 (BRD; c. 7 km N of Jundah, 24°48’8S, 143°07"E, May 1988, Nicolson & Novelly 73 (BRI); Malvern Hills, c. 25 miles [40.2 km] W of Blackall, May 1949, Everist 3807 (BRI). SouTH KENNEDY DisTrRicT: 8 miles [12.9 ‘km] W of ‘Avon Downs’ Station, Jul 1964, Adams 1048 (BRI,CANB),; 120 km NW of Clermont, 22°03’S, 147°06’E, Jul 1977, Dale 153 (BRD. LEICHHARDT DisTRICT: 85 km SW of Mackay, 37 km NW from Peak Downs Highway along Suttor Development Road, 21°33’S, 148°21VE, May 1990, Halford QI77 (BRI); 64 km W of Emerald along Capricorn Highway, 23°35’S, Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 699 147°39’E, May 1990, Halford Q294 (BRI); ‘Codenwarra’, 8 miles [12.9 km] E of Emerald, 1978, Godwin AC214 (BRI). Port Curtis DISTRICT: Gracemere, Feb 1869, O'Shanesy 1059 (MEL). WARREGO DIsTRIcT: ‘Airlie’, Wyandra, 120 km S of Charleville, Mar 1984, Sricock s.n. [AQ399745] (BRD). Distribution and habitat: O. coerulescens is found across central Queensland from Urandangie to Rockhampton and south to Wyandra (Map 7). It grows on heavy clay soils mostly in Astrebla spp. grasslands, mixed herblands and Acacia spp. woodlands. Conservation status: This species is not considered rare or threatened at present. Typification: When Mueller (1863) described Hedyotis coerulescens he referred to material that he would have collected on the final stages of the Gregory Expedition of Northern Australia in late 1856. There are two sheets at MEL labelled as “Type specimens’ for Hedyotis coerulescens. MEL 61480 has a single element and an annotation in Mueller’s hand ‘Peak Downs, scrub and plains [illegible word]’. There is a sheet at Kew which is a duplicate of the MEL 61480 consisting of two elements with a label in Mueller’s hand ‘Peak Downs’. The other MEL specimen (MEL 61479) consists of five elements all of this species and has two labels in Mueller’s hand. One in the bottom right has ‘Issacs River, Bowman’ the other in the top left has ‘Nichol Bay W.A. 1876’. It seems highly unlikely that this second label belongs to any of the material on the sheet as Hedyotis coerulescens has not been collected any further west than Urandangie, Queensland. As the material 1s undated and Mueller did not refer to any Bowman material in his protologue there is doubt that it was part of the original material that Mueller used in drawing up his circumscription of the species. The MEL sheet MEL 61480 is here designated as lectotype as it is part of the original material and agrees with the original description. Notes: Bentham (1866) in his treatment of this species under Hedyotis notes that it ‘is closely allied to the East Indian Hedyotis maritima [= Hedyotis graminifolia L. f.] and further specimens may possibly show it to be a variety only’. Although the habit and capsule shape are similar in both taxa, a close examination of H. graminifolia show it to be quite distinct in flower structure and seed morphology. 10. Oldenlandia crouchiana (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882); Hedyotis crouchiana F. Muelil., Fragm. 10: 85 (1876). Type: [Western Australia. FORTESCUE DISTRICT:] Nichol Bay, 1876, Mrs Crouch (holo: MEL(MEL 61481); iso: K). Low spreading to erect annual herbs, to 20 cm high, much branched from base; branchlets stout, somewhat woody, tetragonous to tetraquetrous, 4-ribbed, glabrous except for laterally compressed conical hairs on ribs. Leaves narrowly lanceolate or narrowly elliptic, 15-40 mm long, 3-8 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely covered with scabrous hairs above, on margin and on midrib below, attenuate at base, acute to acuminate at apex. Stipule- sheath 1-2 mm long, glabrous or with erect, triangular hairs, truncate or produced into triangular lobe; margin with 2-8 laciniae. Inflorescences terminal cymes; peduncles once or twice dichasially branched with each ultimate branch ending in monochasial cymes; pedicels 2-8 mm long; bracts leaf-lke up to 15 mm long. Calyx-tube obloid, 2.0-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2.0 mm wide, glabrous, smooth or papillose; lobes ovate, 2.5-4.5 mm long, glabrous or sparsely covered with scabrous hatrs, jomned at base to form a free tube. Corolla blue; tube 1.0-1.5 mm long, glabrous at throat; lobes linear or narrowly obovate, 3.0-6.5 mm long, geniculate at c. 1/5 of their length from tube, with a dense transverse line of hairs on lobes at knee. Filaments 0.3-0.5 mm long; anther oblong, 0.5-1.0 mm long. Ovules c. 40-50 per locule. Style 1.0-1.5 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes erect, c. | mm long, subulate. Stamens and style exserted from corolla tube but enclosed by lobes, overtopped by ring of hairs. Capsule obloid, 3.5-6.0 mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide, glabrous or with laterally compressed conical hairs along vascular traces, furrowed along dissepiment; calyx lobes erect; beak c. 0.7 mm long, truncate, not protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, cerebriform, depressed ovate in outline; surface black, reticulate-foveate. Selected specimens: Western Australia. DAMPIER District: | km §S of Geikie Gorge, Geikie Hhils, 18°05/S, 125°42’E, Apr 1988, Cranfield 6422 (PERTH); Gogo Station, Fitzroy Crossing, May 1962, Royce 7009 (PERTH). FORTESCUE District: 2 km NE of campsite, Barrow Island, 20°49’S, 155°25’E, Jun 1964, Goodai/ 1302 (PERTH); Dampier Archipelago, NW Roebourne, Jun 1962, Royce 7341 (PERTH), near old construction camp, Shay Gap, SEMIS A eee TE ARES GOES TM MUS IS SEERCEE ENE G08 A MN MYCE VEEN CCCCETE EET nae na ERE SME PERS MOOS WE reat lV kha Sa 700 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 c. 160 km E of Port Headland, 20°30’40"S, 120°08’40’E, Jui 1984, Newbey 10295 (PERTH), Hamersley Range, near Mt Rica, Oct 1941, Gardner 6400 (PERTH): 1 mile 1. 6 km] E of Muilistream Homestead, Mar 1962, George 3538 (PERTH); 88.9 km S of Marble Bar on track to Nullagine, 21°42’S, 120°12’E, Jun 1981, Kenneally 7685 (PERTH); 19 km SSW of Tanguin Hill, c. 135 km SE of Shay Gap, 21°00'00"S, 121°08’30’E, jul 1984, Newbey 10548 (PERTH); Duck Creek, 8 km NE of Quarry Hill, c. 120 W of Tom Price, 22°28! 10”S. 116°37’ 50E, Aug 1984, Newbey 10664 (PERTH): Mount Brockman Station, Aug 1973, Demarz 4423 (PERTH): Kalamina Gorge, Wittenoom area, May 1966, Blockley 221 (PERTH); Shale Ridge, Newman, Jul 1981, Deighton 99 (PERTH). CARNARVON District: North West Cape, lighthouse hill, Aug 1960, George 1398 (PERTH). ASHBURTON DISTRICT: Barlee Range, Henry River, 23°44’S, 116°19’E, Aug 1961, Royce 6496 (PERTH). KEARTLAND DISTRICT: near pes Pie May 1971, George 10690 (PERTH): Rudall River area, 22°35’S, 122°10’E, Aug 1971, Wilson 10556 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat: O. crouchiana occurs in the north west of Western Australia from Cape Range to near Fitzroy Crossing (Map 8). It grows on shale ridges and basalt hills in well drained gravelly and sandy soils in hummock grasslands, and along drainage lines in gravelly to sandy loams in Eucalyptus camaldulensis low woodlands. Conservation status: This species is not considered to be rare or threatened at present. 11. Oldenlandia spathulata Halford, sp. noy. arcte aflinis O. crouchianae a qua distiguenda corollae lobis spathulatis et capsulis eius obloido-ellipsoidalibus, 6-9 mm _longis, 3-4 mm latis, vice capsulis O. crouchianae obloideis, 3.5-6.0 mm longis, 3.5-4.5 mim latis. Typus: Queensland. BURKE DISTRICT: Along Donors Hill — Burketown road. Upper Alexandra River (Landsborough R.) branch of the Leichhardt River sear ees eal 18°37’S, 140°15’E, 26 April 1974, R. Pullen 8916 (holo: BRI; 180: NB). Ascending to erect annual herbs to 30 cm high, branched from base; branchlets tetra- gonous, glabrous, smooth or tuberculate along ribs. Leaves sessile, linear or linear- lanceolate, 25-60 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, glabrous, attenuate at base, acute at apex. Stipule-sheath 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous, fimbriate on margin. Inflorescences terminal cymes; peduncles once or twice dichasially branched with each ultimate branch ending in monochasial cymes. Flowers usually borne in pairs at nodes on unequal pedicels: pedicels stout, 2-25 mm long, glabrous; bracts leaf-like up to 20 mm long, 1 mm wide. Calyx-tube obloid, 2.0-4.0 mm long, 1.5~2.0 mm wide, glabrous; lobes ovate, 1-2 mm long, joined at base to form a free tube, colleters present between lobes. Corolla pale blue, glabrous outside; tube short, 0.5-1.0 mm long, glabrous inside, flat undulate outgrowths from corolla tube in throat: lobes spathulate, 6-8 mm long, 2.0-2.5 mm wide; margin pilose with long moniliform hairs. Stamens exserted; filaments 4-5 mm long, attached at sinus between lobes; anthers oblong, 1.5-—2.0 mm long. Ovules numerous in each locule. Style 5.0-7.0 mm long: stigma bifid; lobes obtuse, 0.3-0.8 mm long, reflexed at apex. Capsule obloid-ellipsoidal, 6.0-9.0 mm long, 3.0-4. 0 mm wide, glabrous, furrowed along dissepiment; calyx lobes erect, recurved at apex; beak rounded, c. 1 mm long, not protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, cerebriform, depressed obovate in outline, 0.5-0.7 mm wide; surface black, verrucate. Figs IF & S5A-D. Specimens examined: Queensland, BURKE District: Alexandra River crossing along road to Burketown, Talawanta Station, 18°37/S, [40°16’E, Jun 1991, Halford Q466 (BRI). Distribution and habitat: O. spathulata is only known from the type locality on Talawanta Station, Queensland (Map 8). It grows in a low open eucalypt woodland with annual grasses on a grey Silty clay soil. Distinguishing features: O. spathulata is closely related to O. crouchiana. It can be distinguished from this species by its spathulate corolla lobes, and longer obloid-ellipsoidal capsule, 6-9 mm long, 3-4 mm wide as compared to the obloid capsule, 3.5-6 mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide of O. crouchiana. Conservation status: I have been unable to find any more populations of this species during two field trips (April 1989 and May 1990) to the area. The area for several years has had well below average rainfall which has produced poor seasons for annuals. Further field studies during more conducive wet seasons are required to ascertain its full distribution. A conservation coding of 1K is considered appropriate. Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the shape of the corolla lobes. Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 701 Fig, 5. Oldeniandia spathulata: A. habit < 0.4. B. side view of capsule X 4. C. flower x 4. D. corolla opened out X 4, Oldenlandia kochiae. E. side view of capsule X 8. F. branchlet of inflorescence X 1. A, Pullen 8916: B-D, Halford Q466; E,F, Carr 3100 & Beaugiechole 416859. 702 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 12. Oldenlandia spermacocoides (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74. (1882); Hedyotis spermacocoides F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 146 (1874) (as ‘spermacociodes’). Type: Sturt’s Creek, Feb 1856, F. Mueller (holo: MEL(MEL 61486)). Compact procumbent or ascending annual herbs to 30 cm high; branchlets tetragonous, 4-ribbed, hispidulous to hispid, or rarely glabrous. Leaves sessile linear, narrow elliptic or oblanceolate, 15-35 mm long, 1-8 mm wide, hispid or rarely papillose on upper and lower surfaces, attenuate at apex and base. Stipule-sheath c. | mm long, truncate with 1-3 fimbriae or produced into triangular lobe sometimes deeply divided. Inflorescences axillary or terminal fascicles, 3-8-flowered, rarely 1 or 2 or more than 8; pedicels 1-4 mm long. Calyx-tube subglobose, c. 1.5 mm diameter, hispid or papillose; lobes triangular, 3-4 mm long, keeled, hispid or papillose. Corolla white, hispidulous outside; tube short, Q,5-1.5 mm long, glabrous at throat; lobes 1.5-2.5 mm long, geniculate at c. 1/4 of their length from the tube, with a transverse line of hairs on lobes at knee. Filaments c. 1 mm long; anthers oblong, c. 0.8 mm long. Ovules 15-20 per locule. Style 1.5-2.0 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes short. Stamens and style exserted from corolla tube but enclosed by lobes, overtopped by ring of hairs. Capsule subglobose, 2-4 mm long, 2.5-4.5 mm wide, laterally compressed, furrowed along dissepiment, or hispid rarely papillose; calyx lobes erect, recurved at apex; beak truncate, not protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, cerebriform, depressed obovate in outline, c. | mm wide; surface dark reddish brown, reticulate-foveate. Figs LIE & 3A & B. Selected specimens: Western Australia. GARDNER DISTRICT: Mitchell River, 14°50’S, 125°42’E, Feb 1980, Dunlop 5286 (BRI,DNA,PERTH), c. 15 km N of Kalumburu Mission, 14°11’S, 126°41’E, May 1983, Fryxell & Craven 4126 (PERTH); King Edward River, old CRA campsite, | km S of track to old Mitchell River Station, 15°08’S, {26°09’E, Jun 1988, Edinger 543 (PERTH); Hidden Valley, yust E of Kununurra, Apr 1977, George 14534 (PERTH). Ha. District: Piccaninny Creek Gorge, 15 km SE of Bungle Bungle Outcamp, Bungle Bungle Range, 17°27'S, 128°25’E, Apr 1985, Blackwell BB17 (PERTH). Northern Territory. VICTORIA RIVER REGION: 33 km E of Kununurra, Aboriginal Painting site, Keep River Nationai Park, 15°48’S, 129°02’E, Apr 1989, Halford H56 (BRI); Upper Victoria River, Jan 1856, Afueller sn. (SK); 7 km N Mt Sanford Station, 16°56’S, 130°35’E, [date not recorded], Latz 5345 (AD,DNA); Victoria River Crossing, 16°20’S, 131°07’E, May 1968, Byrnes NB715 (DNA). Distribution and habitat: O. spermacocoides occurs from the Mitchell River, Western Australia east to the Victoria River, Northern Territory (Map 8). It grows chiefly on shailow sandy soils on creek levees or rocky slopes associated with sandstone outcrops, hills and escarpments in open woodlands. Conservation status: This species is not considered to be rare or threatened at present. Notes: O. spermacocoides 1s closely related to O. crouchiana. It is easily distinguished by its fasciculate inflorescences and subglobose capsules. The typical form of this species has branchlets, leaves and capsules covered with a hispid indumentum. Plants from King Edward River (Edinger 372 & 543) and Pauline Bay (Forbes 2168) have glabrous branchlets and leaves and capsules. covered with a short papillose indumentum. Mueller in the protologue and on specimens he examined spelt the specific epithet ‘spermacociodes’. Later in his ‘Systematic Census of Australian Plants’ (1882) he used the spelling “‘spermacocoides’ without giving any explanation for the change. The deri- vation of the specific epithet comes from the genus Spermacoce, and the latin sufhx - oides resemblance, alluding to the resemblance of the taxon to some species of the genus Spermacoce. | am uncertain what Mueller had in mind with his early spelling. The spelling ‘spermacocoides’ should be used in accordance with article 73.8 of the Inter- national Code of Botanical Nomenclature (1983) which allows the incorrect compounding form of an epithet to be corrected. 13. Oldenlandia kochiae Halford, sp. nov. olim confusa O. mitrasacmoide a qua habitu infirme ascendente, semenibus obconicis et floribus capsulisque parvioribus facile distiguenda. Typus: Western Australia: Angustus Island, Bonaparte Archipelago, 15°25’S, 124°3S’E, 15 May 1972, P.G. Wilson 10806 (holo: PERTH). Weakly ascending herbs to 40 cm high; branchlets weakly ribbed, glabrous, smooth or tuberculate on ribs. Leaves sessile, linear 20-40 mm long, 0.5-1.0 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely covered with minute scabrous hairs, attenuate at base and apex. Stipule- sheath c. 1 mm long, glabrous, produced into lobe usually deeply divided. Inflorescences terminal, paniculiform cymes; peduncles once or twice dichasially branched with each ultimate branch ending in monochasial cymes. Flowers borne mostly in pairs at nodes, Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 7103 on + equal pedicels; pedicels slender, 5-15 mm long; bracts small subulate, 1-3 mm long. Calyx-tube hemispherical, c. | mm diameter, glabrous; lobes broadly triangular, c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous. Corolla mauve or white, glabrous outside; tube 0.5—1.0 mm long; bearded at throat; lobes broadly triangular, 1.0-1.5 mm long. Stamens included; anthers subsessile, globose, c. 0.2 mm long. Ovules numerous in each locule. Style c. 0.2 mm long: stigma narrowly conical, 0.5 mm long. Capsule subglobose 2.0-2.5 mm diameter, laterally compressed, slightly furrowed at dissepiment; calyx lobes erect; beak c. 1 mm long, rounded, protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous depressed obconic, c. 0.5 mm wide, obtriangular in outline; surface brown, reticulate-areolate. Fig. 5E & F. Specimens examined: Western Australia. GARDENER DISTRICT: Bat Island, Jun 1973, Wilson 10976 (PERTH); Heywood Island (South Island), Bonaparte Archipelago, May 1972, Wilson 10911 (PERTH); Spillway Creek area, outflow of Lake Argyle, Jul 1974, Carr 3100 & Beauglehole 46859 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat: O. kochiae occurs on the islands in the Bonaparte Archipelago and near Kununurra, Western Australia. (Map 7). It has been recorded growing amongst rocks on the beach (Wilson 10911). Conservation status: O. kochiae is a poorly known species. A conservation coding of 3K 1S appropriate. | Etymology: The species is named in honour of Mrs B. Koch of Perth who in the Flora of the Kimberley Region recognized it as a distinct taxon. Notes: O. kochiae has been previously confused with O. mitrasacmoides but is easily distinguished by its weakly ascending habit, 1ts obconic seeds, and its smaller flowers and capsules. 14, Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882): Hedyotis mitrasacmoides F, Muell., Fragm. 4: 37 (1863). Type: [Northern Ter- ritory. VICTORIA RIVER REGION:] Depot Creek, March 1856, F. Mueller (lecto (here designated): K; isolecto: MEL(MEL 1551047)). Hedyotis trachymenoides F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 40 (1863); Oldenlandia trachymenoides (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882); Anotis trachymenoides (F. Muell.) Domin, Bibhoth. Bot. 89: 616 (1929). Type: [Queensland.] Dawson River, F. Mueller, (lecto (here designated): K; isolecto: MEL(MEL 61488)). Ascending to erect annual herbs to 90 cm high, unbranched or much branched from the base; branchlets terete or weakly ribbed, moderately hispidulous or glabrous. Leaves sessile, linear, 15-70 mm long, 0.2-2.0 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely hispidulous, attenuate at base, acute to acuminate at apex, recurved at margin. Stipule-sheath c. | mm long, produced into triangular lobe sometimes deeply divided: margin entire. Inflorescences lax terminal, paniculiform cymes; peduncles unbranched or irregularly dichasially branched with each ultimate branch ending in monochasial cymes. Flowers paired (rarely | or 3) at nodes on + equal pedicels; pedicels 0.5—2.5 cm long; bracts leaf- like, up to 10 mm long. Calyx-tube subglobose, 1-2 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes triangular, 0.5-1.0 mm long, smooth or scabridulous on margin, colleters sometimes present between lobes. Corolla white to pale mauve, cylindrical glabrous outside; tube 1-6(9) mm long, bearded at throat; lobes ovate or elliptic, 1-4(6) mm long. Stamens partly or completely exserted from corolla tube; filaments 0.3-0.5 mm long; anthers linear-oblong, 0.5-1.5 mm long. Ovules numerous in each locule. Style (0.2)1.5—7.0 mm long; stigma scarcely bifid or capitate, rarely narrowly conical, usually exserted from corolla tube, rarely included. Capsule subglobose to depressed obovoid or obovoid- globose, 1.5-3.0 mm long, 2.0—4.0 mm wide, glabrous, slightly furrowed at dissepiment calyx lobes erect; beak broad, 0.5-1.0 mm long rounded, equal to or protruding above calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, scutelliform, oblong to broadly elliptic in outline; surface brown or black, reticulate or reticulate-areolate. Notes: Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides as circumscribed here includes the taxon Oldenlandia trachymenoides F. Mueller. O. mitrasacmoides and O. trachymenoides were separated by Mueller (1863) on the basis of the corolla length and capsule shape. From the herbarium material examined it became apparent that these characters vary over the range of the taxa. Populations in Bur eam MRE ERA RAN GRO ECA TTI prema en a Le AAT MES OLRe ean mamemmemmememencanee ca mmmdciet TEES vr oA RE AE career rie Ae RRNA RP ROA a ern RR TON OM iMate nue arenas 704 Austrobaileya 3(4): 1992 the Burke and Cook Pastoral Districts of Queensland are difficult to place as they are somewhat intermediate between the types. Three subspecies are recognised. 1. Capsules ovoid-globose, 2.5-3.0 mm long, 2.0-3.0 mm wide. NT, Qld ee heeds @ MS oe Se ee ee dhe ole illo alam Boe i os subsp. nigricans Capsules subglobose to depressed obovoid, 1.5-—2.5 mm long, 2.0-3.5 mm wide Pn Neen Sree ray nes Er Jar any eee aL ea ee ee Ur 2 2. Corolla tube 1.2-3.0 mm long, usually no more than twice the length of the calyx lobes; rim of seeds distinctly incurved; capsule subglobose. WV SINAC: co PY ie te a yg Sy geet subsp. mitrasacmoides Corolla tube 3.0-6.5 mm long, at least 3 times the length of the calyx lobes; rim of seeds only slightly incurved; capsule transversely ovoid. 21: De ee PI i Le OAL GOS a es ce PR subsp. trachymenoides 1da. Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides (F. Muell.) F. Muell. subsp. mitrasacmoides Erect to ascending herbs to 50 cm tall, mostly very little branched from base; stems terete or slightly ribbed, glabrous or hispidulous. Leaves 30-70 mm long, up to 1 mm wide. Corolla white or pale mauve; tube 1.2-3.0 mm long, usually no more than twice the length of the calyx lobes; lobes ovate-triangular, 1.0-3.0 mm long. Style 1.5-3.0 mm long. Capsule subglobose, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 2.0-3.0 mm wide. Seeds oblong in outline, : ER ag wide; rim thick, incurved; surface dark brown, reticulate-areolate. Figs 1B D&E. Selected specimens: Western Australia. DAMPIER DISTRICT: between Broome and Crab Creek, Mar 1985, Foulkes 188 (PERTH). FirzGERALD District: 95 km W along the Gibb River road from the Great Northern Highway, c. 72 km SW of Wyndham, Apr 1989, Halford H28 (BRI,PERTH). GARDNER District: Valentine’s Spring, c. [1 km NW of Kununurra, Apr 1989, Halford H19 (BRI,PERTH); near Kimberley Research Station, Ord River, Apr 1958, Burbidge 5705 (CANB); 8 km SE of Kununurra, Mar 1978, Paijmans 2415 (CANB,PERTH); 1.5 km W of Lake Argyle turn-off on Kununurra - Timber Creek road, c. 33 km SE of Kununurra, Apr 1989, Halford HI? (BRI,DNA,MEL,PERTH). Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF REGION: c. 37 miles [59.5 km] NE of Maranboy Police Station, Mar 1965, Lazarides & Adams 30 (CANB,DNA); 17 miles [27 km] E of Pine Creek, Nelson 289 (BRI,DNA,MEL,NSW); Blain, 19 miles [30.6 km] S of Katherine, Nov 1961, AfcKee 8436 (CANB,DNA,NSW). VicTORIA RIVER REGION: Jasper Gorge, Apr 1989, Halford H63 (BRI,DNA). BARKLY TABLELANDS REGION: 24 km NE of Cape Crawford along road to Borroloola, Apr 1989, Halford H94 (BRI,DNA,K,MEL); c. 27 km SW of ‘Calvert Hills’ on the road to ‘Creswell Downs’, May 1974, Pullen 9253 (BRLCANB). CENTRAL NORTHERN REGION: Woggles Waterhole, Kurundi Station, Sep 1983, Latz 9783 (DNA). Queensland. BURKE District: Smith’s Range, 118 km NE of Camooweal on Camooweal — Gregory Downs road, May 1989, Halford H98 (BRI); c. 15 km SW of Normanton on the road to ‘Mogoura’ Station, Apr 1974, Pullen 8879 (CANB,DNA); 50 km SE of Normanton along Gulf Development road, May 1990 Halford Q270 (AD,BRI,NSW). Cook District: Davies Creek N.P., | km past car park, Jun 1991, Forster PIF8468 (BRILDNA,MEL), c. 10 km W of Georgetown along Gulf Development road, near old smelter site, May 1990, Halford Q249 (BRI,DNA,MEL). Distribution and habitat: O. mitrasacmoides subsp. mitrasacmoides is widespread in northern Australia, from the Kimberley Region, Western Australia to north eastern Queensland (Map 9); grows in a wide range of habitats on sandy, clay or gravelly soils ee plains, river levees or rocky hills in open heaths, grasslands, woodlands or open orests. . ‘ Typification and Notes: Hedyotis mitrasacmoides was described by Mueller from spec- imens he collected on the Gregory Expedition of Northern Australia. A specimen at MEL (MEL 1551047) has a label in Mueller’s hand ‘Hedyotis mitrasacmoides, Depot Creek, F. v. Mueller’; this consists of a single plant with mature capsules and seed. At Kew there are three specimens on a single sheet. The two on the left of the sheet have a label in Mueller’s hand ‘Hedyotis mitrasacmoides, Depot Creek, March 1856, F. v. Mueller’. These two plants have flowers, capsules and seed present. The single specimen on the right of the sheet has a label in Mueller’s hand ‘Hedyotis mitrasacmoides, F. v. Mueller, not uncommon in tropical Australia but this the only specimen in this collection’. This specimen does not agree with Mueller’s protologue description of capsule shape. The material at Kew collected by Mueller from Depot Creek is selected as lectotype because it agrees with the protologue, has flowers, fruits and seeds. The MEL material is regarded as a isolectotype. Halford, Oldenlandia & related genera 705 ‘an ye “ a Cul ‘" a Lad a . eS * atta 2 hs. et eae re eee ome a ees ae sae * Hee ah eb athe Hee . - Ll) a . awe PO Be wt + tail {< age weet = kh ih it 7 = at + = a fe = = 5 7 ral = rms Es - eae te i aw a et us = Fig. 6. Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides subsp. nigricans: A. habit X 0.33. B. side view of capsule X 8. C. flower x 8. Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides subsp. mitrasacmoides: D. side view of capsule x 8. E. flower X 8. Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides subsp. trachymenoides: F. side view of capsule X 8. G. flower X 8. Oldenlandia pterospora:. H. single inflorescence branchlet X 2. I. side view of capsule X 8. A,B, Specht 300; C, Clarkson 6803 & McDonald; D,E, Halford H14; F,G, Halford Q617; H,I, Duniop 2579. Ere eA rine cunt eenercan ese dak a AREER 706 Austrobaileya 3(4):; 1992 Generally the stigma is shortly bifid and 1s exserted from the corolla tube. There are a number of specimens from the Kimberley region (Broadbent 658: Foulkes 79: Carter 365) that have conical stigmas that are included. It is impossible to distinguish between this and the typical O. mitrasacmoides without flowers. More collections are needed to ascertain whether or not this is a distinct taxon or a variant of O. mitrasacmoides. 14b. Oldenlandia mitrasacmoides subsp. trachymenoides (F. Muell.) Halford, comb. et stat. nov. Hedyotis trachymenoides F, Muell., Fragm. 4: 40 (1863); Oldenlandia trachymenoides (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Syst. cens. Austral. pl. 74 (1882); Anotis trachymenoides (F. Muell.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 616 (1929). Type: [Queensland.] Dawson River, Ff. Mueller (lecto (here designated): K; 1solecto: MEL(MEL 61488)). Ascending herbs, to 40 cm high, stems ribbed, hispidulous near base. Leaves 15-35 mm long, up to 1 mm wide. Corolla white; tube 3-6(9) mm long, mostly 3 times the length of calyx lobes; lobes ovate, 1.5-3.0(6) mm long. Style 3.5-10 mm long. Capsule depressed obovoid, 1.7-2.0 mm long, 3.0~3.5 mm wide. Seeds broadly elliptic in outline, 0.7-0.9 mm wide; rim thin, slightly incurved; surface dark brown, reticulate-foveate. Figs 1C & OF & G. Selected specimens: Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY District: 15 km N of Charters Towers towards The Lynd Junction, May 1989, Halford H130 (AD,BRI,NSW); c. 45 km WSW of Charters Towers along Flinders Highway, towards Hughenden, Apr 1989,. Halford H3 (BRI,DNA,K,MEL,PERTH). MITCHELL DISTRICT: 22 km NW of Longreach along Landsborough Highway, May 1990, Halford Q284 (BRI,CANB,K,NSW); 6 km E of Barcaldine along road towards Jericho, May 1990, Halford Q286 (BRI,K,MEL). SourH KENNEDY DIsTrRicT: 122 km S of Charters Towers along Gregory Development road, Cape River crossing, May 1990, Halford Hi99 (BRI,CANB,MEL), 1 km N of Belyando River crossing on Gregory Development road, c. 43 km W of Mt Coolon, May 1990, Halford Q\97 (AD,BRI,L,MEL); 3 miles [4.8 km] E of Mt Coolon T/S, Adams 1109 (BRI,CANB,NSW). LEICHHARDT District: 14.8 km S of Peak Downs Highway along Fitzroy Development road, c. 26 km SW of Nebo, May 1990, Halford Q175 (BRLK,L,MEL). Port Curtis District: Mt Slopeaway, Marlborough - Sarina road, Mar 1989, Reeves 612 (BRI); S end of Curtis Island, Dec 1929, Mackenzie [AQ1I24570] (BRI). BURNETT District: 30 km NNE of Gayndah, Dec 1972,